
Rnnk ILJ g 



s^^^ 



PRAXIS 



ON THE 



LATIN PREPOSITIONS, 



AN ATTEMPT TO ILLUSTRATE 

THEIR ORIGIN, SIGNIFICATION, AND GOVERNMENT, 

IN THE WAY OF EXERCISE. 



iFOn THE USE OF SCHOOLS. 



By SAMUEL SUTLER, D.D. F.R.S, &c, 

ARCHDEACON OF DERBY; 
AND HEAD MASTER OF SHREWSBURY SCHOOL. 



SECOND EDITION. 
LONDON: 

PRINTED FOR 

LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, 

PATERNOSTER-ROW 

1825. 







;^'X^ 



London: 

Printed by A. & R. Spottiswoodc, 

New- Street- Square , 







ADVERTISEMENT. 



The object of the following work being deve. 
loped in the first chapter, a farther Preface 
seems unnecessary. 

The author has endeavoured to make the 
phraseology so intelligible, by explanations at the 
bottom of each page, as to render it sufficiently 
easy to the learner. For the convenience, how- 
ever, of any masters who may wish to refer 
to the original authors, an index, so constructed 
as to be easily used by the teacher, without 
encouraging idleness in the pupil, will be sent 
gratis to any gentleman who will address 
a line to the author at Shrewsbury. This 
method is adopted to guard against improper 
applications. 



Shrewsbury, 
December 11th, 1823. 



A PRAXIS 



ON THE 



LATIN PREPOSITIONS 



CHAPTER I. 



Prepositions are particles or fragments of 
words prefixed to nouns or pronouns \ and de- 
noting their relations to other objects in point 
of locality, cause or effect.^ They are found in 
combination with all the parts of speech except 
inteijections : 

- 1 Including gerunds in do and dum, gerundives, and participles. 

- Strictly speaking, all prepositions, when applied to material ob- 
jects, express modes of motion or rest, as a me expresses motion from 
me ; in loco^ quiescence in a <particular fhice. When applied to ab- 
stract terms, or mental qualities, they may often be considered to 
express the relation between cause and effect, into which, however, 
the idea of motion necessarily enters. Thus, prce vietu expalluit, 
signifies that fear was the cause and paleness the effect ; per fraudem 
amisitf signifies that fraud was the cause and loss the effect. But 
sometiaies evea in these cases they simply express modes of motion : 
thus, ad virlutem implies motion or advance towards virtue; in err ore, 
quiescence in a state of error. 

B 



S OF PREPOSITIONS. 

with nouns, as, infamia, with adverbs, as, de'mdef 

with pronouns, as, tecum, with conjunctions, as, ^rout, 

with verbs, as, subeo, with prepositions, as, insu- 
with participles, as, c^^lusus, per ; 

and when thus combined, they augment, dimi- 
nish, or otherwise vary the signification of the 
simple word. 

They are also used adverbially ; and in fact 
several prepositions are improperly so called, 
being really nouns or adverbs, after which the 
real preposition is to be understood, but by 
custom this ellipsis has been overlooked, till they 
have been considered as themselves governing 
the case which follows them. 

Prepositions, as their name imports, are always 
prefixed to the nouns they govern ; for when 
we meet with an apparent deviation, as, Saj^'a 
per et scopulos, Romam versus, crurum terms, 
kc, the preposition in construction always 
precedes the case it governs, though in colloca- 
tion it appears to follow it. 

The following prepositions govern an accusa- 
tive case : 

Ad Circiter Extra 

Adversus Cis Infra 

Ante Citra Inter 

Apud Contra Intra 

Circa Erga Juxta 





OF 


' PREPOSITION^. 




Ob 




Prseter 


Supra 


Penes 




Prope 


Trans 


Per 




Propter 


Versus 


Pone 




Secundum 


Ultra 


Post 




Secus 


Usque. 


The following i 


govern an ablative 


1 : 


A, ab, abs 




De 


Prse 


Absque 




E, ex 


Pro 


Coram 




Palam 


Sine. 


Cum 









3 



The following govern two cases, accusative 
and ablative : 

Clam Sub Super. 

In Subter 

Genitive plural, and ablative in both num- 
bers : 

Tenus. 

It will be the object of the following pages to 
investigate the origin and primary meaning of 
these prepositions, to deduce from thence their 
secondary and more remote significations, and to 
illustrate and confirm these observations by ex- 
amples drawn from the best writers, which may 
be rendered into Latin as an exercise by the 
student. 

In the selection of these passages care has been 
taken to ^x on such, in many instances, as will 

B 2 



4 OF PREPOSITIONS. 

illustrate customs, or give considerable practice in 
the more elegant idioms and phraseology of the 
Latin tongue. The version is made as literal 
as the structure of the languages will allow, and 
the idioms, or phraseology in its exact form, 
placed at the bottom of the page, by which means 
it is hoped that many formulae will strike the 
learner which might otherwise pass unnoticed. 

It may perhaps sometimes be thought that 
this is done too minutely, but experience of 
more than 26 years in teaching, convinces the 
author of this work that the same thing can 
hardly be too often inculcated, or put too 
plainly, and that an impression which is not 
made by frequent repetition, unless under pecu- 
liar circumstances, is apt to be soon effaced. 
Besides, unless a pupil goes through the whole 
book regularly, he may be often at a loss, with- 
out such repetition, for want of a phrase, which 
had previously occurred in a part not read by 
him. Another great object with the author was, 
not to make the sentences so difficult as to 
be discouraging ; and finally, by the assistance 
of these explanatory forms, to avoid the neces- 
sity of printing a key to the work, which is 
sooner or later obtained by the pupil, and thus 
greatly tends to defeat the ends of improvement. 



CHAPTER II. 



Ad. 



This preposition expresses coiyimction and con- 
nection or propinquiti/ ; its general signification 
is to; it is probably derived from the Hebrew 
nK (at) a particle denoting nearness or approach 
from HDK (ate') to come. 

When it implies motion to a place it is often 
understood, and the name of the place is com- 
monly said to be put in the accusative case after 
a verb signifying raoti. j:a to a place, as Cum e Ci- 
Ucia discedens Rhodum venissem; where Rhodurti 
is really governed, not of venissem, but of ad 
understood. But it is sometimes expressed also, 
as ad Carthaginem venit. 

Ad, to, toxvards, signifying contiguity or ap- 
proach, in reference to place, 

1. Proceeding thence to Rome, when he came to 
Aquinum, great numbers, ^for it is a populous town, 
came out to meet him : but he was carried through the 
town in a covered Htter, as if he had been dead. 

' as it is 
B 3 



AD, 



2. When all were of this opinion, and every man 
spoke to this ^purport, according to his own feelings 
and sense of injury, they all proceeded to the house where 
he lodged ; they began to batter the door with stones, to 
cut it with hatchets, to pile wood and faggots about it, 
and set them on fire. 

3. Let us go to ^ my house. 

4. What antient writer does not speak of ^ the division 
of the quarters of the heavens made by Attius Naevius 
with his augural staff; who, when a boy, being obliged 
to feed swine on account of his poverty, and having lost 
one of them, is said to have made a vow, that if he re- 
covered it, he would give the god the largest bunch of 
grapes in his vineyard. So having found the sow, he 
is said to have stood in his vineyard with his face to^ 
wards the south. And when he had divided the vine- 
yard into four parts, ^ and the auspices had been unfa- 
vourable in three, he found, as^ we have it on record, a 
bunch of grapes of prodigious size ^ in the fourth remain^ 
ing quarter which he had thus divided. 

Sometimes versus, which in the preceding 
instance is understood, is expressed after ad, 
from which it is separated by an intervening 
word. (See Ad versus.) 

1. When the people of Vacca perceived that the 
army w^as advancing ^ toxvar^ds t/iein, at first supposing it 



1 rationcni 






^ in the fourth part, which was 


2 to me 






remaining in the 


region 


distri- 


^ regiomim 


descnptio 




buted 






* ircsqiie 


imrtes aves 


ahdlv- 


6 to them wai-ds 






issent 













AD. 



to be Metellus, as the fact was, they shut their gates: 
afterwards, when they saw that the country was not 
ravaged, and that the horsemen in the van were Numi- 
dian cavahy, supposing it ^ on the other hand to be 
Jugurtha, they went out to meet him ^with great re- 
joicings. 

As AD expresses contiguity or approach in re- 
spect oi place, so by an ellipsis of usque it is used 
to express mth precision, place, time, number, or 
effect. But frequently usque is expressed with 
it, and especially when it is used to signify pre- 
cision in respect o^ place, as, 

1 . Ethiopian sand is most approved ; for ^ it has this 
additional recommendation, that ^ it is brought as far as 
from Ethiopia. 

2. They said that he had gone from them in peace, as 
if to conduct some other v/^ar ; and that they did not know 
^ to that hour, for what they were esteemed ^ as enemies 
by the consid. 

3. Then when we went to bed, a ^ deeper sleep seized 
me, ® being both fatigued with my journey and having 
sat up to a late hour. 

In this notation of time and space, ad is much 
used with ab. 

1. As you thought the case would be, that I should see 

1 rursum 6 instead of 

2 with great joy 7 closer 

3 this also is added s both from the way, and as 
^ it might be sought for even to one who had watched to much 
* ad id locorum night 

B 4 



8 AD. 

Pompey before I came there, ^ so it fell out ; for on the 
6th of the calends he followed me to Lavernium. We 
came to Formise together, ^ and had a secret conference 
from two o'clock till the evening. 

Ad is thus used for usque ad to express an 
exact number, or the limit of an indefinite one. 

1 . Almighty Jupiter, if you do not yet ^ utterly hate 
the Trojans, grant that the fleet may escape the flames. 

2. A soldier of LucuUus one night when he was tired 
and fast asleep, lost ^ every penny of his savings, which 
he had earned with much toil and danger. 

3. When I had explained this, Scaptius called me 
aside. He said that he had nothing ^ to offer in oppo- 
sition, but that they thought they owed him 200 talents ; 
that he wished to receive ^ this, but that in fact they 
owed a little less, and he besought me to bring them 
up to 200. Very well, said I. And sending Scaptius 
away, I called them in. "^ Well, said I, how much do 
you owe* They replied, 106 talents. I report this to 
Scaptius, ^ who began to make a great outcry. ^ What 
is this for ? said I ; compare your accounts. They sat 
down, and cast them up ; they agreed ^° exactly. 

4. One ship, which kept her course and did not obey 
the orders of Calenus, because it was without soldiers 



' it was done so ^ to contradict 

^ and we spoke together se- « these 

cretly from the eighth hour 7 what (do) you (do) 

3 to one (man) s the man (began) to cry out 

4 to a penny, his provisions 9 what need is there 
collected with, &c ^o to a penny 



AD. 



and ^ under private command, was driven to Oricum, 
and ^ boarded by Bibulus, who ^ punished all, both slaves 
and free, "^mtJiout excepting eve?i the childrejiy and put 
^evety soul to death. 

Ad is used in this way to express an effect 
produced. 

1. There is a third kind of swallow, which makes 
holes in banks, and builds there. The young of these 
burnt to ashes are a cure for a dangerous affection of 
the throat, and many other diseases of the human body. 

2. Capito Fonteius, ^ a JinisJied gentleman. 

Ad is also used for usque ad, in speaking of 
a number not very accurately defined, or as we 
say, in round numbers, 

1 . We were indeed ^ a full meeting ; altogether about 
two hundred. 

2. I brought out my slaves and sold them. I ® then 
advertised my house to let. I got together '^ about fifteen 
talents. I bought this farm : here I employ myself. 

As AD signifies approach, so by an easy transi- 
tion it expresses arrival or immediate pro^vi- 
mity, and thus is used for apud in various 
senses. 

1 was administered by private 6 a man made to a nail 
counsel 7 frequent 

2 exptignata s immediately inscribed my 

3 took punishment from house with hire 

4 to those under puberty 9 as if ^o 
^ to one 



10 AD. 

1. About which things ^we had often much dispute 
and enquiry on other occasions, and particularly in the 
villa of Hortensius '^at Bauli, when Catulus, Lucullus, 
and myself had arrived there, the day after we had been 
^with Catulus. 

2. The war at Mutina was so conducted that you 
could find no fault in Caesar ; some in Hirtius. The 
fortune of this war was but imcertain ^for prosperity, 
good for adversity. 

Ad is thus used peculiarly, with urbs, to de- 
signate those magistrates who have been ap- 
pointed to provincial commands, and who have 
not yet left, or absolutely returned to the city^ 
but who are just on the point of doing so. 

1. As soon as the province of Sicily fell to him by 
lot, immediately while at Rome and in the city before 
he set out, he began to consider with himself and dis- 
cuss among his followers, by what means a man might 
make the most money in that province in a single year. 

2. By a decree of the Senate, Q. Martins Rex is sent 
to Faesulse, Q. Metellus Creticus to Apulia and the 
neighbouring districts. Both these generals were "iXiait- 
ing near the city, having been hindered ^of a triumph 
by the ^misrepresentations of a few individuals, whose 
custom it was to sell all things, whether honourable or 
disgraceful. 

^ many things were often dis- * as in prosperous (affairs), good 

puted and enquired by us as in adverse 

^ which is at ^ lest they should triumph 

3 at Catulus ^ the calumny 



AD. 11 

Connected with the idea of approach to an 
object is the use of ad to denote an office, which 
is more frequently expressed by a or ab ; but in 
these instances may be explained by apud, at or 
helonging to a thing. 

1. Our allies had revolted; we had no soldiers for 
^reciniits, no ^sailors to man the fleet, no money in the 
treasury : slaves were bought ^for soldiers ^on condition 
that the price should be paid to their masters at the end 
of the war. The publicans undertook to furnish corn, 
and other things necessary to be supplied for the use of 
war, 5 to be paid at the same time. We furnished slaves 
at the oar, the number being settled ^ according to each 
man's estate, "^ and paid them ourselves. 

2. But at least, however, say they, you have got men 
for your litter, a thing which is said to have been ^in- 
vented there. 

Ad is also used for apud in point of time ; as. 
The seed becomes ripe at autumn. 
In this sense it may sometimes also be ex- 
plained by the preposition hy. 

We expect you here hy the month of January. 

We may here remark th^t ad in its proper 
sense of tOy or for apud, at^ is often followed by 
a genitive case ; the accusative, which it really 

1 a supplement ^ against the same day of money 

2 naval allies to maintam 6 from the census 

3 to whom arms might be given 7 with our pay 
^ so 8 bom 



12 AD. 

governs, e. g, templum, or dommi, being under- 
stood. 

1. We had come ^to the temple of Vesta, a fourth 
part of the day being past. 

2. Then too ^the day was against us, and the enemy 
seized the Janiculum ; and the city would have been be- 
sieged, ^ being oppressed by famine besides the war (for 
the Etrurians had crossed the Tiber), had not Horatius 
the Consul been recalled from the Volsci. And that 
war ^was so close to the very walls, that they first fought 

^at the temple of Hope on equal terms ; ^and a second 
time at the Porta CoUina. 

From the sense of apud, at, it easily passes 
into that of inter, at or among ; in which sense 
it is often used by the poets. 

1. And they sing your praises at their wine. 

2. Here are the Dardanidse much lamented among 
7 the living, and ^ slain dn war. 

In expressing place, it is used for apud in the 
sense of on, 

1. He will not only have no punishment to fear, who 
offers violence to me, but will also hope for glory and 
rewards from ^gangs of assassins. These things I can 
guard against in the city. ^^ It is easy to be circumspect 

1 to Vesta's 6 iterum 

^ it was fought badly 7 super os 

3 the. market pressing « caduci 

< so stood upon 9 flocks 

6 at Hope's, Mars being equal ^° circumspection is easy (as to) 



AD. 13 

as to whence I come and whither I go, what is on my 
right hand, what on my left. Can I do the same in the 
passes of the Apennines? 

From the notion of approach, ad comes to be 
used for apud, to signify before^ or with, 

1. Wherefore I beseech you, if necessary, Ho plead 
my cause mth Caesar, and consider me your client in 
all respects. 

2. I have pleaded many causes, Caesar, and some in- 
deed with you, while the ^course of your honours kept you 
at ^ the bar, certainly none in this way ; forgive him, 
judges, he hath erred; he ^hath made a false step ; he 
did not consider ; if he should ever do so again ; ^this is 
the way we plead witJi a father. Before judges we say, 
^he is not guilty, he never thought of it; the witnesses 
are ^ perjured, the charge is ^ false. 

There is also a kind of indefinite use of ad for 
APUD, arising from the notion of approach, in 
point of time ; as we say in English, so many 
years hence, 

1. I think I will conquer my ^feelings, and will go 
from Lanuvium to my Tusculan villa. For either I 
must be for ever deprived of that country-seat, since my 

1 that you would plead my s it is wont to be thus pleaded 

cause to Caesar, and think me to to a parent 

be defended by you 6 he hath not done it 

^ ratio 7 false 

3 the forum s feigned 

* hath slipped 9 mind 



14 AD, 

grief will remain the same, only ^ felt less acutely, or I 
know not what difference it can make whether I go 
there now or ^ten years hence. 

Connected with the sense of apud, is the use 
of AD for at^ or on occasion of, which is also 
nearly allied to pkopter. 

1. I remember Pamphilus of Lilyboeam, my friend and 
host, a man of noble family, used to tell me, that when 
^this criminal had taken away from him by force a 
^ water- vessel, made by the hand of Boethus, of excellent 
workmanship and great weight; he returned home de-^ 
jected and ^out of spirits, because a Apiece of plate of this 
kind, which had been left him by his father and ances- 
tors, which he was accustomed to use on festivals, or on 
the arrival of guests, was taken away from him. 

Ad is also used for secundum, to signify after, 
or according to, and in this sense may sometimes 
be rendered simply by to or for. 

1. The people -^are more observant of right, and do 
not refuse to ^obey the law, when they see the ^law- 

]] (felt) more moderately or accused, who is supposed to be 

'^ to ten years on the opposite side, and there- 

3 iste. Hie signifies a person fore pointed at, as at a distance. 

near us ; istCy one at a distance. ■* hydriam 

Hie is therefore, one on our side, ^ conturbatum 

iste against us. Hence in Roman ^ a vessel 

pleadings, hie signifies the plain- 7 singular number 

tiff, who is supposed to be next • to bear 

his counsel; iste, the defendant 9 the author obedient to himself 



AD. 15 

maker obedient himself. The world is ^fashioned after 
the king's example. 

2. There is no greater ^destruction to friendship than 
adulation, flattery, or fawning. For this vice of ^ worth- 
less and deceitful men, who say every thing^r pleasure, 
nothing according to truth, * deserves to be stigmatized 
with ever so many names. 

3. All who wish to be approved, look to the pleasure 
of those who hear them, and form and suit themselves 
entirely to that and to their will and command. 

4. But this very thing most particularly separated 
him from her, after he had got a sufficient knowledge of 
himself and her, and this other w^oman who was at 
home, estimating the manners of both of them to a 
nicety. 

Hence by an easy transition it signifies hy, 

1. One of those ^scoundrels, of whom he told Ligur 
he had plenty about him, said to him ; you have nothing 
^to do here, Verres, unless you wish to ^examine the 
columns hy the perpendicular. The ignorant brute 
replied, that he did not understand w^hat hy the perpen- 
dicular meant. They tell him that there is ^hardly any 
column which can be ^perpendicular. Very well, says 
he, now let us -^^set about it. Let the columns be ex- 
amined hy the perpendicular. 



^ composed to 6 which you may contrive 

^ pest 7 to exact 

^ light 8 almost no 

"^ notandum est quamvis midlis 9 by the perpendicular 

^ dogs 10 do so by Hercules 



16 AD. 

Ad in this use for secundum sometimes sig- 
Yiifiesjbr, 

It is therefore more difficult to satisfy these men 
who say they despise Latin writings : in whom I first of 
all must wonder at this ; why their native language does 
not please them on the gravest subjects, when the very 
same persons read ^ with pleasure Latin plays, translated 
^wordj^r word from Greek. 

Though, perhaps, this use of ad may be re- 
ferred to usque ad. 

Quod pertinet is sometimes understood be- 
fore AD, in which case it may be rendered by as 
to or in point of. 

1. You will say, that your statufis and paintings are 
an ornament to the city and forum of ^ Rome. I re- 
member it; I saw the forum and comitium decorated 
with ornaments, splendid in point of appearance, sad 
and mournful i7i poi7it of feeling and reflection. I saw 
every place glitter with your thefts, with the plunder 
of the provinces, the spoils of our allies and friends. 

2. You have heard that the city of Syracuse is the 
largest and most beautiful of all the Grecian cities. 
^ The account is true. For in situation it is both well 
fortified, and ^whichever way you approach it, whe- 
ther by sea or land, beautiful to the sight, and it has its 
harbours almost enclosed in the very buildings and 
sight of the city. 

1 not unwilling * it is so as it is said 

2 to the word * in every approach 

3 of the Roman people 



AD. 17 

3. Nothing is wont to be said obscurely of men re- 
markable in point of^ merit. 

4. It is difficult in point of fidelity, in so antient an 
event, to affirm ^ exactly how many ^ were in the field, 
or fell. But Valerius of Antium ventures ^ to set down 
the precise number. 

There is sometimes an ellipsis of the parti- 
ple PERTiNENS before ad, in which case ad may 
be rendered hy for, 

1. Thus far, Archyllis, I see, she has all the symptoms 
which are usual and ^ desirableyor safety. 

2. All these things ^ make^r virtue. 

As AD signifies approach, and two things must 
be brought near each other in order to be com- 
pared, hence ad comes to signify to, i. e. in com- 
parison of, 

1. He also added that he had not sent his best horse- 
men. He (sent) old ones, I believe Caesar : nothing i7i 
comparison of your cavalry, but he sent picked men out 
of those he had. 

2. A. Is she -^ as beautiful as she is said to be ? — 
B. Yes, indeed. — A. But nothing to this (lady) of mine? 
B. Quite another thing, 

3. I would not give a single talent for Thales the 
Milesian, for he was ^ but a trifler in comparison of this 
man's wisdom. 

» praise 5 and which it ought to be 

2 by exact number e are 

3 fought 7 of form as 

< to conceive the sums » too great a trifler 



18 AD. 

To this notion of comparing one thing against 
another, we may refer ad signifying against or 
opposite to, for contra. 

1. The ladders cling to the walk, and they climb up 
the steps under very door-posts^ and oppose their shields 
with their left hands, ^ protecting themselves against the 
weapons. 

2. We may wonder how many kinds of herbs and 
roots have been found out by physicians, against the 
bites of animals, against diseases of the eyes, against 
wounds, whose power and nature reason never un- 
folded ; the art and inventor have been approved from 
their utility. 

N, B. In this sense ad is often used by medi- 
cal writers, and may be also renderedj^r. 

3. They use this. to clear the skin in the face and the 
whole body. 

From the notion of approach, we may also 
deduv^e the signiiication of ad for prjbter, he- 
sides, or in addition to. 

1 . I indeed, besides my other labours which I under- 
take in this cause more than in others, take upon my- 
self the irksomeness not only of speaking In defence of 
Plancius, but also for myself. 

2. Besides, they whose parents had been proscribed, 
estates confiscated, ^ liberties forfeited by the victory of 
Sylla, expected the event of war with ^like feelings, 
^.Furthermore, whoever was of a different party frort 

1 being protected ' not with another mind 

'^ right of liberty diminished •* wi additio7i to this 



AD. 19 

that of the Senate, rather wished the whole state thrown 
into disorder than to ^ lose any of their own power. 

To the same notion we must refer ad signify- 
ingj^r, in respect of the attainment or approach 
to any object or design. In which sense it may 
be considered as used for propter or pro. 

1. Porsena being repulsed at the first onset, having 
turned his design of besieging the city to -^ a blockade, 
and having placed a garrison in the Janiculum, pitched 
his camp in the plain on the banks of the Tiber ; ^ he 
then collected ships from all quarters, both for a guard, 
that he might prevent any corn from being conveyed to 
Rome, and also that he might transport his soldiers 
* occasionally, to forage in different places on the other 
side the river. 

2. Money will be given him^or the wedding. 

3. Although your crowded assemblies are always a 
most pleasing sight to me, and this place has alwv.^,s ap- 
peared most distinguished for pleading, most ^ honor- 
able for debate, yet, not my own inclination, but my 
course of life from my earliest years, have hitherto ex- 
cluded me from this approach ^to glory which has 
always been open to ^ the best and greatest men. 

4. Piso had almost completed his thirty-first year with 
better fame than fortune. Claudius had killed ^ his bro- 



' to avail less themselves 6 ©f prmse 

2 to blockading it ^ each good man most 

3 ships being collected s (as to) his brothers, Claudius 

4 by occasions had killed, &c. 



^ adorned to debating 



C 2 



20 AD. 

ther Magnus, Nero, (had killed) Crassus. Himself, long 
an exile, only four days a Csesar, he seemed only preferred 
to his elder brother ^ that he might be killed the sooner. 
5. Show me but one of those ^ farmers who even con- 
tributed money ^ for 3^our statue, who can say that all 
has been paid him for his corn which ought to have been. 

From thus signifying the attainment or ap- 
proach to an object, ad comes to signify the 
cause, 

1. Then when some of the cattle which were driven 
away had lowed '^for want of the others, the noise of the 
cattle that were shut up, echoing from the cave, ^ made 
Hercules turn round. 

2. The dark gate ^ is not opened ^r any prayers. 

Ad is sometimes used for in, to signify time ;_ 
this usage is also derived from the idea of ap- 
proach, in the sense of unto or until, 

1. Who can love either him whom he fears, or him 
by v/hom he thinks he is feared, (such men) are courted 
^ in appearance only for a time ; but if by chance they 
fall, as it often happens, then it is understood how desti- 
tute of friends they have been. 

2. Punishment was ^inflicted on Atimetus, Paris 
being ^ too necessary to the pleasures of the prince to be 

» for this that 7 by simulation 

2 ploughmen » taken from 

3 to you for a statue 9 more powerful among the 
* desire lusts of the prince than that he 

5 turned Herculeb round should be punished. 

6 is opened to no prayers 



AD. m 

punished, Plautus, Jbr the present, was passed over in 

silence. 

Ad is also sometimes used in the sense of to 
or Jbr instead of the sign of the dative case. 

1 . I, says he, from the first, was willing to marry the 
daughter of my friend, as was reasonable. For ^ I thought 
of the hardship it would be that she, being poor, should 
be given to slavery to a rich man. 

2. ^ For my part, I am exceeding glad that I am ^ a 
person upon whom, if you wish it, you can cast no re- 
proach which will not also ^ be applicable to the greatest 
part of the citizens. 

3. Cassius writes that the best dung is that of birds, 
except of ^ fen-birds and water-fowl. That pigeons' dung- 
is the best of all, because it is the hottest and can ferment 
the soil. That this ought to be sprinkled like seed, not 
laid in heaps like that of cattle. I think that ^ the best is 
from the aviaries of thrushes and blackbirds, which is 
not only useful Jbr the land, but Jbr food for cattle and 
swine, to fatten them. 

Ad in composition retains its primary signific- 
ation of approach, or has that of accession or 
augmentation arising from it. In more modern 
writers, it generally takes the consonant of the 
word with which it is compounded instead of its 
own. Thus, curro, to run; adcurro or accurro, to 

it came into my mind of her * suit 

inconvenience 5 marshy and swimming 

2 I indeed fi it excels from 

3 that man 

c 3 



22 AD. 

run to : %o, to fix ; adfigo or affigo, to fix in 
addition^ ov affix : glomero, to roll ; adglomero 
or agglomero, to roll tOy or increase : loquor, to 
speak; adloquor or alloquor, to speak to, address, 
or console : nuo, to nod; annuo, to nod to, or assent : 
rogo, to ask; adrogo or arrogo, to ask for one's self, 
to claim : sumo, to take ; adsumo or assumo, to 
take to one's self, or assume : traho, to draw; attraho, 
to draw to one's self, or attract. Before h, d, m, and 
V, it does not change its consonant 5 as bibo, to 
drink; adbibo, to drink up, or imbibe: do, 7o give; 
addo, to give in addition, or add: moneo, to advise; 
admoneo, to give advice upon advice, or to admo- 
nish: volo, to fiy ; advolo, tofiy to. Indeed in 
the most ancient writers the proper consonant is 
kept in ail cases. 



^ 



CHAPTER III. 



Adversum or Abversus. 

This is evidently a compound preposition, from 
ad and versum or versus^ exactly as we have 
compounded the same two prepositions in the 
English word to-wards. Its general notion is 
that of oppositioii or tendency against something. 

Adversus, against or contrary to. 

1 . In the meantime a great host of accusers ^ attacked 
those who increased their money by ^ exorbitant interest 
contrary to the law of Caesar, the dictator, by which ^ pro- 
vision is made about the manner of ^ lendmg on mortgage 
^\'ithin Italy. 

2. First I intreat you to believe that I would not dare 
to do any thing against your command* 

Hence it signifies opposition of place also. 

^ Next to these is Sturium, Phsenice, Phila, Lero, and 
Lerina opposite Antipolis. 

> burst forth upon ^ trusting and possessing 

^ usury 4 from these 

3 it is taken c^i-e 

C 4 



24 ADVERSUS. 

But in this sense the double compound ex- 
adversus is more frequently used. 

From this notion o^ opposition it signifies before^ 
or in the presence of, or towards, and may be in- 
terpreted by APUD, better than by coram. 

1. C. I scarce think it can be done.-*— M. Proceed and 
you will do it easily. — C. How easily, with a mischief! 
I whom he but this moment plainly convicted of a lie, 
who, if I were to intreat him not to believe me, would 
not dare to believe that. — M. Nay, if you heard what 
he said ^ about you in my presence, 

2. What, should I lie before you my mother ? 

3. P. I am uncertain what to do. — M. I am miser- 
ably afraid how this uncertainty will ^ end. But now it is 
^ absolutely necessary either that he should speak with 
^ her in person, or that I should say something to him 
about her. 

4. What piety is due to him from whom^you have 
received nothing, or what at all can be due to him ^ who 
has laid you under no obligation ? for piety is justice to^ 
"wards the gods : ^ or what right can they have from us, if 
there ^ is no communication between man and God ? 

5. When I wrote this I hoped you had been censor,^ 
and therefore my letter is shorter and more modest, as it 
should be to the master of our morals. 



1 to you 




6 with whom what of right caa 


2 fall out 




there be to us since 


3 jjei'opus 




7 no community to man with 


4 herself 




God 


!> of whom the 


merit is none 





EXADVERSUS. 25 

From the sense of towards, it soon deviates 
into that of secundum, or according to; but this 
is only in law Latin, and the interpretation has 
been disputed. 

To give evidence according to the laws of the state. 

The compound preposition exadversus is fre- 
quently used in the sense of opposite. 

1 . Not long before the ^ city was taken, a voice was 
heard from the grove of Vesta, which bends from the foot 
of mount Palatine, towards the new road, (saying) that 
the walls and gates should be repaired ; that if this was 
not ^ seen after, it would come to pass that Rome would be 
taken. Which having been neglected when it could 
have been provided against, was afterward explained 
after that great defeat had been received. For the altar, 
which we see enclosed, was consecrated, opposite that 
place, to Aius loquens. 

2. Here, although ''neither side had the advantage, yet 
they did not venture to remain, because there was danger, 
if part of the enemies' ships could sail round Euboea, ^ of 
their being surrounded. Therefore it came to pass, that 
they departed from Artemisium, and moored their fleet 
at Salamis opposite Athens. 

» the taken city 4 lest they should be presse^^, 

2 provided by double danger 

3 they departed from an equal 
battle 



S6 



CHAPTER IV. 



Ante. 

iHis preposition is used to denote precedence 
either of ti7ne or place, especially the fonner ; 
and hence, precedence in point of comparison, or 
superiority. It appears to be derived from the 
Greek ay\\ but its root is probably to be found 
in, the Hebrew ji^n (heneli) presence* 

1. The consul, as soon as he perceived a silence in the 
camp, and that not even the few who had ^ appeared 
before it at day-break ^were any where to be seen, 
having sent two horsemen into the camp to examine, as 
soon as it was ^ ascertained that every thing was safe, 
ordered the standards to be carried into it, and having 
remained there ^ long enough for the soldiers to collect 
the plunder, sounded for the retreat, and led back his 
forces ^ long before night. 

2. As for what Flavins says, that I was surety for 
Cornificius twenty-five years ago, although the accused is 
a wealthy man, and Apuleius a conveyancer of ^ character, 
yet I wish you would endeavour to examine the bonds of 
those who were "^ sureties with me, (to see) whether it be 

^ obambvlahant ^ much 

2 in any part ^ prcediator liberalis 

3 explored 7 co-sponsors 

4 so long, whilo 



ANTE. %l 

SO or not, for I had nothing to do with Comificius before 
my edileship : yet it may be so, but I should like to know 
^ the truth ; and you may summon his agent if you please. 

3. One Minucius died before this fellow (was) praetor, 
- and left no will. The inheritance eame by law to the 
Minucian family. 

4. The son enqmres into his father's years hefore the 
time. 

But there is a particular use of ante, with dies, 
in the notation of time, to signify not hefore tJie 
day, but the day itself, i. e. hefore its conclusion. 
So that ANTE in these cases signifies not hefore 
but 072, though sometimes it might be rendered 
by on or hefore, i. e. hy, 

1. It was ^making very um*easonable conditions, to 
demand that Caesar should depart from Ariminium and 
return into his province, (but) that he (Pompey) should 
himself possess provinces and legions ^ which did not 
belong to him : to wish that the army of Caesar should 
be disbanded, (but that he) should ^ recruit his own ; to 
promise that he would go into his province, and not 
^ fix o?2 (or hy) what day he would go. 

2. I staid one day at Alyzia, fi'om which place I had 
before written to you, because (my brother) Quintus had 
not overtaken me. That day was the nones of Novem- 
ber. Setting out thence on the eighth of the ides of 
November, before dayhght, I wrote this letter. 

» a certainty 4 alienas 

2 there was no will of him s have levies 

3 it was an unjust condition e define 



28 ANTE. 

3. Cornelius Nepos, was not a careless writer of 
^history, and ^in particular an intimate friend of Ci- 
cero. Yet he seems to have made a mistake in the first 
of those books which he wrote on his life, when he 
writes that he pleaded his first cause of a public ^ nature 
when twenty- three years old, and defended Sextus Ros- 
cius, accused of parricide. For ^ reckoning the years ' 
from Q. Coepio and Q. Serranus, under whose consul- 
ship Cicero was born oit the third of the nones of Ja- 
nuary, to M. TuUius and Cn. Dolabella, in whose con- 
sulship he pleaded the private cause for Quintius, before 
Aquilius Gallus the judge, there will be found twenty- 
six years. 

The same day is mentioned by Cicero as his 
birth-day, without the ante, Cic. Att. vii. 5. 
Ita ad urbem ero Hi. nonas, natali meo. And 
again, Att. xiii. 42. Diem meum scis esse Hi. 
no7i. Jan. 

Sometimes even in or ex are prefixed to ante, 
when the signification of ante is dropped, and 
that of IN or ex remains. 

1. Do not you remember that on the 12th of the 
calends of November, I said in the senate, that on a 
certain day, which day was to be on the 6th of the 
calends of November, Caius Manlius, the satellite and 
minister of your crimes, would be in arms ? Did not 
merely so enormous, atrocious, and incredible an attempt, 

» the memory of things 3 judgment 

2 as who chiefly 4 the years being reckoned 



29 



but, what is still more surprising, did even the very day, 
escape my knowledge ? ^ I said also in the senate, that 
you had put off the massacre of the nobles to the fifth of 
the calends of November. 

2. Lurco, the tribune of the people, who entered on 
his office ^ in conformity with the ^lian law, is released 
both from the ^lian and Fusian law, that he might 
enact a law concerning bribery, which (though) a lame 
man (and therefore inauspicious) he has promulgated 
with good auspices. So the comitia are put off to the 
6th of the calends of August. ^ The novelty of the law 
is this, that ^ if any one has promised money in a tribe, 
he ^ shall not be punished, if he does not give it ; if he 
does give it, he shall ^ pay 3000 sesterces (a year) to 
every tribe as long as he lives. 

3. Two ambassadors from lUyricum, C. Licinius 
Nerva and P. Decius, reported, that the army of the 
lUyrians was cut to pieces, Gentius their king taken, 
and Illyricum reduced under the power of the Roman 
people. For these successes, obtained under the con- 
duct and auspices of L. Anicius, the praetor, the senate 
decreed a three days' thanksgiving ; and the Latin games 
were appointed by the consuls/or the fourth, third, and 
'^ second of the ides of November. 

4. The first days of the spring ^ quarter (are) from 
the seventh of the ides of February ; of the summer, 

from the seventh of the ides of May; of the autumn, 

1 I the same person said s shall be with impunity 

together 6 shall owe 



3 there is this of new in the law 7 day before 
* he who shall have pronounced s time 



30 ANTE, 

from the third of the ides of August; of the winter, 
from the fourth of the ides of November. 

5. ^ Uniformly distressing accounts have come to me, 
from the nones of June to the day before the calends of 
September, concerning my brother Quintus. 

Sometimes ante is understood with or before 
dies as tertio calendas, that is, tertio die ante ca- 
lendas : ad tertium calendaritm, that is, ad ter- 
tium diem ante diem calendar um. 

In most manuscripts ante diem is written by 
contraction a. d,y which has led to confusion, 
being sometimes mistaken for the preposition ad. 

Ante, before or aho've^ in respect of degree or 
comparison. 

From the notion of 'priority or precedence in 
point of time^ ante comes to signify priority or 
precedence in point oi place or degree^ and is 
thus used, with the positive, comparative, or 
superlative degrees, when comparing one thing 
or person with another, instead of prce» 

1. They report that one (virgin), conspicuous far above 
the rest in beauty and figure, was carried off by the ^ party 
of one Thalassius, and when several persons enquired for 
whom they were carrying her, that no one might violate 
her, ^they cried out frequently, that she was carried 

sad and not various s it was cried out 

2 the globe 



ANTE. 31 

for Thalassius ; from thence (they say) this word was 
^ made use of in marriage ceremonies. 

2. His brother PygmaUon possessed the kingdom of 
Tyre, more enormous than all others in guilt. 

3. Turnus, most beautiful above all the others, power- 
ful ^ with a line of ancestors, courts her. 

4. While they were enquiring which was the assem- 
blage of the pit, the distinction of the (different) orders, 
which ^ were the knights, where was the senate, they 
perceived some persons sitting in a foreign dress in the 
senators' seats. And having asked who they were, when 
they heard that this ^ honour was granted to the ambas- 
sadors of those nations which excelled in courage and 
^friendship for the Komans, they exclaimed that ^no 
people were superior to the Germans in valour or inte- 
grity, and '^ went and sat among the senators. 

Ante also signifies hefore^ not only in the sense 
of precedence, but of being in the presence ofov 
opposite to, and in this sense has some affinity 
with the Greek olvI\, when the latter signifies 
opposition of place, as T/o:/ and 'Aurlf^piou, ''Au^pog 
and ''Avlavdpog, 

1 . Exhilarating the feasts with much wine, before the 
fire if it is ^ winter, if ^ summer, in the shade, I will pour 
out Ariusian wines, a new nectar. 

2. But that I may return to the chapel. There was 

> made nuptial 5 Roman friendship 

2 with grandfathers and great ^ none of mortals 
grandfathers 7 go away and sit 

3 singular number 8 cold 

4 this of honour » harvest 



82 ANTE. 

til is statue which I have mentioned, of Cupid, (made) of 
marble. On the other side a Hercules, beautifully made 
of ^ bronze. This was said to have been (the work) of 
Myro, as I think ; ^ and with good reason. Before these 
deities were Uttle altars, which ^ might have indicated to 
any one the ^ sanctity of the shrine. 

3. We ask ^ of you, M. Fannius, and of you, judges, 
^to punish crimes with the utmost severity; to resist 
audacious villains with the utmost resolution ; to believe, 
that unless you show in this cause what your '^ temper is, 
the passions and guilt and audacity of men will break 
out ^ with such fury, that murders will be (committed), 
not only privately, but even here, in the forum, hefore 
your (very) tribunal, Fannius, hefore your (very) feet, 
judges, among these very benches. 

Ante appears also sometimes to be used ad- 
verbially ; but is in fact for the most part a pre- 
position, ID TEMPUs, or some such expression 
being understood. 

1 . He here seems to ask his disciples, that they who 
wish to be debauchees should^rs^ become philosophers. 

2. The Greeks used to think the ^ most perfect ac- 
complishment consisted in the ^^ modulation of the voice 
and stringed instruments. Therefore Epaminondas, the 
^^ greatest man of Greece in my opinion, is said to have 

1 brass same form of phraseology in the 

2 and certainly remaining expressions 

3 might signify 7 mind 

* the religion " ^ to that (degree) 

5 from 9 chiefest erudition 

6 that you would punish crimes lo songs of strings and voices 
as sharply (as possible), aiid the ^^ prince 



ANTE. 33 

played excellently on the lute, and Themistocles a few- 
years before (his time) ^ having passed the lyre at an 
entertainment, was thought ^ ill-bred. 

Sometimes ante appears redundant. 

1. As I was just commg here a ^rascal met me, *a 
most arrant impostor; he said that he was carrying a 
thousand gold pieces to you and my son Lesbonicus, 
which ^I had given you; (a fellow) whom I neither knew 
who he was, nor had before seen him any where before, 

2. ^ Heavens ! what is insult, if this is not? " He had 
determined to give me a wife to-day:" ought I not first 
to have known it before P 

Ante is also frequently used with adverbs of 
quantity, multo, paulo, longe, &c. 

1 . The consul's messenger had but just come to Sa- 
lapia, when letters were brought from Hannibal, written 
in the name of Marcellus. 

2. He, by whose sword the murder was committed, 
rose "^ long before daylight : he called to his companion 
^several times, and thought he did not answer ^be- 
cause he was asleep ; he took up his sword and ^^ bag- 
gage, (and) went away alone. 

Ante is also used adverbially in the sense of 
before or forwards ; but is in fact even then a 

1 when he had refused 7 much 

2 more unlearned ^ once and more often 

3 trifler ^ being hindered by sleep 

4 nimis pergraphicus st/cophanta *** the other things he had 

5 by my giving brought with him 
^ O the faith of the Gods 

D 



S4^ ANTE. 

preposition, os, or some such word, being under- 
stood. 

There is also a certain action of the body which con- 
tains amotions and ^ postures agreeable to nature ; from 
which if ^ men deviate by any distortion and ^ deteriora- 
tion, or by any ^ deformity of motion or posture, as if a 
man should walk upon his hands, or not forwards but 
backwards, he might be thought to fly from himself, 
and putting off the ^ manhood of man, to hate his own 
nature. 

Ante is also used adverbially for Jirst, in 
which case omnia seems to be understood. 

We must , take care that Jirst the head, and then the 
remainder, be taken away. 

Ante is often joined with quam, to form one 
word, antequam, but is much more elegantly 
disjoined from it by tmesis. 

1. You have undertaken a cause older than ^you can 
remember, ^ a cause that was dead before you was born. 

2. The battle was more severe than ^ might have been 
expected from the small number of those who held out, 
and was not finished till the tribune of the soldiers, and 
those who were about him, were slain. 



1 states ^ your memory 

2 it is offendeu 7 which cause was before dead 

3 depravity than 

4 deformed motion ^ in proportion to the fewness 

5 the man from the man of the resistants 



ANTE. 35 

And sometimes these aaverbs are even in- 
verted by the poets. 

1. Consider also how nothing to us is the past anti- 
quity of eternal time before we were born, 

2, You see the victorious laurel before it comes, 

. Ante in composition signifies precedence, as 
cedo, to go ; antecedo, to go before : fero, to 
hear ; antefero, to hear before, or prefer. 



D ^ 



a6 



CHAPTER V. 



Apud. 



This preposition is by some supposed to be cor- 
rupted from ad pedes, and is used to signify the 
combined presence of place and person. Dr. 
Murray, ii. 218., derives it more probably from 
aTrlo), tango, or even the Latin verb apto, which 
words, however, are themselves derived from the 
Hebrew ^|D^ (apad), to bind close to. It differs 
from ad in not being used after verbs of motion. 

1. I commanded Marcus Anneius, my lieutenant, to 
bring those five cohorts to the rest of the army, and 
having assembled his forces together, to pitch his camp 
at Iconium in Lycaonia* 

2. Therefore, having staid a little while at the town, 
and laid waste the lands of the Remi, having burnt all 
the villages and houses which they could ^ get at, they 
marched against CsDsar's camp with all their forces. 

Used with a proper name or pronoun it signi- 
fies the house of a person, and is sometimes so 
used even though the person should not be 
present. 

1 . This dispute was prolonged till night ; the senate 
was dismissed, and I that day supped by chance at 
Pompey's. 

^ go to. 



APUD. 37 

2. M. Scaurus, who, I hear, is ^ at home at his country- 
house not far off, a ^ most able governor of the state, if 
he hears that this authority of his weight and counsel is 
claimed by you, Crassus, because you say it belongs to 
an orator, will soon come here, and overawe this chatter- 
ing of ours, with his very look and countenance. 

3. When I had been three days with Pompey, and 
at his house, I went to Brundisium on the 13th of the 
calends of June. 

4. ^ Having determined to wait for Pomptinius, I 
thought i^t most convenient to spend ^the time with 
Pompey till he came ; and so much the more because I 
saw this would be agreeable to him, ^ as he had desired 
me to spend every day with him, and at his house. 

Hence it is also used for cum, witlu 
Crassus, that our friendship might be manifested, as it 
were, to the Roman people, went almost from my house 
into his province. For having invited himself to ^ my 
house, he supped with me in the garden of my son-in- 
law Crassipes. 

Hence it also signifies near or by, being used 

for JUXTA. 

The day after these things were done, about " seven 
o'clock in the morning, when Crassus was yet in his bed 
and Sulpitius sitting by him, and Antony was walking 
with Cotta in the portico, on a sudden ^ old Quintus 
Catulus comes there with his brother C. Julius. 

1 at himself s who 

2 a man most skilled in govern- 6 to me 

ing the state ^ the second hour 

3 because I had determined ^ the old man 
* those days 

D 3 



38 ABUB. 

From this notion of proximity apud comes to 
signify not only hodily proximity or presence, 
but is referred to the operations of the mind^ 
signifying the presence of an intention or dis- 
position. 

1. To this is added another reason, that ^ others have 
been so asked to plead, that they might think ^they 
might undertake it or not, without any impeachment of 
their duty ; but ^ I have been solicited by those who 
^ have the greatest weight with me by their friendship, 
their rank, and their kindnesses, of whose good-will 
towards me I ought not to be ignorant, whose authority 
I ought not to shght, and whose wishes I ought not to 
^ disobey. 

2. If I saw the state possessed by wicked and aban- 
doned citizens, as we know has happened in my times, 
and at some other periods, I ^ would not be influenced 
by any rewards, which have very little weight with me^ 
nor even by any dangers, by which however even the 
bravest men are moved, to join myself to their cause. 

From this reference to the mental feelings, 
being used with a pronoun personal, it is easily 
transferred to that sort of presence which we 
call presence of mind, 

1. Now this man has no doubt but that you '^will 

^ it may have been so asked can do most 

irom others s to neglect 

^ they might do either, their ^ not being compelled 

duty being safe would I joipt myself 

3 those have gained it from me 7 deny that you will marry 



Apur>. 59 

refuse to marry : he comes ^ with a set speech from some 
private place. He thinks he has fomid out ^ a subject to 
put you to the rack with ; do you, therefore, take care to 
be '^ self-collected, 

2. I am scarce ^ in my senses, my mind is ^ in sueh sl 
tumult of fear, hope, joy, wonder, at this so great and 
unexpected a blessing. 

As APUD signifies the presence of place and 
person, we may easily deduce its signification of 
INTER, among, 

1. These are the duties of great men; these were 
practised among our ancestors; they who cultivate this 
class of duties ^ gain to themselves popularity and glory, 
'' to the great benefit of the state. 

2. Cassius CJiaerea, who afterwards obtained renown 
among posterity ^ for killing Caligula, then a young man 
and of 9 a high spirit, forced his way ^^ sword in hand 
thi'ough his opponents, armed (as they were). 

Hence it easily passes into the signification 
of in. 

1 . Tiberius, never intermitting his care of public affairs, 
and seeking ^^consolation from business, ^^ attended to 
the rights of the citizens, and the petitions of the allies ; 
and decrees of the senate were passed, ^^ at his sugges- 

' having meditated ^ Mith 

* a discourse with which he ^ by the slaughter of C. Caesar 
may tear you in pieces 9 fierce of mind 

^ with yourself i" with the sword 

* with myself ' ' business instead of comforts 
5 so moved by fear, &c. *^ handled 

^ themselves gain ^^ he being the author 

D 4i 



40 APUD. 

tion, that relief should be given to the city of Cibyra in 
Asia, and ^gium in Achaia, which had been overthrown 
by earthquakes, by a remission of taxes for (the next) 
three years. 

2. Nero, having been carried into the camp and spoken 
^suitably to the occasion, having promised a donative 
after the example of his father's bounty, , is saluted 
emperor. The decrees of the senators followed the 
^ voice of the soldiers, neither was there any hesitation 
in the provinces. 

As APUD signifies the presence of place and 
person, it is also used for coram, before, 

1. When the Thebans had overcome the Lacedae- 
monians in war, and it was the custom generally among 
the Greeks,^ when they waged war with each other, that 
^ the victorious party should erect some trophy on their 
confines, merely for the sake of declaring the victory * at 
that present time, not of perpetuating ^ the memory of 
the war, they erected a trophy of brass. They were 
accused (on this account) before the Amphictyons, that 
is, before the common council of Greece. 

2. If any one determines him to be an orator, who 
can only speak ^ on a point of law, or ^ in a court of 
justice, or before the people, or in the senate, yet ^ even 
thus he must necessarily grant and allow him ^ many 
great qualities. 

» things suitable ^ in law 

'2 sentence 7 in judgments 

3 they who had conquered ^ to this very man 

4 in present ^ many things 
s that the memory of the war 

should continue for ever 



APUD. 41 

3. Why should I ^ tell you a lie, 
Apud is sometimes subjoined to its case. 

1. Because they could put none of the race of the 
Arsacidae ^ upon the throne, most of them either having 
been killed by Artabanus or not yet ^ of age, they de- 
manded Phraates, the son of King Phraates, from Rome, 
(and said) that there was need ^ of nothing but a name 
and authority; that with the sanction of Caesar (one 
of) the race of Arsaces should be seen on the banks 
of the Euphrates. 

2. Two fleets (protected) Italy on either sea at Mise- 
num and Ravenna, and the beaked ships which Augus- 
tus, having taken in ^ the battle of Actium, had sent to 
the town of Forum Julii, with ^ strong crews, "^ watched 
over the nearest coast of Gaul. 

Apud is not used in composition. 

1 lie before you « the Actiati victory 

2 sununcs rei ^ a strong rower 

3 being grown up 7 presided over 
* only need of an author and 

name, that with the sanction 
{sponte) of Csesar 



4^ 



CHAPTER VI. 



SECTION I. 

Circa. Circum. 

Ihis preposition signifies approMmatmi and 
comprehension of time, place, person, or number, 
and is derived from the Greek xipxog, a circle, 
whence also the Latin words circus and circulus; 
the root of which is *^0 (car), a circuit. 

Circa circum, ahout or round about, to denote 
place. 

1. Caius Julius said to Helmius Maiicia, ^ who was 
continually interrupting him, I will soon show who you 
are like : and when he persisted in ^ asking what sort of 
a person he ^ intended to liken him to, he pointed with 
his finger to the figure of a Gaul painted on a '^ shield 
won by Marius from the Cimbri, to which Mancia was 
then ^seen to bear a strong resemblance. But there 
were booths ahout the forum, and this shield was set up 
^as a sign. 

2. As soon as I have come to the gloomy Esquiliae, a 
hundred affairs of other people dance through my head 
and round my sidet. 

1 often bawling at him * a Marian Cimbric shield 

2 the interrogation * seemed very like 

3 was about to show him s for the sake of 



CIRCA. 43 

3. We found (the young woman) herself diligently 
^ employed at the loom, '^ plainly dressed in mourning, I 
suppose on account of the old woman who was dead : 
without gold, and so adorned as those who are adorned 
for themselves (alone), not ^ set off with any female arti- 
fices. Her hair was loose, hanging down, (and) thrown 
negligently back about her head. 

Circa is also used in the sense of about, to 
signify approximation of time, in which sense 
ciRcuM is not used. 

1 . Cease, O cruel mother of the sweet Cupids, to bend 
(to your controul) one about ten lustres (old) now in- 
tractable to your gentle commands. 

2. The next day, about the same hour, the king ad- 
vanced his army to the same place. 

3. Paintmg chiefly flourished about (the time of) 
Philip, and even to the successors of Alexander, but 
with different * degrees of excellence, for Protogenes ex- 
cels in care, Pamphilus and Melanthius in method, 
Antiphilus in ease, Theon of Samos in ^imagination, 
Apelles in genius and grace, ^ on which he particularly 
values himself. 

4. If you do not go back to the very rude and un- 
polished attempts, and (such as are only) to be praised 
^ on account of the invention, Roman tragedy ^ rests with 
Accius and about ^ his time. 

t weaving a web ® which he particularly boasts 

2 moderately of in himself 

3 interpolated 7 in the name 

4 virtues « is in 

5 conceiving visions ^ him 



44 CIRCA 

Hence it expresses approximation of person^ 
but in this case circum is used alsoc 

1. The man began to accuse Liger ^ for being so exact 
and careful in an estate ^ which had come to him by in- 
heritance from a stranger ; he said that he ought also to 
^ calculate for his own interest ; that he wanted a great 
deal for himself, a great deal for his dogs (pack of syco- 
phants and informers) which he had about him. 

2. There was a crowd of Phrygians and Macedonians 
about the Mng, the former '^in the suspense of expect- 
ation, the latter ^ in anxiety from the rash confidence of 
the king. 

3. He had been the companion of the great Hector ; 
he used to attend the battle about Hector, conspicuous 
both for his trumpet and spear. 

Circa, about or round. 

Sometimes circa signifies motion diverging 
in all directions from a centre. 

1. At the fourth watch the baggage of the army, 
^ which was supposed to be about to march, began to 
set out. At day-break the standards were raised, and 
the army kept at the gate, and guards sent round all the 
other gates, that no one might go out of the city. 

2. The Roman state was now so powerful, that it 
was a match for any of the neighbouring states in war ; 

1 who was so diligent s anxious 

2 adventitious and hereditary ® the march of which was pre- 

3 to draw his own accounts tended 
* suspended by expectation 



CIRCA. ^ 45 

but through want of women, its greatness was ^likely to 
last only ^one generation, ^as they had no hope of off- 
spring at home, nor intermarriages with their neigh- 
bours. Therefore, by advice of the senators, Romulus 
sent ambassadors round the neighbouring nations to ask 
for alliance and intermarriage for his new people. 

Circa, about, when used with nouns signifying 
quantity, implies that the quantity is not accu- 
rately defined, but expressed, as we say in Eng- 
lish, in round numbers. 

1. About ^Ne hundred Romans and allies fell (on the 
side of the) conquerors. 

2. On the foUowuig days, about ^ half a pint of water 
must be let out. 

Circa, about or concerning, for de or super. 

In this sense circa is used to signify the ob- 
ject of discourse or contemplation. 

1. About Classicus, my labour was short and easy. 
He ^had left memorandums in his own hand-writing, 
what he had received out of every estate and every cause. 
About Hispanus and Probus, I had much trouble. 

2. About the gods and ^ their 'worship he was very 
negligent, as being given to '^ astrology, and full of a 
persuasion that all things were directed by ^ fatality. 

'- about to last s had left it written with his 

2 the life of man own hand 

3 as to whom there was ^ religions 

* hemina ' mathematics 

*fate 



46 CIRCITER. 

Circa and circum are also used adverbially. 

1. Having cut down the corn all about, the Romans 
moved their ^quarters to Cranonium, an untouched 
country. 

2. I wish you would look at my walk and ^dry-bath, 
and the places about it as soon as you can. 

But perhaps circum is more frequently used 
by the poets. 

But when rain impends, they do not depart far from 
their hives, or trust the sky when east winds approach ; 
but safe on eoery side, drink the water, under the walls 
of their city. 

Circum is used in composition, not circa j and 
signifies comprehension : eo, to go ; circumeo, to 
go around : fero, to bear ; circumfero, to hear 
around. 



SECTION II. 

CIRCITER. 

This preposition is nearly related to the two 
last mentioned, circa and circum ; but is princi- 
pally used in expressing approximation of tirae. 

I. About the calends of February I shall be either at 
my Formian or Pompeian (country-seat). If I am not 
at the Formian, do you, if you love me, conie to the 
Pompeian, 

' camp * Laconicum 



CIRCITER. 47 

2. He returns from his (forensic) duties about the 
eighth hour. 

3. Thus they marched for about fifteen days, so that 
there was a distance ^ of not more than five or six miles 
between the ^ rear of the enemies' army and the van of 
ours. 

It is also used adverbially. 

But out of all his forces (only) about a fourth part was 
provided with military weapons ; the rest carried, some 
darts, some pikes, some stakes sharpened at the end, 
just as chance ^ furnished arms to any one. 

* by 3 had armed any one 

« the last army of the enemies 
Jind our first 



48 



CHAPTER VIL 



SECTION I. 

Cis. 

This preposition expresses limitation of space, 
from the spot where we are supposed to be, to 
some distance not exceeding the nearest side of 
a certain boundary, and is often opposed to trans 
and ultray which signify excess on the other side 
of it, as GalHa Cispadana signified Gaul on the 
same side of the Po as Rome, in opposition to 
Gallia Transpadana, or Gaul on the other side of 
it. It is usually prefixed to proper names of 
places, as rivers, mountains, &c. ; in which re- 
spect it differs from citra, which is used more 
promiscuously, as citra cruorem^ on this side, i, e. 
short of, blood. I have met with no probable 
etymology of this word ; kUgs, which is that of 
Vossius, is the nearest. Perhaps Tciw, to cut off, 
or divide, may be allowed as a conjecture. 
Whiter, Etymology, p. 416., derives it from ce-ISy 
denoting that place which we mean to be our 
limit. It is rather, perhaps, to be traced to the 



CIS. 49 

Hebrew TV^p (cqje), an extremitij^ from a verb 
of the same form, signifying to cut off, whence 
'probably xsw in Greek. 

Cis, on this side, 

1. The people, therefore, and their tribunes being 
quiet, ^ through concern for the pubKc good, there was 
^ no opposition to the election of consuls, M. Geganius 
Macerinus, the third time, and L. Sergius, surnamed 
Fidenas, (who was) so called, I suppose, from the war 
which he afterwards conducted. For he (was) the first 
(who) fought with the king of the Veientes ^ successfully 
on this side the Anio, and gained a victory (but) not 
without blood. 

2. What need was there that they should follow me to 
the camp, or across the Taurus, when I had so proceeded 
from Laodicea to Iconium, that the magistrates and * de- 
putations of all the ^ districts and states which are on this 
side Taurus had met me ? 

3. The Etrurians, inclining towards each sea, inhabited 
the lands in twelve cities ; at first on this side the Ap- 
penine, on the lower sea afterwards beyond the Appenine, 
having sent out as many colonies as there were ^ origin- 
ally principal cities. 

Cis, *within, for intra, applied to time, 

Cis is also sometimes used to signify limitation 
of time, within a certain boundary. 

^ to care of the sum of affair * legations 

' no controversy but that s dioceses 

should be elected consuls ,^ Leads of (their) , origin 

3 in a prosgerous battle 

E 



50 CITRA. 

1. But now, if any great and rich inheritance shall 
fall to me, now, since I know both ^ the sweets and bitters 
of money, in truth I will so hoard it, and live so frugally, 
that I will ^ take care ^ there shall be none of it within a 
few days. 

2. I will make ^you free mthin a few months. 

Cis is generally said to make citerior and 
ciTiMUs in the comparative and superlative, but 
the former of these rather comes from the ob- 
solete adjective citer ^ though citimus comes a 
regular superlative from cis^ instead of citerrimus 
from citer. 

Cis is not used in composition except with 
local adjectives, as Cispadana, Cisalpina, &c,, the 
meaning of which is already explained. 



SECTION IL 

CiTRA. 

This preposition also, like cis, signifies limi- 
tation within a certain boundary on the same 
side with ourselves, and is opposed to ultra, 

Citra is not immediately derived from m, but 
from its derivative citer, and is, in fact, like extra, 
irtfra, intra, supra, ultra, an ablative case femi- 

» what is sweet and bitter in » it shall be none 

2 faxim 4 a. free head to you 



CITRA. ^^1 

nine, governed of a or ah^ and having the sub- 
stantive j^arte understood to agree with it ; and 
governs its accusative case, not by any natural 
power of its own, but by an elHpsis of quoad or 
quod ad , , . . attinet understood after it. Thus, 
citra Ruhiconem^ when fully explained, means, 
acitera (vel citra') parte, quoad Ruhiconem ; or, 
a citra parte, quod ad Ruhiconem attinet » By this 
instance we may see clearly how prepositions 
are used, not only for whole words, but even 
for sentences, for the convenience of speech, 
and shortening those circuitous expressions, the 
frequent recurrence of which would be very 
tedious and unpleasant in common discourse. 

Citra, on this side, 

X, The Segni and Condrusi sent ambassadors to 
Caesar, ^ to beseech him that he would not esteem them 
in the number of his enemies j nor believe that ^all Ger- 
mans who dwelt on this side the Rhine made a common 
cause ; that they had never thought of war, and had sent 
no assistance to Ambiorix. 

2. There is moderation in (all) things; lastly, there 
are certain limits, "doithin and beyond which, what is right 
cannot ^ exist. 

3. Nature herself, as if she would modulate human 
speech, has placed an acute '^ sound on every word, and 



* oratum 


3 consist 


* the cause of all . 


. , . was one * voice 




E 2 



52 CITRA* 

not more than one (such), nor on this side the third 
syllable from the end (z. e, not nearer the beginning 
of the word). 

N, B, We may observe here, that by a dif- 
ferent mode of translation, citra may be made to 
take the sense of beyond, though its original 
meaning and proper signification here is quite 
different ; it being the same thing to say that 
the accent is never thrown back beyond the 
third syllable from the end, as to say, that it is 
never thrown on this side the third syllable from 
tlie beginning of the word. 

Citra, short of. 

Hence as citer expresses a distance not ex- 
ceeding a certain limit, it signifies also not so far 
as^ i. Co short of 

1 . ^ Acorns create abortion in goats, when they are 
given short of satiety. Therefore, unless they can be 
given ^without restraint, they ought not to be allowed to 
this ^kind of cattle. 

2. He used to weigh the ^ dying testimonies of his 
friends ^ most sensitively ; ^ neither concealing his grief, 
if any one praised him too sparingly, and short of 

" the acorn s most morosely 

- abundantly ^ his grief neither being con- 

3 flock cealed 

4 last judgments 



CITRA. 53 

^ honourable expressions, nor his joy, if gratefully and 
^affectionately. 

3. I ^have committed an offence short o/T guilt; and 
as my fault is not without shame, so is it without *ill 
will. 

CiTRA, without. 

Hence as citra, signifying short of, implies 
deficiency, it is used for sine, without. 

1. Phidias is said to have been a better workman in 
making gods than men; but in ivory ^absolutely ^without 
a rival, even if he had wrought nothing but the Minerva 
at Athens, or the Olympian Jupiter at Elis, 

N, B, Here again citra might be rendered 
beyond, as in a former instance, it being the 
same thing to say that he was far beyond or 
above any rival, or wanted much, and so w^as far 
short of being rivalled. 

2. Nor did he, with less zeal, attach kings and pro- 
vinces to him throughout the world ; offering to some 
thousands of captives as a gift, to others sending assist- 
ance, *voithout the authority of the senate, where they 
wished and when they wished. 

3. Though many say, that the only remedy ^ for the 
tooth-ache is -^ to draw it, yet I know that many things 
have been serviceable mthout this (painful) necessity. 



' the honour of words 


5 far on this side 


2 piously 


6 to 


3 have sinned 


' the forceps 


4 envy 





e3 



54f CITRA. 

Citra, however, in this sense, rather occurs in 
Pliny, Quintihan, and Suetonius, and the later 
writers, than in Ciqero or Livy. 

Citra, mthin or before, as appHed to time. 

From the notion of limitation within a certain 
boundary, citra when applied to time, signifies 
on this side ; i. e. within or before, 

1. In moist, poor, and cold or shady places, it is best to 
sow for jthe most part before the calends of October, while 
^ you can, the ground being (yet) dry, while the clouds 
are suspended, that the roots of the corn may gain 
strength before they ate attacked with wintry showers, 
or ^cold droppings or hoar frosts. 

2. According to the ^ strict meaning of the word, he 
who is commanded to give sentence ^within the calends, 
if he does not give it on the calends, acts against the 
direction of the word ; for if it is done sooner, he does 
not give sentence * within, but before. However, I know 
not how, the common most absurd interpretation is re- 
ceived, that * within the calends seems to signify either 
on this side the calends, or, ^ which is much the same 
thing, ^before the calends. 

3. Perhaps also the Pylian (Nestor) might have 
perished before the Trojan times, but ^ having taken a 



* it is allowed 


s for it almost nothing differs 


* gelicidiis 


« ante 


3 reason 


7 conamine sumpto 


* infra 





CITRA. 55 

spring from his spear fixed (on the ground), he leaped 
into the boughs of a tree which stood near. 

CiTRA is also used adverbially for o;z this side, 
rviM?i, or shorl of. 

1. Having set out with a suitable army, and ^ in 
greater hope and confidence because a multitude was not 
wanted, he proceeded to the camp of the praetor Appius, 
from which the enemy was not far distant. The wood- 
gatherers met him a few miles o?i this side, with an 
escort. 

2. Fortune inclined to neither side until, -as the night 
advanced, the moon rising showed the armies, and ^caused 
deception. But she was more favourable ^to the troops 
of Vespasian, (being) behind (them); hence the shadows 
of the men and horses were larger, and the weapons of 
the enemy fell short, with a false ^aim, as if against their 
bodies. 

3. I confess she is adorned short of ^what she ought 
to be. 

* one bearing more hope * to the Flavians 

2 the night being grown up ' blow 

3 deceived ^ than she ought 



E 4 



56 



CHAPTER VIIL 



Contra. 

J HIS preposition, in its general signification, 
implies opposition. Various etymologies of this 
word have been adduced by grammarians, but 
none satisfactory. I conceive it to be the abla- 
tive feminine of the obsolete adjective conlerus, 
just as citra, ea:tra, infra, intra, and supra, are 
the ablatives of citer, exterus, irvferus, interns, and 
superus, an account of which is given in citra. 
The adjective itself is derived from con, as in 
order to have opposition there must be a com- 
parison or competition mtk something ; possibly 
the two final syllables of those adjectives in terus 
may be -derived from tero ; but the termination 
ter or terus, contracted in the ablative into tra, 
is obscure. Possibly it may be connected with 
the Celtic tar, for which see Trans. 

Contra, against, or in opposition to. 

1. ^All sorts of monstrous gods, and ^the barking 
Anubis, bear weapons against NeDtune and Venus, and 
against Minerva. 

* monsters of gods of every ^ the barker 
kind 



CONTRA. 57 

2. Now for you to act against the conqueror, wliom 
you were unwilling to offend ^ while the event was uncer- 
tain, and ^ to join those, when routed, whom you would 
not follow when resisting, is ^ the greatest folly. 

Contra, against, contrary to, or beyond. 

1. When Caesar, beyond ^dM expectation, had come to 
Uxellodunum, and found the town ^ fortified, he began 
to try to ^cut oiFthe enemy's supply of water. 

2. When the Roman state ^ recovered contrary to his 
hopes and wishes, he offered a new treason to those he 
had already betrayed. 

Contra, opposite to, in point of situation. 

Two of our ships, having made their voyage more 
slowly, being ^ overtaken by the night, ^ not knowing 
what station the others had taken, ^*^cast anchor opposite 
Lissus. 

Contra is also used adverbially signifying op- 
position, on the oilier hand, 

^^Some place happiness in one thing, some in another; 
you in pleasure, and on the other hand all unhappiness in 
pain. 

' things being doubtful ' rose again 

^ to approach to ^ thrown into the night 

3 of the greatest folly 9 when they were ignorant 

4 the expectation of all ^° stood in anchors 

5 shut withiworks " to live happily others (place) 
^ to hinder the enemy from in another (thing) you place 

water 



58 CONTRA. 

Hence also it signifies opposition, adverbially, 
in point of situation. 

1. He stands opposite, and bids me speak. 

2. Britain ^is situated towards Germany on the east, 
towards Spain on the west, on the south it can even be 
seen fi*om ^ Gaul ; its northern parts, no lands being 
opposite, are lashed by a vast and open sea. 

Note. ^ contra is an expression not used by 
good writers, instead of which the proper phrase 
is e contrario^ or as some express it, contra ea. 

Contra ac or atque. 

There is a peculiar use of co7itra with ac or 
atque, to signify otherwise than, the reverse qfi 

1. ^Having now refuted almost all the accusations,, 
I will now do the reverse o/'what is done in other causes, 
and now at last begin to speak of the life and ^character 
of the man. 

2. You see that almost every thing happened the re^ 
mrse o/*what was predicted. 

In the same sense we find contra quam. 

He dared to ^publish his edict, that senate, contrarjj 
to their own vote, ^ should go out of mourning. 

^ is stretched out s edicere 

« by the Gauls ^ should return to their 

3 the crimes being now dissolved (usual) garment 

4 manners 



CONTRA. 59 

Contra, expressive of price. 

Contra is sometimes used to express price, 
especially by Plautus, evidently from the idea of 
the value being put in the scale opposite to the 
commodity. 

Ph. ^ Give me a modest lover ^r so 7nucli gold. ^ You 
shall have the money from me. — Pa. Give me for so 
iimch orichalcum ^ a master in his senses whom I may 
serve. 

Contra in composition signifies opposition, as 
dico, to say ; contradico, to say against, or m op- 
position to, to contradict. 

^ cedo 3 to whom sound I may serve 

* take the money 



60 



CHAPTER IX. 



Erga. 



This preposition is used to denote inclination 
t onwards a person^ and is scarcely or ever joined 
to the name of a place or thing inanimate. Mr. 
Whiter, in his learned and very ingenious 
Etymologicum Universale, p. 69., derives it with 
great appearance of reason from vergo, to tend, 
or incline to, 

1. We must determine what boundaries and limits are 
to be chosen in friendship ; on which I see three opinions 
^ are maintained, none of w^hich I approve : the first, that 
we should be ^ so disposed towards our friend as towards 
ourselves ; the ^ second, that our good will to our friends 
should equally and exactly answer their good v/ill towards 
us ; the third, that ^ every man should be esteemed of as 
much value by his friends as he esteems himself. 

2. It is of great consequence towards ^convincing, that 
the manners, habits, actions, and lives of those who plead 

^ are borne * that at how much each esteems 

^ affected in the same manner himself, at so much he should be 

in which esteemed 

3 the other s to conquer 



ERGA. . 61 

causes, and of those for whom (they plead), should be ap- 
proved, and (those) of the adversaries disapproved ; and 
that the minds of those before whom ^ we plead should 
be gained over to good will, as well to'wa7^ds the orator 
as towards him for whom the orator is pleading. 

' it is pleaded (by us) 



62 



CHAPTER Xo 



Extra. 

1 HIS preposition is derived from the ablative 
of the adjective easterns (from the root^jr), in the 
same as citra from citeVy to which the reader is 
referred. It implies something without or beyond 
the limits of the thing spoken of, and is opposed 
to intra. 

Extra, ^without, 

1 . If I ^ was in the habit of going out to supper, I would 
not ^ fail your friend Octavius. To whom, however, I 
said, when he gave me frequent invitations, ^ Pray sir, 
who are you ? But in truth, ^ without joking, he is an 
agreeable man. 

2» The disposition of Galba was rather without vices 
than accompanied with virtues. 

3. The law forbids (any one) to be buried in the city. 
It is so decreed by the college of pontiffs, that it is not 
^ lawful for a sepulchre to be made in a public place. 
You know the temple of Honour without the Colline gate. 
It is said there was an altar there ; when a plate was 

» si ccBnitaremforls * without a joke 

* be wanting to » a right 

» I pray you 



EXTRA. 60 

found there, and an ' inscription on it, " to the deity of 
Honour," that was the cause of this temple being dedi- 
cated. But ^ as there were many sepulchres in that place, 
they were destroyed ,• for the college determmed that a 
public place could not ^ be bound by private religion. 

Extra, beyond. 
Hence it easily signifies heyond^ out of, 

1 . You must take care, especially if you build your- 
self, that you do not proceed beyond moderation in ex- 
pence and magnificence, in which * respect there is much 
^ mischief even in the example. 

2. This is plain, when he who knew about all (the 
conspirators) ^ said that he knew nothing about Sulla, 
that the force of this denial is the same as if he had said 
that he knew this man was out of the conspiracy. 

Extra, above, exceeding. 

Hence it easily passes into the sense of supra, 
above or exceeding, 

1. The deity hath placed himself above all fault or 
blame. 

2. The 7 size of Venus is above all the other stars, 
^ and its brightness such, that shadov/s are ^ cast by the 
rays of ^^this star only. 



' it was written in it 




7 Venus is above all the other 


2 when 




stars in greatness 


3 obligari 




8 and of so great brightness 


4 kind 




9 reddantiir 


5 of evil 




'" of this one star 


^ denied that he knew 


concern 




ing 







64 ■ EXTRA. 

Extra, besides, except. 

Hence it is elegantly used for prwter^ i?esides 
or except, 

1 . I lately saw a wretched maid in ^ this neighbour- 
hood, lamenting the ^ death of her mother. She sat 
^opposite (the body). Not a single well-wisher or ac- 
quaintance, or relation, was present to assist (at) the 
funeral, besides one *poor old woman. 

2. In the first place, I found the forces neither nume- 
rous nor warlike : in the next place, except the general 
and a few ^more, the rest are rapacious in war, and so 
cruel in their language, that I ^even dreaded a victory. 

Extra quam, in law. 

In forensic language extra is often used with 
quam, to signify an exception. 

The man whose hand is cut oif, ^ brings an action of 
injury ; the ^ defendant requires from the praetor an ex- 
ception (to this effect) ; except that there ^ shall be no 
prejudice to the life of the defendant. 

Extra is said to admit of degrees of com- 
parison, EXTERIOR and extimus or extremus, 
but these rather belong to the adjective exterus. 

' here of the neighbourhood ^ dreaded a victory itself 

"^ her mother dead ^ pleads of injuries 

3 exadversum ^ he with whom it is pleaded 

* aniculam 9 a prejudice of the head may 

s besides be made against the accused 



EXTRA. 65 

ExTRAj adverbially. 

FiO^h^a is also used adverbially, 

1. The soul ought to spring ^abroad, and contemplate 
those things which are 'withoiif, and abstract itself as 
much as possible from the body. 

2. On the left wing, the soldiers, seeing from the ram- 
part Pompey approach, and ^ their companions fly, 
fearing lest they should be enclosed in the defiles while 
they had an enemy within and "without, ^ began to provide 
for their retreat by the same way by which they had 
come. 

Extra is hardly used in composition with any 
word but ordin ARius, in which case it retains its 
original signification of beyond, 

' eminere * consulted for themselves for 

'- their own the retreat 



66 



CHAPTER XI. 



Infra. 



Ihis, preposition is derived from inferus, (it- 
self compounded of in SLiidJero,) on the same 
principles as citra, contra, ea^tra, &c. (See Citra.) 
It is used to express inferiority or lower situa- 
tion. 

Infra, below, beneath, 

1. ^ I had sat down to dinner "^ at three o'clock, when 
I wrote ^ this letter to you in my note-book. You will 
ask where ? At (the house of) Volumnius Eutrapelus, 
and indeed Atticus sat above me, Verrius helom, both 
^ friends of yours, 

2. Whatever I may be, how much soever ^ beneath 
Lucilius in rank and talents, yet envy, however unwillr 
ingly, must confess that I have always lived with the 
great. 

1 I had laid down * your friends 

2 at the ninth houi s beneath the rank and genius 

3 the copy of these (letters) of Lucilius 



INFRA. 67 

Infra with omnis. 

Irifra with oynnis after it takes a superlative 
sense. 

1. Hold your tongue, you whom I believe to be he- 
loxv tJie very lowest of mankind. 

2. I was restored, when those persons by whom I had 
been banished were in possession of the provinces, my 
enemy, a man of great virtue and mildness, ^ the second 
consul, proposing (my recall) : when that enemy who 
had lent his voice to the common enemies of the state 
for my destruction, lived only ^ as far as he could be said 
to breathe, in fact was removed below the lowest of the 
dead. 

Infra, mthin, less than. 

As iiifra signifies beneath^ when applied to 
place, when applied to number, it signifies mitli- 
maunder, or less than, 

1. It is most advantageous that eggs should be set 
on mtliin ^ ten days after they are laid. 

2. The fresh wounds of ^ earth worms unite so rea- 
dily, that ^ it is certain their nerves, when cut through, 
^ are firmly joined within ^ seven days. 

3. ^ Set no eggs under your hens from ^ the first of 
November till the ^° winter solstice ^^ be over. ^"^ Till that 

^ the other consul referring 7 the seventh day 

2 in breath only * be unwilling to place 

3 laid within ten days ^ calends of November 
* earth-worms unite their fresh *° Iruma 

wounds so ^^ be finished 

a it may be persuaded ,^^ unto 
® are consolidated 

F ^ 



6S INFRA. 

time, set ^ thirteen through the whole summer ; in win- 
ter fewer, but not less than ^ nine. 

Infra is also used adverbially. 

Letters from Lucius Domitius were brought me ^ on 
the 1 7th of February, a copy ^ of which I have written 

Infra is not compounded, 

> thirteen each ; nine each s of them 

•before the 13th day of the 
calends of March 



69 



CHAPTER XII. 



Inter. 



This preposition properly signifies the me- 
dium of separation or distinction betweeii two or 
more things, or something contained between or 
"within them. It is derived from inter or interns^ 
though some perhaps will prefer deriving it 
from lv1o^, which, however, is more properly the 
endo of early Latinity. In fact it is probably com- 
pounded of m and ter or /r^5, the root of trails , 
q. v., being, as it were, something beyond in. 

1. That affection which is between children and pa- 
rents cannot Jbe broken off without detestable guilt. 

2. You have much obliged me, by sending Sera- 
pion's book to me, ' of which, however, ^ between our- 
selves be it spoken, I can hardly understand the thou- 
sandth part 

Inter, for invicem, one another. ' 

As that which is between two persons may be 
referred to one or the other; thus inter, espe- 
cially with the pronouns primitive, is used to 
signify one another, 

' in which "^ which it may be lawful to 

say between ourselves 
F S 



70 INTER. 

1. The boys are well ; they learn diligently, are taught 
carefully, and love us, and one another. 

2. This therefore, as I think, is evident, ^ that good 
men must have a sort of natural benevolence towards 
one another, 

3. Shall we therefore try mth one another what each 
can do. 

Inter is sometimes repeated redundantly. 

1. Nestor hastens to appease the quarrel between 
Achilles and Agamemnon. 

Note. This example is one which gives great 
offence to Bentley, and on v/hich his critical 
powers were exerted in vain. In fact, though 
the inter might be spared, the use of it is justi- 
fiable by a hundred similar passages, and the 
repetition of the preposition, though it may be 
superfluous^ is not absurd ; for NestQr went he- 
tween Achilles and Agamemnon, and between 
Agamemnon and Achilles. 

2. A popular assembly, which consists of the most 
ignorant persons, is yet able to judge what is the differ- 
ence between a popular, that is, ^ a fawning and trifling 
citizen, and a resolute, severe, and grave one. 

Inter, among or amidst. 
As inter signifies that which is between two 

* that there must be a neces- ^ a fawner 
sary benevolence among the good 
to the good 



INTER. 71 

persons, it passes on to signify that which is 
among many. 

1. What better ^ natural disposition is there m man- 
kind, than (that) of those who think themselves born to 
assist, protect, preserve men ? Hercules went ^ to heaven. 
He never would have gone there, unless, while he was 
among men, ^ he had made himself a road thither. 

2. The philosopher Aristotle relates that Polycrita, a 
noble woman of the island of Naxus, died * on hearing 
an unexpected piece of good news. Philippides also, 
^ a celebrated comic writer, when he had ^ gained the 
prize unexpectedly in a contest of poets, and was ex- 
ceedingly delighted, died suddenly in the midst of his 

joy- 

Inter, during^ at, or on. 

As inter signifies the medium between two 
extremes, so when applied to time, it expresses 
the interval between the commencement and 
close of a given period ; when to space, the in- 
terval between the beginning and end of it ; and 
may therefore be rendered in these instances by 
while or during, sometimes more conveniently, 
but still in the same sense, by at, i7i, or within, 

1. If this had happened to you at supper, in the 

J nature 5 a writer of comedies, not ig- 

no the gods noble 

3 munivissei ^ conquered 

*an unexpected joy being 
known 

F 4 



y^ INTER. 

midst of those your ^ beastly cups, who would not have 
thought it disgraceful ? 

2. You laughed at me yesterday, over our cups, be- 
cause I said there was a question ^ whether an heir 
could legally prosecute for a theft committed before he 
came into possession. Therefore, although I got home 
after I had drank quite ^enough, and late too, yet I 
marked down that chapter in which the question is, and 
^ send you a copy of it, that you may know that Sextus 
-^lius, M. Manilius, and M. Brutus, ^ have held that 
opinion which you maintained nobody held. 

3. ^ Wherefore do not hesitate '' to entrust every thing 
to this individual, who in so many years has been 
found (to be) the only one whom our allies rejoice to 
have come into their cities with an army. 

4. Hope consoles even him (who is) bound with a 
strong fetter, ^ the iron rings upon his legs, but he sings 
at his work. 

5. ^ What you say is meat and drink to me. ^° But 
"mliile doing that, I answered " my mistress here what 
she asked me. 

Inter is sometimes put after its case. 

Friendship is given us by nature as an assistant to 
virtue, not a companion to vice. That as virtue might 

' immanibus ' but that you may entrust all 

^rightly accuse {agcre"^ of a things 

theft, which theft was done before *his legs sound with the iron 

3 well drunk s that is food to me which you 

4 it written out to } ou say {fahularc) 

5 have thought that *<' between doing that thing 
<5 be unwilling to hesitate '' this my mistress 



INTEll. 73 

not be able, ^ singly, to attain to those things which are 
^ most excellent, she might attain them when united and 
associated with the other. ^ If this sort of society either 
exists, or has existed, or shall exist * amoJig any^ their 
^ alliance is to be esteemed the best and ^ most fortunate 
towards (attaining) the greatest blessing of nature. 

Especially when two substantives are used, 
INTER is elegantly placed between them. 

1. The region was one of the most fertile of Italy; 
'' the plain of Etruria, which lies between Faesulag and 
Arretium, rich in corn, cattle, and abundance of all 
things. 

2. Carmel is het-^een Judaea and Syria. 

3. Three senators ^ hid themselves hetiSoeen the roof 
and ceiling, ^ a hiding place as disgraceful as the fraud 
was detestable; they put their ears to the chmks and 
cievices. 

Inter, in composition, signifies heMeen or 
among : as pono, to place ; interpono, lo place 
between or interpose. Sometimes it signifies pre- 
vention, as if from an opposing meditun : as dico, 
to say ; interdico, to say between, and so to for- 
bid or interdict : venio, to come ; intervenio, to 
come between, and so to prevent. 

' solitary ' the Etrurian plains 

^ tlie highest ^ hide 

3 which society if ^ with a hiding place not less 

•1 qiiGS inter disgraceful than a fraud dttest- 

5 cor.iitatiLs able 

^UiOit bk-.sed 



T^ 



CHAPTER XIII. 



Intra. 



This preposition is formed from the ablative 
of interns, like citra, and the rest of this class. * 
(See CiTRA.) It is used to express the space or 
boundary within which any thing is contained, 
and heyond which it does not extend; and is 
thus opposed to citra* It is referred both to 
time and space. 

Intra, within, signifying time. 

1. ^ Within ten days after he had come to Pliers, 
having finished these things, marching with his whole 
army to Cranon, he took it ^ on his very arrival. 

2. He who is ordered to pronounce (sentence) uoithin 
the calends, can pronounce it rightly before the calends, 
and on the calends ; and that is not done by any privilege 
of an engrafted custom, but by a certain observation of 
reason, because all the time which is included in the 
day of the calends is rightly said to be mthin the ca- 
lends. (See Ante, p. 27.) 

Intra, within, signifying place. 
1. He who reigns mthin mount Taurus, not only 

' the tenth day after (quam) 5 at the first coming 



INTRA. 75 

reigns in mount Taurus, but in all those countries 
which are enclosed by mount Taurus. 

2. Whether am I to be blamed because I grieve, or 
because I ^ have contrived either not to keep these 
things, which might have been an easy matter, if plans 
'■^ for my destruction had not been entered into i^ithin 
my own walls, or at least ^ to lose them in my lifetime. 

Intra, Xiitfiin hounds^ below. 
As that which is within is not without or he- 
7/ond, intra sometimes signifies not beyond, i. e. 
within bounds, below. 

1. *In this way I live; I write or read something, 
every day ; then, that I may not give nothing to my 
friends, we sup together, not only not against the law, 
if there is any law now, but even mthin it, ^ and a good 
deal 'within it too. 

2. Let us not speak every thing ^ as if we were bawl- 
ing, which '^ is like a madman, nor heloiso ^ our natural 
tone, ^ which is inanimate. 

3. I wish Philotas ^° had committed 7io offence beyond 
words. 

Intra is also used adverbially. 

^^ There is no method more certain, than to make 

' have committed that I should » and indeed a good deal 

not keep ^ clamose 

* concerning ' is insane 

3 certainly, that 1 might lose ^ our manner of speaking 
them now living 9 which wants motion 

4 thus it is lived, something is 1° had offended within words 
written or read ' 1 nothing is more certain 



76 INTRA. 

earthenware vessels, which may receive a single bunch 
of grapes loosely ; these ought to have four handles, from 
which they may hang when tied to the vine ; and their 
covers should so made that they may be divided in 
the middle, so that when the vessels (thus) suspended 
have each received their bunch, the two parts of the 
cover being put together, may join ^ in the middle, and 
thus cover the grapes ; and these vessels and their covers 
ought to be well pitched both mtliin and without. 



I 



Intra is said to make interior in the com- 
parative, and intimus in the superlative, which, 1 
in fact, come from the obsolete adjective inter us ^ 
from which it is itself derived. It is not com- 
pounded. 

^ from each side 



77' 



CHAPTER XIV. 



JUXTA. 



Ihis preposition signifies approocimatmi or 
contiguity, particularly of two things placed hy 
the side of each other. It is evidently derived 
from jungo, being a corruption, or rather an 
archaism, of the participle in the ablative case ; 
so that the accusative, which it is said to govern, 
really depends on ad understood. Thus, when 
we say, sepultus est hio^ta viam Appiam, the real 
expression is, a ^psirte jimcta ad viam Appiam. 
(See CiTRA.) 

JuxTA, 7iear, or by the side of. 

1 . The virgin Lavinia stands 9iear her father. 

2. Atticus was buried h/ the side of the via Appia, at 
the fifth ^ mile-stone. , 

Hence it signifies next to. 

1 . ^ I do not deny, O conscript fadiers, ^ diat cove- 
nants and treaties are sacred among those rnen with 



I stone 3 as well covenants m treaties 

^ bvftcias eo 



78 JUXTA. 

whom human faith is ^honoured ^next to the obligcations 
of rehgion. 

2. Next to the gods, ^it depends upon you. 

JuxTA, akin to. 

From this sense it easily passes into that of 
relationship or ^proximity, and may be rendered 
ahin to. 

It is peculiar to a force * of cavalry quickly to obtain 
a victory, and quickly to give way. Rapidity is akin 
to cowardice ; delay more allied to resolution. 

JuxTA, next after. 

From juxta signifying proximitT/, it comes also 
to imply gradation, and thus marks what is in- 
Jerior, or next after, 

Nigidius Figulus, ^ in my opinion, the ^ next learned 
man to Varro, in the eleventh book of his grammatical 
commentaries, ^ quotes a verse from some old poem ^ well 
worthy of remembrance, "^a man ought to be religious, 
not superstitious." He does not tell us whose poem it is. 

JuxTA, for SECUNDUM, according to. 
As that which is put by the side of a thing is 

1 cultivated 7 relates 

2 next to divine religions s hercle 

3 it is placed in your hand ^ It behoves a man to be reli- 
* of equestrian strength gious (religentem) '^ it is wicked- 
5 as I think ness (to be) superstitious {reli- 
^ most learned next to Varro glosum) 



JUXTA. 79 

capable of being measured and compared with 
it, and so manifesting its accordance or agree- 
inent^jiixta signifies according to. 

When the battle was doubtful, the Tonians, according 
to the precept of Themistocles, began to withdraw them- 
selves by degrees from the battle. 

JuxTA is also used adverbially for alike, equally, 
from the notion of that which is measured along 
the side of any thing being equal to it. 

1 . I esteem their life and death aWke, since ^ nothing 
is said of either. 

2. Therefore the '^ double evil could neither be guarded 
against, ^ nor could the strongest resist the weakest class, 
and good and bad, brave and cowards, were alihe slaugh- 
tered unrevenged. 

JuxTA, as much as, or no more than. 

In this case cum is sometimes expressed after 
ju^ta, and the sense may be rendered by as 
much as, or 7io more than. 

1. Do not you know what this matter is? No more 
than the most ignorant. 

2. ^I take as much care of her as my own daughter. 

And sometimes cum is omitted. 

When the Roman soldiers, by going rashly under 

silence is observed respecting 3 could it be resisted by the 
both strongest against the weakest kind 

' anceps " I take care of her alii'ce with 



80 JUXTA. 

the walls, had received many wounds, and ^ the under- 
taking did not sufficiently succeed, Fabius thought a 
trifling affair, yet equally difficult ^ with a great one ^ had 
better be given up ; and that he had better retreat from 
thence, since greater matters were at hand. 

JuxTA is not compounded. 

* it did not sufficiently succeed * with great ones 
to the undertaking ' was to be omitted 



SI 



CHAPTER XIV. 



Ob. 

This preposition is derived from the Greek 
£7r\ (s and TT being commutable with o and b), 
and in its first and most general signification is 
used to express the reason or cause of any thing. 

Ob, Jbr, or on account of, 

1. ^If we ought not to believe those who yor some 
advantage of their own appear to say something -too 
eagerly, I beheve a greater advantage was proposed to 
the Csepios and Metelli fi*om the condemnation of Q. 
Pompey, since they would have removed a disparager of 
their pursuits, than to all Gaul from the misfortune of 
M. Fonteius. 

2. If ^ it is wicked, which seems to me the most base 
and nefarious of all things, to take money ^/or judging a 
cause, to have one's ^ honour and rehgion made over 
for a bribe, how much more flagitious, dishonourable, 
and unworthy is it to condemn that man from whom 
you have received money ^ to acquit him ? 

' if it is not convenient to be -^for a thing to be judged 
believed to those ^ faith 

^ more eagerly ^for him to be absolved 

3 this 

G 



82 CB. 

Hence ob joined with res signifies to the pur- 
pose, 

1. Are you not ashamed of your ^falsehood? By no 
means, so that it is to the purpose. 

2. I will certainly make ^ a trial of that liberty which 
I have received from ^ my ancestors ; but whether I shall 
do that in vain or to the purpose^ '* depends upon you, 
Romans. 

Ob, for ANTE, bejbre. 

As bit) signifies before^ or in the presence of, 
so olj in Latin is sometimes used for ante. 

1. ^He tyrannized, you say, at Alexandria. Nay, 
rather he was himself ^ under a most cruel tyranny. He 
endured ^ confinement himself; he saw his friends in 
chains : death was often ^ presented before his eyes. At 
last he fled, naked and destitute, out of the kingdom. 

2. When I performed those so great exploits ^ among 
such a multitude of villains, was not death, was not 
banishment present to me before my eyes ? 

3. Is this that Telamon whom lately glory lifted to the 
heavens ; whom the Greeks looked to, to whose coun- 
tenance they turned their own. 

Ob in composition takes the sense of Itt) : as 
ruo, to rush ; obruo, to 7nish before, or over- 

' vanity ^ in 

^ experience ' custody 

"^ my parent ^ versata 

4 is placed in your hand 9 in 

5 (iGininatus est 



OB. 88 

"whelm: premo, to press ; opprimo, to press upon 
or over, and so to oppress : loquor, to speak ; 
obloquor, to speak against : volvo, to roll; ob- 
volvo, to roll upon, or tiorap up : duco, to lead, 
or draw ; obduco, to draw over, blot, or hide. 

Sometimes it merely increases the signific- 
ation, in the sense of stt), upo7i : as dormio, to 
sleep ; obdormio, to sleep upon sleep, i. e. to sleep 
soundly : jurgo, to chide; objurgo, to add chiding 
to chiding, and so to chide severely. 

The b of ob in composition is changed, for 
the sake of euphonia, 

into c before c, as occuyyo, into g before g, as cg^ganio, 
intoy before^ as (9/Tero, into^ before p, as opprimo; 

but in the more ancient writers these changes 
are not made. 



G 2. 



84 



CHAPTER XVI. 



Penes. 



This preposition is derived from penus, the store- 
house, and is used to signify the dh^olnie posses- 
sion dind. potvex over a thing, as if it were laid up 
at our disposal ; the source of which is to be 
traced to the Hebrew n^l (bene), to build, or 
V^H (benen), a building, 

■Penes te is more than apud te ; for apud te means 
^ what you may have in your keeping in any manner ; 
penes te is what is possessed by you in a ^particular 
manner {i. e. what is actually in your own possession). 

Penes, in tJie po'wer of, or possession of, 

1. If it is a ^ fault to speak elegantly, let eloquence be 
altogether banished from the state; but if it not only 
adorns those ^ who possess it, but also the whole com- 
monwealth, why is it either disgraceful to learn what it 
is honourable to know, or not glorious to teach that 
which it is most excellent to understand. 

2. In my power alone is the custody of the vast world. 

' what may be held by you in ^ vicious 
ani/ manner, {qualiter) 4 in the power of whom it is 

^ certain 



PENES. 85 

0. When the slaves had been a hundred days in the 
accuser's po'wer^ they were brought forward by the ac- 
cuser himself. 

Penes, *with, 

^ence penes joined with sum signifies "with^ i. e. 
resting with, as if laid up in store in tJie house, 

1. ^The credit due to this matter rests with the 
authors. 

2. This I have understood, that nothing ^causes any 
hesitation in the mind of him isoith "dohom the power rests 
(to recall you), except that he is afraid you should not 
think that (recall) a benefit. 

3. Although the consuls ^contended no less against 
the continuation of the tribuneship than if ^a law had 
been proposed for the degradation of their own dignity, 
the victory ^in this contest rested isoith the tribunes. 

4. What ! is that singing girl now with you ? ^ There 
she is in the house. 

Penes does not occur compounded, 

^ the faith of this thing is in 4 a law had been promulgated 

the poiuer of of lessening their own majesty 

"^ brought any doubt to him = of the contest 

3 tetendissent c see her {ellam) within 



G 3 



86 



CHAPTER XVIL 



Per. 

This preposition, derived from Trsqav, to pass 
through, which itself, perhaps, is to be traced to 
KID {para\ to run, or run wild, is, hke waqa, of 
very extensive use and signification. It denotes 
the cause, means, or instrument of any action, or 
transition through some medium. Its force will 
be best understood by the subjoined examples. 

Per, through, simply expressive of transition. 

1 . The merchant runs to ^ the extremity of India, 
flying from poverty through the sea, through rocks, (and) 
through fires. 

2. Whatever I shall ask you I will ask concerning 
yourself, and I will not draw you out fi:om the dignity of 
an illustrious man, but from your own obscurity ; and all 
my weapons shall be so ^ aimed at you, that no one 
shall be wounded through your side, as you are accus- 
tomed to say: ^all shall be fastened in your own heart 
vitals. 

' the extreme Indians » all shall stick in your own 

2 cast upon lungs and entrails 



PER. 87 

As that which passes through a thing conti- 
nues in it while passing, per signifies continuation 
of space and time. 

Per, through ox for, signifying continuation of 
space. 

Alexander joined Hippi j^r two stadia to the continent. 

Per, through, for, or at, signifying continu- 
ation of time. 

1. Through all this time (I became) ^ every day and 
hour more subject to envy. 

2. After I had obtained rest from my ^labours which 
I had bestowed yor twenty years ^in the education of 
youth, when *some of my friends asked me to write 
something on the ^art of speaking, for a long time 
I refused, because ^ I was aware that most excellent 
authors ''both in Greek and Latin, have left to posterity 
many things most carefully written ^on this subject. 

3. Other right and honourable studies appear to me 
to have shone forth, being ^ cultivated at leisure by ex- 
cellent men ; but this study, deserted by most, (appears) 
to have grown obsolete at the very time when it ought 
to have been retained most earnestly, ^^and cultivated 
more diligendy. 

The idea of transition is applicable to the 

' in diem ^ was not ignorant 

- studies ' of each tongue 
3 in teacliing young men ^ to this work 

* some asked me familiarly ® concelebrata 

5 method '° it vvv-.s to be retained 

G 4 



88 PER. 

cause, manner, or instrument through which an 
action is performed. Hence per is used to sig- 
nify these agents. 

Per, through, expressive of the instrument. 

1. After this, ^having opened their mouths, rub their 
whole palate with salt, and ^pour half a pint of wine each 
down their throats through a horn. 

2. What artist but Nature, than whom there is nothing 
more skilful, could have pursued ^such a skilful course in 
the (arrangement of the) organs of sense ? Who, in the 
first place, hath clothed and protected the eyes with * most 
delicate membranes, which she has made transparent, 
that ^ we might see through them, yet firm, that they 
might be held together ? 

Per, through, by, or under pretence, or on 
account of, signifying the cause. 

1. If Fannius be said to have cheated Roscius, it is 
incredible how probable each (of these things) will ap- 
pear from the character of each ; (namely), that Fannius 
did it ^ "with ill design, and that Roscius was cheated 
through 7 ignorance ; so, when it is argued that Roscius 
cheated Fannius, each is incredible, both that Roscius 
should have sought any thing through avarice, and that 
Fannius should have lost any thing through his natural 
goodness (of heart). 

' their jaws being opened s it might be seen 

"^ single sextarii ^ through malice 

3 such skill in the senses " imprudence 

4 tenuissimis 



PER. 89 

2. Nay, I had rather he should go away ^ any where, 
than by his flagitiousness here reduce his father to 
poverty. 

S. If any one does not do that to -^ which he has pledged 
himself, in which respect he has bound himself by 
a single word, he is condemned by ^ an early judgment, 
without any * scruples of the judge. ^ In the case of him 
who hath cheated any one under pretence of guardianship, 
t)r ^ partnership, or " commission, or ® trusteeship, in pro- 
portion aS the crime is greater the punishment is slower. 

4. She herself could tell the name of her father and 
mother ; her country and the other tokens, she neither 
knew, nor, on account of her age, could she (know them). 

Per, through^ ht/, xvithy or in, signifying the 
means. 

1. I did not hesitate, says he, when ^ he neglected his 
reognizance, to ^^ confiscate his effects. What if he 
never did neglect it ; if that whole pretence has been 
forged by you with the greatest fraud and malice ; if there 
never was such recognizance given ^^ you by P. Quintius. 

2. ^^ He made Germanicus, the son of Drusus, com- 
mander of eight legions on the Rhine, and ordered him 
^^ to be adopted by Tiberius. 

' quovis gentium ^ his bail was deserted 

2 qicod spopondit '° to proscribe his goods 

3 a mature " to you with P. Quintius 

4 any religion ^"^ He set Germanicus, sprung 

5 in him from Drusus, over 

^ society ^3 to be added (to his family) 

' a thing committed. through adoption, by Tiberius 

s^^a reason of trust 



90 PER. 

3. Caesar excuses me bi/ letter ^ for not coming, and 
says, that he takes it ^in very good part. 

4, Of this sentence, if I were to say all I might, many 
^must be brought forward and injured, which is not 
necessary for me. I will only ^ state that a few arrogant 
men (^to say the least of them) ^ with his assistance, in jest 
and sport ^have stripped L. Opimius of all his fortune. 

Per, bi/, mth leave or permission of. 

From the natural connection between the ideas 
of transition and permission^ per is used also in 
the latter sense. 

1. I give up the female servants: examine them by 
any kind of torture "imth my leave, 

2. He shall certainly continue in want, "with our leave, 
who ^squanders his own. 

3. Who knows not that the hope of impunity is the 
great ^encouragement to sin? In which of the two then 
is this ? In Milo, who even now is accused for an action 
either glorious, or at least necessary ; or in Clodius, who 
so despised all ^^ courts and punishment, that nothing 
delighted him which was ^h'ight ^j/ nature or ^^ permitted 
by the laws. 

From this use of per, to express leave or per- 



- that I did not come 




7 have overturned L. Opimius 


2 towards the best part 




out of all his fortunes 


3 are to be called 




^ prodegcrit 


4 Say 




9 incitement 


5 that I may speak most 


lightly 


^^ judicia 


^ he being the aider' 




^^fas 



^2 liceret 



PEP 91 

mission, it easily passes into the sense of sup- 
plication or adjuratio-n. 

Per, hy^ in supplication or adjuration. 

He besought him by the ashes of his dead brother, by 
the title of relationship, by his wife and children, to whom 
no one is nearer (related) than P. Quintius, that he 
would at ^last take compassion upon him. 

N, B, In adjuration frequently the pronouns 
personal ego and tu are used, in which case the 
preposition is generally separated from the sub- 
stantive it governs by the pronouns, and sometimes 
also by the article agreeing with the substantive. 

1. /entreat j/OM by the gods, that you will not induce 
^yourself to believe those ^ whose great interest it is that 
he should appear as bad as possible. 

2. /beg and beseech you, my son, by all ^the ties 
which bind children to parents, that ^you will not do 
and suffer every thing most horrible, before the eyes of 
your father. 

3. By the flames of Troy, and the Tarpeian rocks, by 
our native walls, and the pledges of our children sus- 
pended on the event of this battle, we beseech you, O 
consul, yield to the gods, and wait a favourable time 
^for the battle. 

4. /beseech you by these tears and your right hand. 

5. / entreat you by these knees, old man, whoever you 
are. 

' aliquando 4 the rights 

^ your mind 5 ne veils 

3 to whom this is chiefly useful ^ to 



92 PER. 

Per, hy^ in attestation or swearing. 

From being used in adjuration, it readily passes 
in the sense of attestation or swearing. 

1. When a man has once perjured himself, ^we ought 
not afterwards to believe him, though he should swear 
hy (ever so) many gods. 

2. He swears hy the rays of the sun and the Tarpeian 
thunderbolts, and ^the spear of Mars and the darts of 
the ^prophet of Cirrha, by the arrows and quiver of the 
huntress "* Virgin, and by your trident, Neptune, father 
of the ^gean. 

Per with se. 

The significations of 'per with se^ though all 
reducible to the notion of transition or permis- 
sion, yet take such idiom atical forms that it is 
perhaps better to exhibit them collectively than 
under their detached heads. 

1. Most men chuse their friends, like cattle, those in 
^preference from whom they hope they shall reap most 
advantage. Thus they are destitute of that most excel- 
lent and most natural (kind of) friendship, (which is) to 
be sought through itself and for itself. 

2. Scipio never preferred himself to Philo, ^to Rupi- 
lius, ^to Mummius, or ^to his friends of inferior rank. 
But he reverenced as a superior his brother Quintus 

' it behoves not afterwards to ^ puell<s 

be believed to him 5 chiefly 

' frameam ^ never to 
' the Cirrhsean prophet 



PER. 93 

Maximus, an excellent man, (but) by no means his equal, 
because ^he was older than himself; and he wished all 
his friends ^to be bettered hy his means, 

3. ^In thinking of friendship, *this appears to me 
chiefly to be worthy of consideration, whether friendship 
is ^sought through weakness and want, that ^by a mu- 
tual interchange of kindnesses, each might receive from 
another, and in his turn confer, what each could not 
effect alone. 

4. ^As to the common question, why there are so 
many Epicureans, there are other reasons also, but this 
chiefly attracts the multitude, because they imagine, ^he 
says, that those things which are just and honest natu- 
rally of themselves create joy, that is, pleasure. These 
good men do not think that the whole ^^ system is over- 
turned ^Hn this case; for if it were granted that these 
things were spontaneously and naturally pleasant, ^^ with- 
out any reference to the body, virtue and ^^ knowledge 
would then be desirable for their own sakes^ ^* which is 
far from being his meaning. 

5. It is absurd to say, when men and beasts ^^are per- 
vaded by this warmth, and ^^move and feel in conse- 
quence of it, that the universe is without sense, which 

1 he went before in age 9 it said thus by him 

^ to be more ample ^° rationem 

3 to me thinking of ^^ if the thing has itself so 

4 is wont to appear chiefly to ^^ though nothing should be re- 
be considered ferred 

5 desired " the knowledge of things 

^ by giving and receiving fa- ^^ which he by no means wishes 

vours ^^ are possessed 

7 by himself '^ for that account are moved 

' (as to) what is enquired often and feel 



94 PER. 

is pervaded by an entire, and pure, and free, and at ^the 
same time, ^most subtle and active heat; especially 
when that which is the heat of the universe is not moved 
'"^by agitation from elsewhere, or by any external im- 
pulse, but spontaneously and of itself. 

Per with a neuter adjective. 

Ter is sometimes used poetically with a neuter 
adjective instead of an adverb, but not very often 
among the best authors. 

1. While he * explains such things, a near shout sud- 
denly breaks forth on the left. 

2. Their swords were ^not yet drawn, and there lay 
^between them so much room for war ^ as might suffice for 
a spear's cast, when the brightness of heaven suddenly 
began to grow dim, and thick darkness to succeed. 

3. As the deep Ganges, rising in silence with his 
seven calm rivers. 

4. The leader, keeping his looks ^intently fixed on 
the Italian land, and tears silently flowing, moistened 
his cheeks. 

Per, intensive. 

J'er^ in composition with adjectives, often 
takes an intensive sense : as gratus, agreeable j 

' the same ® in the middle 

2 acerrimo 7 as cast spears might suffice 

3 being agitated by another to pass over 

* opens 8 gxed intent 

5 hand dum 



PER. 9.5 

^^rgratus, very agreeable ; which sense, how- 
ever^- is referable to the nature of transition. 
T\i\\&^ pergratus is not only agree able y but agree' 
able througJiouty through and through, as we say, 
or thoroughly agreeable. In these cases it is 
often elegantly disjoined from its adjective by 
the intervention of another word. 

1. You ^will do a very, I say, a veyy agreeable thing 
to me, if 3'ou are diligent in this, as you are accustomed 
to be in those things which you know I wish particu- 
larly. 

2. Our hiend Crassus seems to me to describe the 
power of an orator, not according to the boundaries of 
the art, but according to -the utmost unhmited compass 
of his own genius ; for ^ according to his sentiments, he 
hath given the orator the helm ^of state affairs ; in which 
(respect) it seems very strange to me, Scsevola, that you 
^should concur with him, since the senate hath often 
assented to you (when) speaking briefly, and without 
^studied grace, on matters of the greatest moment. 

3. I received your letter on the third of the nones 
when I had arrived at my brother's (villa of) Laterium, 
and 'having read it, I was a little comforted, which had 
not happened to me before, since my misfortunes- ^I 
consider it of the greatest importance, that ray strength 
of mind and ^conduct should be approved by you. 

1 will have done 7 it being read, I breathed a 

'^ the almost unlimited bounds little 

3 by his opinion ' I esteem it to me of very 

4 of governing states great importance 

5 should concede this to him ^ action 
* impolite 



96 PER. 

Per, in composition, retains its original notion 
of transition, or its secondary one of intensity, 
derived, as we have seen, from the former : as, 
eo, to go ; pereo, to go through^ and so pass 
away, or perish : maneo, to stay ; permaneo, to 
stay throughout, or continue : do, to give ; perdo, 
to give thoroughly, and so to give away without 
hopes of recall, and so to lose. From these ex- 
amples the student will easily collect the force 
of the preposition in other instances. 



97 



CHAPTEE XVIII, 



Pone. 

Xhis preposition, as well as post, for which 
it was anciently used, is evidently derived from 
the verb pono, and expresses the situation of a 
thing behind or after another in point of place ; 
but is not used, like post, to signify the same 
relation in point of time. Jt is opposed to ante. 

Pone, behind, 

1. The Celtiberi remained quiet in their camp, be- 
cause ^ they had no opportunity for fighting ; only the 
cavalry went out to their ^post, that they might be 
ready, ^if any movement was made on the part of the 
enemy. Both went out behind their camps to get 
forage and water, neither hindering the other. 

2. His hands were bound behind his back ; he was 
led out, a wretched spectacle, in tattered garments, many 
upbraiding him, no one pitying him. The deformity of 
his end took away all compassion. 

3. Retire behind us. 

' an opportunity of battle was 3 if any thing was moved by 
not made the enemy 

^ station 

H 



98 PQNE. 

Pone is often used adverbially. 

1. The little lulus ^ grasped my right hand, and 
follows his father with unequal steps* My wife follows 
behind, 

2. Thus the whole animal was moved indeed, but 
without ^ regularity and at random, so as ^ to be carried 
^bout by six motions. For it was moved before and 
behind, to the right and left, upwards and downwards, 
sometimes here, sometimes there. 

Pone is not compounded, 

' entwined himseif on my right ' immoderate 
band 3 Ih^t it might be carried 



99 



CHAPTER XIX. 



Post. 



This preposition has the same origin and 
general signification as pone, but is used to ex- 
press relations of time as well as place. 

Post, behind, applied to place. 

1. On a sudden the cavalry is seen behind their back. 

2. He having set out from the camp at the first watch, 
having almost completed his march about daybreak, 
hid himself behind a mountain. 

3. You lay hid behind the sedge bank. 

Post, qfler, in point of time. 

1 . There is no evil in death ^ that I need fear after 
death. 

2. Begone, you fool, you are come too late, after the 
time. 

3. I came to Brundisium on the 14th of the calends 
of May. That day your servants brought me letters 
from you, and ^ three days after that, other servants 
brought me other letters. 

4. For since few have been found since '^ the creation 

' that I may fear ^ after the race of men (was) 

2 after the third day of that day born 
H ^ 



100 POST. 

of man, who, without ^ any hope of reward, would 
expose their Hves to the weapon of the enemy for the 
sake of their own country, do you think there will be 
any one who would expose himself to dangers for a 
foreign state, ^ especially when no reward is proposed, 
but even forbidden ? 

5. In the four hundreth year ^ after the building of the 
city, the thirty-fifth after its recovery from the Gauls, 
both consuls, being patricians, entered on their office 
^ after an interregnum, having ^ taken the consulship from 
the plebeians ^ after (th^J' had enjoyed it) eleven years. 

6. L. Lucretius Flavius, Sergius Sulpitius Camarinus, 
were made consuls ^ after an interval of fifteen years. 

Post is also often used adverbially. 

Post, afterwards^ after, 

1. I therefore send Trebatius to you, and so send 
him "^ as having at first thought to have sent him of my 
own accord, (but) afterguards at your invitation. 

2. Now first ® take care that she bathes, then after- 
wards give her to drink what I ordered. 

3. He blamed those things which the same C^sar 
^ had conducted the year after ^ and many ^® succeeding 
years, in Gaul. 

'- not only no reward being s after the eleventh year 
proposed « after the fifteenth year 

* (after) that the Roman city 7 as I who thought he should 
was built be sent 

3 ex *fac 

* the consulship being taken » had administered 
from the people ' '« deinceps 



POST. 101 

In these cases post is said to be used adver- 
bially ; but perhaps it is still a preposition, hcec 
or ea being understood. 

In the expressions, multis post annis, long o post 
tempore, &c. some grammarians affirm that post 
governs the ablative case ; but it is rather used 
^br postea here also, the ablatives depending 
upon the preposition in understood, q„ d. in 
multis annis post^<2. 

Post is joined with ea into the adverb postea, 
signifying afterwards, i. e. after these things ; and 
with QUAM into the adverb postquam, signifying 
(vfter that, or *when. In the former case the sense 
does not pass on ; in the latter, it always passes 
on to a verb following. In other words, the 
former expresses a complete or absolute, the 
latter an unfinished action. 

Postea. 

1. After the disaster of Cannae, the Roman people 
first ^ recovered themselves by the battle of Marcellus at 
Nola, and afterwards many prosperous events followed. 

2, ^ A good while after^wards, a tempest began most 
vehemently to toss them, so that the master of the ship, 
who was also the pilot, fled into the boat, and from 
thence ^ endeavoured to guide the ship as well as he could 
by a rope, which, being tied to the stern, drew the boat 
fastened to it 

* Cannensian calamity ^ allquanto 

^ raised up themselves 4 guided as far as he was able 

H 3 



102 POST. 

POSTQUAM. 

The eleventh day after I had left you, I wrote ^ this 
short letter, as I was going out of my villa before day- 
light. 

Post is sometimes disjoined from quam by an 
intervening word. 

I had no news (to send) that happened after I had 
given my letters to your freed man, Philogenes. 

Post is sometimes combined both with ea and 
QUAM into one adverb, posteaquam. 

^ After I had said this, such a groaning was made at 
the sight of the statue, and my mention of itr that it 
seemed to be placed in the senate house as a memorial 
of his crimes, not of his benefits. 

In this case quam is often elegantly separated 
from posTEA by the intervention of vero. 

1. But after I had undertaken and conducted great 
commands, so that I thought ^ I had nothing higher to 
acquire either in point of honour or glory, I indeed 
never thought myself superior to you, but hoped that I 
was made your equal. 

2. But after you had set out I wish you would re- 
member what I did concerning you in the senate, what 
I said in the public assemblies, what letters I sent you. 

^ hoc Uterularum 3 that nothing (more) was to be 

"^ which after I had said acquired by me to honour 



#osT. 103 

Post is said to have the comparative posterior, 
and superlative postremus, but these rather be- 
long to the adjective posterus. 

Post, in composition, takes the sense of behind, 
as pono, to place ; postpono, to place behind, or 
postpone : or implies inferiority, as habec^ to 
have, or esteem ; posthabeo, to esteem less. 



H -# 



104 



CHAPTER XX, 



Prater, 



This preposition, in its most general significa- 
tion, implies ea:clusion, and is derived from prcey 
as inter from in, 

PRiETER, except, or but. 

1. I see that you have no friend ^ among the consulars 
hut Hortensius and LucuUus ; the rest are ^ secretly in- 
disposed to you, or openly offended. 

2. He was condemned by all the votes but one. 

3. There is no servant of this name in Elis, exxept 
yourself. 

In this sense the accusative case is often un- 
derstood, and PRATER appears to be used adver- 
bially, though in fact it is not. 

1. And ' among the Greeks themselves, certain in- 
timacies are to be carefully guarded against, except of a 
very few persons, who are truly worthy of Greece. 

' out of vourably, partly undissemblingly 

" partly more obscurely unfa- angry. 



PR.ETER. 105 

2. He was ^ altogether a despiser of religions, except 
only '^ of the Syrian goddess. 

Prater, besides. 

Hence it easily signifies besides, or exclusively 
of, to say nothing of, 

1. He said that Scipio ^had so much authority, that 
he could not only freely express what he approved, but 
in a great measure guide and direct him (Pompey) when 
^ wrong ; and that he commanded the army in his own 
name, so that, besides this authority, he had power to 
compel (him) ; which, if he did, that all ^ would acknow- 
ledge they owed the tranquillity of Italy, the peace of 
the provinces, and the safety of the empire, to him 
alone. 

2. These things, however, were done slowly and 
leisurely, as in prosperity. Their ^misfortune, besides 
the "^ natural activity of their minds, forbade the Romans 
to delay. _ 

3. Besides, to say nothing qfxho. danger of a tempestu- 
ous and unknown sea, who, ^ leaving Asia, Africa, or Italy, 
would seek Germany, ^ unsightly in its appearance, rude 
in its chmate, dismal in its cultivation and aspect, ^° if it 
were not his country. 



1 usque quaque ^ the industry implanted in 

^ of the Syrian goddess alone their minds 

3 was of that authority ^ Asia,. Africa, or Italy being 

4 erring left 

5 would refer as received ^ informem terris 
* fortune ^° nisi si.., sit 



106 PRATER. 

Prater, hy the side of, or along. 

From signifpng besides, prceter easily passes 
into the sense of along, or by the side of, 

1. The next day the army was led along the Palus 
Caralitis. 

2. ^ When they had passed the river by the bridge 
(now) finished, ^the priests of Cybele met them as they 
were marching along the bank from Pessinus, with 
their insignia, foretelling, in fanatic strains, that the 
goddess would give the Romans a way '^to war and 
victory. 

3. Fulvius, having attacked the Apuan Ligurians from 
Pisa, with the second and fourth legion, reduced them 
to surrender, and "^ having embarked them on shipboard, 
to the number of 7000, sent them by the shore of the 
Tuscan sea to Naples. 

Hence prjeter signifies before, or in sight of. 

1. In the meantime Apronius asked for a supper and 
^wine ; and his servants, who were of the same ^habits as 
their master, and born in the same rank and condition, 
brought all these things before the eyes of LoUius. 

2. The machine, suspended and nodding (over them), 
caused great alarm, which, being suddenly let down, one 
or more of the enemy were "^ carried aloft before the faces 

' to them having passed ' cups 

■^ gaUi matris magnce , ^ morals 

3 of '■ being carried aloft were poured 

* sent them received into a out within the camp, the weight 

surrender, and placed in ships being turned 



PRATER, 107 

of their friends, and tossed within the camp by a turn of 
the lever. 

PRiETER, heyondy or aho've. 

From the sense of exclusion, prceter easily 
comes to signify beyond^ or above. 

1. He is himself too harsh ^ beyond reason and justice. 

2. The cruelty of Phalaris is ^renowned above all 
others. 

3. Was not Aristides expelled his country for this 
reason, because he was ^ too just? 

4. More has happened to you than I wished. For 
^in truth I never wished that you should lose an army. 
Even that has happened beyond my wishes, but very 
much to ^ my inclination. 

5. With regard to what most young men do, namely, 
^turning their mind to some pursuit, to keep horses or 
^hounds, or to (attend) philosophers, he ^inclined to 
none of these particularly above the rest, and yet to all 
moderately. 

Prater, contrary to. 

From signifying beyond, prceter also comes to 
signify contrary to. 

1. I received three letters from you ^on the fifth of 

' beyond what is equal and » out of my will 
good <» so that they join their mind 

** ennobled / dogs for hunting 

3 above measure just * studied none of these 

* viehercule ? before the fifth day 



108 PRATER. 

the calends of December, one Mated the ^eighth of the 
calends of November, in which you expect ^ me to wait 
with fortitude for the calends of January, and ^men- 
tion at length -^what you think encouraging respecting 
the zeal of Lentulus, the good will of Metellus, the whole 
plans of Pompey. In your other letter, contrary to your 
custom, you do not ^mention the day of writing. 

2. Of all these (methods) none causes greater laughter 
than that which is contrary to expectation, of which there 
are innumerable examples. (For instance) even that of 
Appius the elder, who ^ when they were debating in the 
senate about the common land, and the Thorian law, 
and Lucilius was (hard) pressed by those who said that 
the common fields ^ were overrun by his cattle — " That 
cattle," says he^ " does not belong to Lucilius : you are 
mistaken : he appeared to defend Lucilius : I think it 
free cattle, it feeds where it pleases." 

Prater, in composition, signifies either ulterior 
transition, as eo, to go; prastereo, to go beyond, 
or pass by : or omission, 2i^ mitto, to send ; prae- 
termitto, to omit sending, or to neglect. 



^ given 


5 what you think belongs to 


2 before the eighth day 


hope 


3 that I should expect with a 


6 adscribis diem 


brave mind 


7 when it was treated in the 


4 perscribis 


senate 




* depasci 



109 



CHAPTER XXL 



Prope. 

1 HIS preposition is perhaps rather an adverb, 
being in fact the neuter gender of the obsolete 
adjective propis, the comparative and superla- 
tive of which remain in propior and proa:imus. 
When prope is used as a preposition, it really 
governs its accusative by the force of ad or apud 
understood, in proof of which we may observe, 
that it is frequently joined with the preposition 
dy governing an ablative. It expresses vicinity 
or approach, and is applied to space and time. 

Prope, near, almost at. 

1. It is most agreeable to me that my manner of life 
and habits ^should be so esteemed by you, that you 
should, in the first place, take a house, so that you may 
not only live near me, but absolutely with me, and in the 
next place make such haste ^ to get into it. 

2. I wish to visit a person ^ whom you do not know. 
*He is sick, a long way off, on the other side the Tiber, 
near the gardens of Caesar. 

' esteemed of so much (value) 3 not known to you 
2 to migrate (there) * cvbat 



110 PROPE. 

S. ^ The soldiery not liking this, had almost come to a 
mutiny, when some horsemen who had gone out, seized 
under the very walls ^some stragglers of the Cremonenses. 

Prope, near^ about, applied to time. 

1. I suppose that I shall be at Laodicea about the 
calends of August : I shall be there a very few days, while 
the money is collected which is due to me by the public 
^ composition. 

Prope, used adverbially. 
Prope is often used without a case, in the 
sense of neavy or almost, and is then to be con- 
sidered as an adverb, especially when joined 
with the preposition d, 

1. You, my father, have yourself prescribed an end to 
these things : the time "^is almost come when I ^ must live 
in compliance with another's manners ; suffer me now, in 
the meantime, to live after my own. 

2. That you are extremely anxious and afflicted with 
peculiar grief for the public calamities, many daily ^in- 
form us. ^ Though I am by no means surprised at this, 
and recognize it as my own (feeling), yet I grieve that you, 
who are endowed with almost singular wisdom, should 
not be more delighted with your own advantages than 
concerned ^for others' misfortunes. 

' the soldiers, bearing this ill, s it must be lived by me in a 
it was almost come to a sedition strange manner 
'■^ wandering s bring us (word) 

3 permutation ' which, though I by no means 

* is near at hand wonder at 

* labour for foreign evils 



PROPE. Ill 

3. The Roman legions, and the Praetor Fulvius, were 
about Herdonea. ^ When news was brought there that 
the enemy was approaching, ^they were very near tearing 
up their standards, and going to battle without the com- 
mand of the general. 

Prope a, near, or close to, 

1. The war was then in Italy, so near to Sicily, yet not 
in Sicily. 

2. Cato, burning with a hatred of Carthage, ^one day 
brought ^ an early ripe fig from that province into the 
senate house, and shewing it the senators, " I ask you," 
says he, "^how long you think ^ this fruit has been 
gathered from the tree." When aU agreed that it was 
fi-esh ; "yet know," said he " ^that three days ago it 
was gathered at Carthage, so near our walls we have the 
enemy." Upon which the third Punic war was imme- 
diately undertaken. 

Prope is often used thus with abesjse. 

1. Were you consul when my house was set on fire on 
the Palatine Hill, not by accident, ^ but by incendiaries at 
your instigation ? Was there ever any great fire in this 
city at which the consul ^did not lend his assistance? 
But you, at that very time, sat in the house of your 
mother-in-law, close to mine^ which you had set open to 

' where, when it was brought s when 

2 it was almost done, that the ^ hanc pomum 
standards being torn up they 7 ante diem tertium 
should go to battle without or- * fires being thrown in, you 
der of the praetor instigating 

3 on a certdn day ^ non subvenirct 
* prcBcocem ficum 



112 PROPE. 

^ receive the plunder of mine, not the extinguisher, but 
the author of the conflagration. 

2. Furthermore, physicians do not approve ^that state 
of bodily health ^ which is preserved by continual atten- 
tion. It is "* not enough not to be sick, I would have a 
man strong, and * in spirits, and alert. He is not far 
Jrom sickness, in whom nothing but ^ being well is to be 
commended. 

Prope is not compounded. 

^ to exhaust mine * too little 

' that health in the body * l(£tum 

* which happens by anxiety of 6 sola sanitas. 
mind 



lis 



CHAPTER XXIL 



Propter. 



This preposition is derived from prope, as inter 
2ind prcBter from in snadprcB, and has, in the first 
instance, the same general signification of con- 
tiguity, but perhaps in a somewhat more limited 
sense, signifying jua:ta-positio7i. 

Propter, near, or by, i. e. by the side of 

1. We sat down in a little meadow by the statue 6T 
Plato. 

2. When there was a law among the Lacedaemonians 
that if the contractor did not furnish victims for a cer- 
tain sacrifice, (the offence) should be capital ; he who 
had contracted, when the day of sacrifice approached, 
began to drive the victims into the city from the country. 
At this time the river Eurotas, which flows h/ Lacedae- 
mon, was rendered so full and violent by ^ sudden storms, 
that the victims ^ could not possibly be got over that way. 

3. There are many Vulcans. The first born of Coelus, 
from whom and Minerva (they say) that Apollo (was 
born), ^whom ancient historians have made the tutelar 

1 storms suddenly stirred up s in whose protection ancient 

• could by no means historians have wished Athens 

I 



114 PROPTER. 

god of Athens : the second born in the Nile, Opas, as 
the Egyptians call him, whom ^ they will have to be the 
guardian of Egypt: the third, of Jupiter and Juno, 
who is said to have presided over -^ the, smithy at Lem- 
iius : the fourth the son of Msenalius, who possessed 
those islands near Sicily which are called Vulcanian. 

4. Where is Artotrogus ? Here he is ; he stands by 
the side of a brave and fortunate man, and (one) of 
princely beauty, ^ and a warrior too. 

Propter, on account of, for, i. e. for the sake 
of, or hy reason of 

As that which is contiguous to any thing may 
produce an effect on it, hence propter signifies 
the cause or reason of a thing or action. 

1 . Do not be ^ alarmed if you hear that I have re-* 
treated, ^ in case Caesar should come towards me ; for I 
can neither make a camp, on account of the season of 
the year and ^ the spirit of the soldiers, nor is it expe- 
dient to collect my forces from all the towns. 

2. Will you alone not see things which are "^ plain, 
who by the acuteness of your mind can see through 
things (that are) most obscure ? Will you alone not un- 
derstand that you ^ gain nothing by daily complaints ? 
Will you not understand that your troubles are (thus) 
doubled, which your wisdom requires you ^ to alleviate ? 



* volunt 


^ the minds 


^fabric<B 


1 open 


3 turn 


^ prqficere 


4 moved 


9 to elevate 


5 if by chance 





PROPTER. 115 

3. I have heard these things from old men, but was 
never induced ^ to believe them ; and I suppose this 
suspicion arose for this reason, because Fannius was 
esteemed ^ a moderate orator. 

4. I '^ see you are concerned for Tu'o, whom I, for my 
part, (although ^ he is of wonderful service to me in my 
business and studies of all kinds when he is well,) yet 
would rather have him well for the sake of his ^ accom- 
plishments and modesty, than for my own advantage. 

Propter is sometimes used as an adverb with- 
out a case, or rather the case is understood. 

1. Pass ^straight up this street; when you have come 
there, "^ there is a hill to go down ; hurry down this : 
afterwards there is a chapel ® on this side ; there is an 
alley near (it). 

2. He will see her, he will speak with her ; he will 
be ^ in the same house ; he will sometimes take his 
^° meals vrith her ; he will sometimes sleep hy her side. 

Propter is not compounded, except with ea, 
into the adverb propterea. 

1 that I might believe s humanity 

2 in the moderate orators ^ upwards by this straiglit 

3 that there is a care to you street 

respecting Tiro ^ divus deorsum versum est 

4 he affords v/onderful utilities « at this hand 
to me in every kind of my busi- 9 in unis csdibus 
ness and studies '"* food 



I 2 



116 



CHAPTER XXIIL 



Secundum, 



This preposition is the neuter gender of the 
ordinal adjective secundus, which itself comes 
from , sequor ; and in its general signification 
implies the notion of follomng after something 
which has gone before. It probably governs 
its case as a verbal derivative, rather than by the 
preposition jpost being understood. 

Secundum, after^ next to. 

1. Piety and sanctity will render the gods ^ propitious; 
but next, and after the gods, men can be most useful to 
men. 

2. In this solitude ^ I am free from all conversation ; 
and when I have ^ buried myself in a deep and rough 
wood in the morning, I do not come out of it till the 
evening. Next to ^ your company, nothing is more agree- 
able to me than solitude. 

3. In (oratorical) action, the look prevails next to the 
voice ; and that is governed by the eyes. 

4. Next to thisy I ask you whether you kept your pro- 

* appeased 3 thrust myself into 

' I am without the convers- ^ you 
ation of all 



SECUNDUM. 117 

mise in this respect ? ^ Whether you were ever hindered 
from calling an assembly and proposing a law, ^ by 
knowing that on ^ that day (augural) observations were 
taken of the heavens. 

Secundum, mar, or behind. 
From the signification of next after, it easily 
signifies hehmd, or near, 

1. ^ About ten o'clock at night Publius Posthumius 
came to me, and told me that M. Marcellus, our colleague, 
had been stabbed after supper time with a dagger by 
his friend P. Magius Clio, and had received two wounds, 
one in the stomach, the other in the head behind the 
ear, but ^ that there were hopes of his life. 

2. Heavens, Sceparnio, ^ what a multitude of men is 
there by the shore ! 

3. They feed in -^ unfrequented lawns, and near full 
rivers. 

Secundum, according to. 
As he who follows after another goes in the 
same direction, hence secundum signifies qftery 
or according to, 

1. I will show that this Gavius, who, you say, was a 
spy, was cast by you into ^ the stone-quarries at Syra- 

' whether at any time it brought * circiter hora decima 

you delay that you should not s that he hoped that he might 

call live 

^ because you knew ^ what is that of men 

3 that it was observed {servo- ' empty 

'""i esse) concerning the heaven ' lautumias 

I 3 



118 SECUNDUM. 

cuse ; and I will not show that from the letters of the 
Syracusans only, that you may not say that because 
there is some Gavius mentioned in the letters, I invent 
this, and choose the name that I may be able to show this 
is the very man ; but I will produce witnesses according 
to your own choice, who will affirm that this very man 
was thrown by you into the stone-quarries at Syracuse. 

2. These (gentlemen) did not know you : when I had 
showed them your manners, and praised you ^ as your 
actions and virtues deserved, I obtained my request. 

3. All things which happen according to nature are 
to be esteemed ^ good. But what is so much according 
to nature as for old men to die, which same (event) 
happens to youth ^ against the will and inclination of 
l^ature. 

Secundum, in favour of. 

As that which is done according to a person^s 
wishes or direction, is supposed to be done in 
his favour, secundum also signifies in favour of; 
and in this sense it is often used in juridical pro- 
ceedings. 

1. Clodius suddenly ^mounts (the rostra) to make 
the speech which Appius permitted him. He tells the 
people that the pontifices had decreed ^ in his favour , 
and that I was endeavouring to get possession by force ; 

' according to your actions and « ascends into the assembly 

virtues which Appius had given him 
* in the good s according to him 

3 nature opposing and resisting 



SECUNDUM. 119 

he exhorts them to follow him and Appius, and defend 
their own (temple of) Liberty. 

2. The cause of the Buthrotians was brought before 
the consuls ; the decree of Csssar was recited, and many 
^ grants of Caesar's besides were produced. The consuls 
decreed, according to the ^ meaning of his intention in 

favour of the Buthrotians. ^ They appointed Plancus 
(to carry the decree into effect). 

3. The victory being published, two legions, after this 
beginning of the v/ar ^ in favour o/* Vespasian's part}^, with 
Vedius Aquila their lieutenant, came ^ with alacrity t<) 
Patavium. 

4. The next morning, when he had got up much 
earlier than he had ever done before, he, orders the 
judges to be summoned; when he finds that Heraclius 
^ is not in court, he begins to compel them to condemn 
him in his absence. They admonish him, '^ if he pleases, 
^ to abide by his own regulation, and not compel them 
to give judgment respecting an absent person in favour 
of one present, before ten o'clock. They obtain this. 

Secundum is not compounded, 

^ libelli 5 cheerful 

^ from the sentence of his de- ^ is not present 

sign 7 if it seems (good) to him 

3 they gave Plancus ^ that he would use his own 

4 according to the Flaviani institution 



im 



CHAPTER XXIV. 



Secus< 



This preposition is obsolete, having been su- 
perseded by secundum, of the same origin : as 
an adverb it frequently occurs, but in an almost 
diametricklly opposite sense, signifying diversity 
or opposition. So that we may consider the 
adverb as a different word, and of different 
etymology, from seco, to cut, or divide ; on 
which account it does not come properly within 
our notice under the head of prepositions. 



121 



CHAPTER XXV. 



Supra, 



1 HIS preposition is nothing but the ablative 
feminine of the adjective superus, following the 
analogy of citra, contra, ijifra, &c. (See Citra.) 
It implies a situation more elevated than that in 
which the speaker or thing spoken of is supposed 
to be. 

Supra, above, higher than, over. 

1 . Below there is nothing but what is liable to ^ mor- 
tality and decay, except the souls given by the gods to 
mankind. Above the moon, all things are eternal. 

2. For the same reason the sea, though it is higher 
than the earth, yet seeking the centre of the earth, ^ is 
equally collected to a level, and never is spread abroad, 
or overflows. 

3. I will carry on war with all power which seeks to 
be above the laws. 

4. A dark storm stood aver my head, bringing gloom 
and tempest. 

Note, This expression, supra caput, is used as 
a phrase to signify exceedingly, 

» mortal and frail ^conglobatufcBquahilitet, 



122 SUPEA. 

1. Behold Catienus, a man exceedingly ^ contemptible 

and sordid, yet of equestrian rank ; even he shall be 

appeased 

Supra, beyond. 

Hence, as supra signiiies something above 
ourselves, or the object we speak of, it comes to 
signify something beyond our reach. 

1. ^ They are passionate beyond measure, and being 
injured, they infuse venom by their stings. 

2. The fourth and highest degree is that of those who 
are born wise and good, in whom ^ right reason and 
consistency is innate from the beginning, which must be 
thought ^ beyond the lot of man, and attributed to God. 

3. I'he man ^ whom vanity leads to dress and perfume 
himself beyond his means, whom the importunate 
hunger and thirst after money, whom the shame and 
^ dread of poverty possesses, his wealthy friend, ^ often ten 
times more vicious than himself, hates and abhors. 

. Supra, more than. 

As that which is beyond^ exceeds, hence supra 
is used for more than, 

1. Let him who loves the nine Muses drink thrice 
three cups ^ rapt in his poetic fiiry ; ^ the Graces, guard- 
ing against quarrels, forbid us to drink more than three. 
' 2. On that day, more than 20,000 of the Carthagi- 
nians and their allies were slain, almost an equal number 

1 light ^ fright 

' there is anger to them ' often more furnished' with 

3 right and constant reason ten vices 
^ beyond a man ^ attonitus vates 

whom glory clothes and ^ the Grace fearing strifes. 

anoints heijond his strength {Gen. plur.) 



SUPRA. 1^3 

were made prisoners, together with 133 military stand- 
ards, and eleven elephants. 

Supra, adverbially. 
Supra is often used adverbially, or at least 
without its case being expressed, in each of the 
above senses. 

1. To my mind those ancients appear to have compre- 
hended much more in their minds, and seen much far- 
ther 1 than the quickness of our understandings can 
discern; for '^they maintained, that all these things 
which (are) aboi)e and below, are one system, and held 
together by one power and one consent of nature. 

2. You give your money, you receive grapes, chickens, 
eggs, a cask of strong ^ wine ; by this means then you gra- 
dually purchase the farm, bought (originally) for three 
hundred thousand sesterces, or even more {than that). 

3. The ^ good nature, virtue, love of Piso towards us all 
is so great, that nothing ^ can surpass it. 

Note. When supra is thus put adverbially, it 
is often followed by quam. 

1. Livy is eloquent in his harangues beyond "what can 
be told. 

2. The aspera arteria^ so it is called by the physicians, 
has its ^ orifice joined to the roots of the tongue, a little 
higher than the stomach is joined to the tongue. 

Supra, in composition, signifies above, or be- 
yond, as dico, to say ; supradico, to mention above: 
scribo, to write ; suprascribo, to write above, 

1 than as much as * humanity 

2 who 5 can be beyond it 

3 temeti ® ostium 



n^ 



CHAPTER XXVI. 



Trans. 



This preposition is said to be derived from 
TTs^oLv, the p being changed into t, as in s^udium, 
from (Twoij^r] ; it must be confessed this is not a 
very plausible derivation, though the significa- 
tion of the two words is very similar, trans sig- 
nifying a situation on the other side, or beyond a 
certain limit or barrier. Its root may perhaps 
be traced in the Celtic tar or tres, beyond; (see 
Whiter's Etymol. p. 468.,) which itself, as con- 
nected with the notion of order or arrangement, 
is perhaps derived from, or at least congeneric 
with the Hebrew ^D (thar), order, regularity of 
arrangement ; r^aiuco and Tirpaivay, to pierce 
through, whose root is evidently from tar or 
tres, present perhaps a more proximate etymo- 
logy. It is thus opposed to cis, as Gallia 
Transpadana, and Transalpina, Gaul on the 
other side the Po or Alps, in opposition to 
Gallia Cispadana or Cisalpina, Gaul on this side 
the Po or Alps. 



TRANS. 1^5 

Trans, over^ across, leyond, 

1. They change their dimate, not their mind, who 

* hurry across the sea. 

2. If show and ^ popularity make a man fortunate, 
let us buy a slave who ^ may prompt names to us, may 
jog our left side, and force us to stretch our right hand 
across the loads (in our way). 

3. Love leads them beyond Gargarus, and beyond the 
sounding Ascanius ; they climb over mountains, and swim 
across rivers. 

4. Do you think it would have been advantageous to 
M. Crassus, ^ when he was flourishing in the ^ height of 
his wealth and fortune, to know that he was disgrace- 
fully and ignominiously to perish, his son Publius being 
slain, and his army destroyed on the other side of the 
Euphrates. 

5. ^ When Clodius could not prevail upon that illus- 
trious and brave man, T. Pacavius, a Roman knight, to 
sell him an island in the Pretian lake, on a sudden he 
carried timber, lime, hewn stones, and "^ implements, in 
boats, to the island, and did not hesitate to build a house 

* on another man's liand, while the owner was looking on 
^ from the opposite shore, 

' run 7 arms, (and perhaps strictly 

"^ favour so to be taken, Clodius intend- 

3 may dictate ing to resist opposition by 

^ then when force) 

5 the greatest riches and ^ in alieno 

fortunes 9 across the bank 

®when he had not obtained 

from 



1^6 TRANS. 

Trans, in composition, has the same signification 
as out of it, as eo, to go; transeo to pass over: gra- 
dior, to step; transgredior, to step beyond^ or trans- 
gress: adigo, to drive ; transadigo, to pierce through. 
It sometimes drops its two final letters before 
other consonants, as do, to give ; trado, to give 
over to another^ and so to deliver : no, to swim ; 
trano, to swim over : jacio, to throw ; trajicio, to 
throw across. 



127 



CHAPTER XXVIL 



Versus or Versum. 

1 HIS preposition marks the tendency or direction 
of an object. It is, in fact, only the participle 
of the verb verto^ signifying the direction to- 
wards which the thing or person spoken of is 
turned, and is frequently used with the preposi- 
tion ad or in ; with the former of which it also 
combines into one preposition, adversus or 
adversum. Indeed, when it appears used alone, 
one of these prepositions is probably understood 
after it, unless it be said, like secundurriy to govern 
the case of its verb ; but there is this material 
difference between them, that secundum comes 
from the active verb sequor, versus from the pas- 
sive vertor : it is better, therefore, after this word, 
to understand the preposition ad or in. Though 
called a preposition, which it is in point of gram.- 
matical order of construction, yet in speaking or 
writing, it is always placed after its case. 

Versus, versum, towards. 

1. In the beginning of the civil war, when you went to 
Caesar, towards, Brundisium, you came to me to rny 
^ Formian villa. 

' Formianum 



1^8 VERSUS, VERSUM. 

2. In the second Punic war did not Flaminius, then a 
second time consul, neglect the signs of future events 
^ with the greatest disaster to the state ? ^ For when he 
had performed the lustration of the army, having moved 
his camp towards Arretium, and was leading his legions 
against Hannibal, both himself and his horse suddenly 
fell down before the statue of Jupiter Stator without 
any cause ; nor did he take that ^ for a warning, the 
sign having been given him, ^ as they who understood it 
thought, that he might not engage in battle. 

Versus, versum, with ad or in. 

In this case it must be considered as an adverb, 
or rather as a participle, and is disjoined from 
the ad by the intervening word which it governs. 

1. When Numa was sent for, as Romulus had ob- 
tained the kingdom by founding the city ^ under the 
direction of the augurs, he wished the gods to be con- ' 
suited concerning himself also. Then being conducted 
to the citadel by the augur, to whom, ^ on account of 
the honour, that priesthood was public and perpetual, he 
sat upon a stone turned towards the south. The augur 
took his seat at his left hand, with his head veiled, hold- 
ing in his right hand his crooked staff without a knot, 
which they have called a lituus. Then '' having taken 
his view towards the city and country, he prayed 
to the gods, ^ he marked out the quarters from east to 

' with the greatest slaughter of < as it appeared to the skilful 

'^who when his army, being ^augurato 

purified by lustration Qustrato), ^ ergo 

he had moved his camp 7 his prospect being taken 

3 for religion ^he determined the regions 



VERSUS, VERSUM. 129 

west, and called those on his right hand the south, 
on his left the north. He determined (also) in his 
mind a (certain) ^ mark opposite him, as far as his eyes 
- could carry him. Then having shifted his lituus into 
his left hand, his right being placed on the head of 
Numa, he thus prayed : " O father Jupiter, if it be the 
^ will of heaven that this Numa, whose head I hold, 
should booking of Rome, (I beseech) that thou wouldst 
^ manifest certain signs (of it) within those limits which I 
have made." Then ^ he mentioned in words 6 the aus- 
picious signs he wished to be sent ; which being given, 
Numa was declared king, and came down from the 
" place of observation. 

2. After Antony had come with his army, Catiline 
(attempted) to make his way through the mountains ; 
sometimes moved. his camp towards the city, sometimes 
^ to^wards Gaul. 

3. In the meantime Metellus, ^ while most hotly en- 
gaged, heard a hostile shout in his rear ; ^° upon this, 
turning round his horse, he perceived that the flight ^^ was 
du'ected towards him, which circumstance convinced 
him it was his own people. 

.Versus, adverbially, without the preposition, ^\ 
Versus is also sometimes used adverbially or 
participially without the preposition in or ad^ 
and joined with quoquo or sursum. 

1 a signal 7 the temple 

' could carry the sight ^in versus 

^fas 9 while he carried on the affair 

4 adclarassis most keenly 

speregit verbis *° afterwards 

^ the auspices ii was made 

K 



130 VERSUS, VERSUM. 

1. Verciiigetorix is saluted king by his countrymen : 
he sends embassies ^ every "wJiere^ and entreats them to 
remain in ^ their allegiance. 

2. The same account is (to be given) of those (things) 
which are ^ the ornaments, and as it were ^ the embellish- 
ments of a speech; as when words* are doubled or repeated, 
or are placed ^ with a slight variation ; or when the sen- 
tence is often ^ begun by the same word, or ended in the 
same, ^ or both begun and ended alike ; or when the 
same word, being repeated, is added (at the beginning), 
or the same word is referred to the end ; or (when) one 
word ^ is repeatedly used in a different sense ; or when 
the words either end in the same case, or in the same 
^ termination ; ^° or when we gradually ascend to a cli- 
max in our expressions ; or when, leaving out the con- 
junctions, many things are spoken without ^^ connection; 
or when passing over something we show why we do it ; 
or when we correct, ^^ and as it were reprove ourselves ; 
or when there is any exclamation of admiration or com- 
plaint; or when the case of the same noun is often 
changed. 

Versus is not otherwise compounded. 

' qiioquQvBrsus ^ is continually placed not in 

^ their faith the same meaning 

, 3 the luminaries p either fall or end alike 

'' the insignia 'o when contraries are related 

5 slightly changed in contrary manners 

'^ led by ^Mvhen it is gradually returned 

7 or thrown into the same, or towards upwards 

into both '^ ^lisjointedly 

'3 as if reproving 



131 



CHAPTER XXVIII. 



Ultra. 



This preposition is a contracted ablative, like 
cttra, eoctra^ &c., from the old adjective ulter^ 
whose comparative and superlative remain in 
ulterior and ultimus, and is itself derived from 
another obsolete word, ulSy which perhaps is 
connected with Thv (pleh), to ascend. Mr. 
Whiter, p. 416., derives ultra from ille and tra. 
(See Trans.) It is referred to place, time, and 
degree, and in all cases signifies something 
heyondy or exceeding the limit of the object 
spoken of. (See Citra.) 

Ultra, beyond, referred to place. 

1 . In my Sabine wood, while I was singing of my 
Lalage, and carelessly wandering beyond its limits, a wolf 
fled from me, unarmed (as I was). 

2. The little villa of Cotta, ^ as you say you do not 
know it, is beyond ^ the villa of Sihus, which I suppose 
you know, very dirty and very small ; there is no land ; 
^ enough room for a pigsty, (but) nothing to that which 
I wish to have. 

' because you deny that you 3 enough of place for the swine 
know it concern 

2 the Silian villa 

K 2 



132 ULTRA. , 

Ultra, beyond, referred to time. 

1. I complain that you are absent beyond the pro- 
mised time. 

2. I should not advise a dancing-master to be kept 
^ beyond the years of boyhood, nor long in them. 

Ultra, beyond, referred to degree. 

1. ^ The doctrine and language of the Peripatetics 
must be thought effeminate and ^ weak, who maintain 
that the minds (of men) must necessarily ^ be subject to 
perturbation ; but they use a certain limit, beyond which 
they ought not to go. 

2. Nothing is worse than those who, having advanced 
some little (way) beyond their ^ first elements, ^ have as- 
sumed to themselves a false persuasion of their learning. 

Ultra is used also adverbially, in the same 
senses. 

Ultra, beyond ov farther, applied to space. 

1. ^ I will obey you, and will explain what you wish 
^ as far as I am able. Not yet like the Pythian Apollo, 
(so) that what I shall say shall be sure and fixed ; but ^ as 
an humble ordinary individual ^° seeking probabilities by 

^ By me the dancing-master 4 be perturbed 
(palcBstricus) will not be retained s first letters 
beyond puerile years. (Note. Pa- 6 have put upon themselves 
IcBstricus is not exactly a dancing- " geram morem 
mastery but one who taught ^ iit 
graceful carriage) 9 as one little man out of 

2 the reason and speech many 

3 enervated ,»» following 



ULTRA. 133 

conjecture. For ^ I have no means of going farther^ 
than to perceive verisimiUtudes. 

2. That is long which is lengthened out by many 
words or sentences.^ beyond what is sufficient. 

Ultra, beyond or longer^ applied to time. 

1. This speech at last inflamed their minds; and 
having renewed their shout, as if they had ^ been suddenly 
changed, they rushed against the enemy with such 
vehemence, that they could be ^ resisted no longer, 

2. Under these consuls Fiden^ was besieged, Crus- 
tumeria taken, Praeneste revolted to the Romans from 
the Latms, and the Latin war, w^hich had been some 
years ^ gathering, was no longer delayed. 

Ultra, j^r^^er, beyond^ applied to degree. 

1 . Our friend Brutus sent me his speech which he made 
in the assembly at the capitol, and asked me to correct 
it ^ freely, before he published it. The speech is written 
most elegantly in its words and sentences, (so) that 
nothing can (go) beyond, it. 

2. You ought to be contented if probable things 
are said ; for it is fit to remember, both that I who speak 
am a man, and you who judge ; (so) that, if probable 
things are said, you should require nothingj^r^^^r. 

Ultra is not compounded. 

\ I have not whither I can go * sustained 

farther, than that I should see 5 gliscens 

' ultra quam ^ nee ambitiose 
8 made other (men) 

K 3 



134 



CHAPTER XXIX. 



Usque. 



This word is hardly to be considered as a pre- 
position ; it is more properly an adverb joined 
with ad or a, and when it is said to govern an 
accusative case of a proper name, the preposi- 
tion ad is, in fact, understood. It implies a 
certain continuation of time or place, of which 
the object mentioned forms the limit. Mr. 
White, Etymology, p. 440. and 883., traces this 
word into us for Isy thaty and ce, which also sig- 
nifies the same thing. I should rather conceive 
it to be a corruption, in a Latin form, of wg or 
h(i)s for ad, and us. 

Usque, as far as, 

1 . He is come to take her away with him, for he 
lives at Miletus. What ! ^ to take the virgin away with 
him ? So it is. I beseech you, so far as Miletus. 

2. My friend Appius, when he ^ saw I was coming, 
went as far as Tarsus from Laodicea. 

i that he maj taxe « saw me approacn 



USQUE., 135 

Usque, adverbially. 
Usque is used adverbially, either alone or 
with various prepositions, especially a and ad^ 
and frequently in these cases serves only to mark 
the continuation of space or time, up to the very 
limit and boundary. 

Usque, even, as far as, very, till. 
1. I never ^ saw a worse matched contest than that 
which there was to-day between us ; we were both so 
exceedingly "wearied, I with '^ being beaten, he with 
beating me. — Sy, By your own fault. — Sa. What could 
I do ? — Sy. ^ You should have complied with the young 
man. — Sa. How could I better, ^ when I surrendered even 
my face to hmi. 

Usque, all but, almost. 

Hence from the notion of going to the ex- 
treme, it signifies what in English may be ren- 
dered, by all but, or almost. 

What is the matter with you ? Do you ask ? Ctesipho 
has all hilt killed me and that singing girl with his fists. 

Usque, continiiaUy, always. 
From the notion of continuation when applied 
to time, usque signifies continually, perpetually. 

1. I shall alociays take an interest in what you do, so 
long as I knov/ what you are doing. 

2. I was an exile, and I sought repose, not fame, that 

1 a contest compared more un- 3 it was fit to have obeyed (ino- 
justly rem gestiim) 

2 vapulando 4 who 

K 4 



136 USQUE. 

my mind might not be for ever intent on its own mis- 
fortunes. 

Sometimes usque is doubled in this sense. 

Though you bark at me for ever and ever, and attack 
me with your impudent snarls, I am determined to deny 
you that fame which you seek hereafter in my books. 

Usque with ad. 

1. If I find you attempt any deceit now in this mar- 
riage, ^ so as to prevent it, or ^ that you wish to show how 
clever you are in this matter, ^ I wall send you to the 
mill, Davus, when you have been flogged to death. 

2. ^ Continual bad news came to me from my brother 
Quintus, from the nones of June till the very day before 
the calends of September. 

Usque with a. 

1. These are the men whom the senate lately decreed 
^ should be held as enemies to the state. In this ^ vessel 
did they sail to all the enemies of the Roman people, 
even from Dianium, which is in Spain, to Sinope, which 
is in Pontus. 

2. It is an old opinion, derived even from the heroic 
ages, and confirmed by the consent of the Roman people, 
and of all nations, that there exists among mankind a 
certain divination, or '^ prescience and presentiment, of 
future events. 

' by which (means) it may less be * bad, nor varied messengers 
® that it should be shown « should be had in the number 

3 1 will surrender you unto of the enemies 

the grinding-house, having been ^ navigio 

cut with stripes " presentiment and knowledge 



USQUE. 137 

Usque with various prepositions, sub, e, an- 
te, EXTRA, IN, TRANS. 

1. When Libra has made the hours of day and sleep 
equal, and now divides the world between light and 
darkness, work your bullocks, ye (husband)-men, sow 
barley in the fields as late as till the last shower of the 
untractable -^ winter solstice. 

2. Here, order those to come out quickly whom I 
commanded. — Come you here. This woman comes all 
the *wai/fro7n -Ethiopia. 

3. The Feriae Latinae detained the Roman consuls and 
praetors ^ so late as till the fifth of the kalends of May. 

4. Demetrius, the ^ naturalist, tells us a remarkable 
(story) of a panther ; that one lying in the middle of the 
road (as if) ^ to look for a man, appeared suddenly to 
the father of one Philinus, ^ a student in philosophy ; 
that he began to retreat through fear, but that the beast 
rolled herself around him, ^ manifestly fawning on him, 
and ^ afflicted with great grief, which could be understood 
even in a panther. ^ She had whelped, ^ and her young 
ones had fallen into a pit a great way off. First of all 
(he felt) it was the part of compassion not to fear ; next 
(his business) to pay attention to her; and having followed 
her ^° where she led him, by gently fastening her claws in 
his garment, as soon as he understood the cause of her 

' brumcB ' sese conjiictantem. 

^ usque ante ^foeta erat 

^ physicus 9 her young having fallen 

4by the desire of a man lo where she dragged his gar- 

5 a follower of wisdom ment, by a light casting in of 

^ not doubtfully her'claws 



138 USQUE. 

grief, and also the ^ purchase of his own safety, he took 
out her whelps, and he was led by her, and them attend- 
ing him, enen beyond the deserts, 

5. This does not avail '^ quite so far, as that I should 
have given him a kindness. 

6. Nsevius is removed from the court-yards of Licinius, 
and the assembly of auctioneers, into Gaul, and is trans- 
ported eve7i beyond the Alps. 

Usque with various adverbs. 
Usque is also used with various adverbs, espe- 
cially with adeo, dum, and guaque, eo, and quo, in 
which case it is generally put after the pronoun, 
and still retains the same signification, denoting 
the utmost extent of boundary. 

Usque with adeo, so very far, so greatly, 

1. For my part, I do not envy you, I rather wonder ; 
there is on all sides ^ so great a disturbance in the 
country. 

2. Why do you ^ torture me ? Hear this ; he never de- 
sisted urging me to tell my father that I would ^ marry ; 
he (ceased not) to persuade, to entreat me so exceedingly 
^ that at last he drove me to it. 

Usque dum, as long as. 
1. Let him confess what cannot be denied, that he, a 
private man, kept the leaders of the pirates alive and 
safe at his house, after he had returned to Rome, ^ as long 
as I allowed him. 

^reward ^ ducturum 

2 in hoc ^ until 

^it is so exceedingly disturbed 7 as it was lawful through me 

4 kill me 



USQUE. 139 

2. As long as he leads this needy hfe, deprived of his 
country ^ by the wrongs I have done him; in the mean- 
time I will ^ continually punish myself for his sake, la- 
bouring, getting, saving, slaving for him. 

Usque with quaque, on every side^ i. e. al- 
together, entirely > 

1 . I ask you, in the next place, whether you do not 
know what ^ day this is ? Do you not know that yester- 
day was the fourth day of the Roman games in the circus? 
That ^you yourself proposed to the people, that besides 
(these four) a fifth day should be dedicated to Caesar ? 
Why are we not ^ in our robes ? Why do we suffer the 
honour given to Caesar by your own law, to be neglected ? 
Have you suffered a day to be polluted by adding sup- 
plications, (and) have been unwDling that the shrines 
(should be so). Either destroy religion entirely, or 
altogether preserve it. 

2. Do not for ever seek the same things. In the fear 
of (an approaching) war, ^ what room can there be for 
stealing ? 

Usque with eo, so far, to such a degree, 

1. I am enfeebled to such a degree^ that I would 
rather be '^ a slave in this tranquillity, in which we now 
^ waste our days, than contend (for liberty) with ^ the 
best prospects. 

1 by my injuries ^ what place of stealing 

^ give him punishment from me ^ ivTvpavfe7adai 

3 hodiernus dies ^ tabescimus 

4 ttdisse 9 the best hope 
^prcstextati 



140 USQUE. 

2. I do not speak now of myself, but concerning the 
subject , in which respect ^ I am so far from admiring my 
own (writhigs) that I am difficult and ^fastidious to such 
a degree^ that Demosthenes himself does not satisfy me. 

Usque after quo, to "what extreme^ hoxv far^ 
how long, 

1. H&mfar^ I beseech you, Catiline, will you abuse our 
patience? 

2. I believe that Pansa speaks well, for I know him 
to be always united with Hirtius. I think he will be 
very friendly to Brutus and Cassius, ^ if it shall be for 
his interest ; but when will he see them ? An enemy to 
Antony, but when, or wherefore ? iJott) long ^ shall we 
be duped ? 

Usque is not compounded. 

lit so far absent that we may 3 if it shall be expedient 
admire * ludemur 

2 morose 



141 



CHAPTER XXX, 



Of Prepositions governiiig an Ablative Case, 

A, Ab, Abs. 

This preposition is derived from the Greek 
otTTo, which comes from the Hebrew ^K («^), « 
root, and in its primary notion signifies beginnings 
as when we say a Jronte, a dextro cornu, a rege, 
we mean that the thing or action was begun on 
the front, or right wing, or by the king. 

We may observe that a is never used before 
a word beginning with a vowel, in order to 
avoid the unpleasant hiatus which would arise. 
On the other hand, ab is not often used 
before words beginning with a consonant, 
though it is found indeed before all the con- 
sonants except b. It most frequently occurs be- 
fore j, /, and s. Abs is much less frequently 
used, except before te, 

A, by. 

A is used after verbs passive in this sense, to 
denote the person, place, time, or thing, by 
which an action is begun. 



1¥2 A, AB, ABS. 

1 . Nor indeed did ^ the famous Alexander, for the 
sake of beauty, choose ^ that his pictures should be taken 
chiefly bi/ Apelles, and his statues made bi/ Lysippus. 

2. If a sow should mark the letter A on the ground 
with her ^ snout, would you on that account ^ imagine, 
^ that she could copy out the Andromache of Ennius ? 

A,Jrom, 

Hence it signifies the source, in respect to 
person, place, or time, j^om which an action be- 
gins. 

1 . Nothing is more excellent for a man than to rescue 
his country from dangers ; happy are they ^ for whom 
such an action has obtained honour Jrom their fellow- 
citizens. 

2. Pansetius asks whether Jupiter had ordered a 
crow to ^forebode things on the left, a raven 07i the 
right (hand). 

3. ^ This triumph, O Scipio, I wish the immortal 
gods may reserve for you, that you may follow ^ the 
traces of your ancestor, Jrom whose death this is the 
thirty-third year. 

A, Jrom, signifying place and modes of place. 

But a is peculiarly used to mark place, and 
may be considered as opposed to apud, in the 

' that Alexander ^ to whom that thing hath been 

^ to be painted . . and moulded for an honour 
3 rostro 7 canere 

*be able to suspect s which palm 

5 that the Andromache of En- ^ the relics 
nius could be described by her 



A, AB, ABS. 143 

same way as ex is opposed to in. Thus, apud 
forum is at or in the forum ; aforo, fro7n, or out of 
the forum. It is also expressed after the 
proper names of places, when verbs of motion 
are not used, but sometimes understood when 
they are : in the best writers, lioweA^er, it is 
more frequently expressed in this case also. 

1. I believe that you have received ^ two letters from 
me, one from Pindenissus when taken, the other from 
Laodicea. 

2. I have, therefore, turned xa^^^i from Minturnae 
towards Arpinum. 

3. It is a most welcome thing which you promise me, 
that nothinoj shall be wanting to Cicero, of whom Mes- 
sala (tells me) wonders, who returning (from) Lanuvium, 
came from them to me. 

A, at^ signifying distance. 

A is also used to signify distance or proximity. 

The enemy, ^ as soon as they were sensible of their de- 
parture by the noise in the night and watches, having 
placed an ambush in the woods in ^ two places, waited 
the coming of the Roman in a '^ favourable and secret 
place, at about two miles (distant). 

A with PROPE, to mark proximity. 
A is peculiarly used after prope, to mark prox- 

' two letters of mine 3 bipartito 

' after that they had perceived 4 opportune 
concerning their going 



144 A, AB, ABS. 

imity, in which case it may be rendered some- 
times by to, but not unfrequently is redundant 
in Enghsh. The reason of this apparently sin- 
gular signification of a will easily appear, if we 
consider that the phrase near to, is the same in 
import as hut a little distant from. 

1. Licinius Mucianus held Syria ^ with four legions, a 
man equally remarkable in prosperity and adversity. As 
a young man, he had ambitiously cultivated ^ the friend- 
ship of the great ; afterwards, ^ his fortune being broken, 
and his circumstances desperate, ^ suspecting also the 
resentment of Claudius, ^ he retired into the obscurity 
of Asia, as little removed from being an exile, as after- 
ward from being a prince. 

2. It is no small advantage ^to the Roman people, 
that so great a number of Roman citizens should be ^ en- 
gaged so near home, in so good and profitable concerns. 

In this signification it is also combined with 

ABSUM. 

There is no news at Rome, nor in these parts, which 
are nearer Brundisium than you, by one or two days 
journey. 



' and 5 he was laid up into the secresy 

2 distinguished friendships of Asia 

3 his wealth being worn down, ^ of 

and his state slippery ? detained 

4 the anger of Claudius being 
suspected 



A, AB, ABg. 14-) 

A and ad, used to denote the beginning and 
end of motion. 

If any God would grant me ^ to grow young again 
from this age, and cry in my cradle, I would ^ by all 
means refuse it, nor indeed would I wish, ^ having as it 
were run my race, to be recalled Jrom the goal to the 
starting-post. 

A, with a pronoun or proper name, to denote 
the place or owner. 

1. D. Why do you not tell me plainly ^ where it comes 
from ? — M. ^ From our house, — D. Ha, ha ! It is a 
wonder, indeed, if a woman who is a harlot acts im- 
pudently. — Ch. As far as I can understand this (woman) 
^ belongs to the Andrian. 

2. But Mysis comes owifrom her Qiouse\ I will (betake) 
myself hence to the forum, that I may meet Pamphilus, 
"^ that his father may not catch him (while) unacquainted 
with this matter. 

A, froniy or on, or on the side of, referred to 
vicinity. 

Another signification of a is to denote vici- 
nity, or the situation from which a thing is done. 

1. Valerius now imploring the protection of the Ro- 
mans from (i. e. standing on) the threshold of the senate- 

» that I might grow a child ^ whence it is 
again ^from us 

^ exceedingly ^ is from 

3 the space being as though run ' lest his father oppress him im- 
through prudent concerning these things 

L 



/ 



146 A, AB, ABS. 

house, Lucius Cornelius embracing Appius, put an end 
to the contest. 

2. Thus the Spaniards and Ligurians were slain on 
all sides, in front, on the flanks, in the rear, and ^ the 
havoc had now reached to the Gauls. 

3. The chiefs on both sides encouraged the fight. 
Mettus Curtius on the side of the Sabines, Hostus Hos- 
tilius on that ofxhe. Romans. 

A, on the side of, or for. 
Hence «, especially with the verbs stare, 
facere, sentire, and the like, signifies to be on the 
same side with, to take part with, or, as we say, 
to he for, or to stand by, a person. 

1. Those Aurelian steps, then new, seemed built as 
for a theatre for that trial ; when the accuser had filled 
^ these with enraged men, there was not only ^ no power 
of speaking on the side o/'the accused, but not even of rising 
up (to speak). 

2. M. Coelius, as long as he obeyed my ^ advice, was such 
a tribune of the people that no one stood more firmly on 
the side qf\he senate, and in the cause of the good, against 
the popular and turbulent phrenzy of abandoned citizens. 

S. That is common which makes no more on the side 
of our adversaries ^ than on our own. 

4. Tr. You ^ capital scoundrel, do you think that all 
others are as (bad as) you are yourself? — Gr. I can 
easily bear all this, so long as this man "^ votes on my side. 



* the slaughter 


5 than from 


« which 


^ head of crimes 


3 non modo 


7 thinks from me 


* authority 





A, AB, ABS. 147 

A, qfi or belonging to. 

As that which originally came Jrom any person 
or place must have belonged to it ; we find a used 
to signify ofi or belonging to, and thus it expresses 
classes, sects, or nations. 

1. What they say and think who are of this ^ school, 
no one (who is) even moderately learned, is ignorant. 

2. 2 Those Platonists and Aristotelians of ours, moderate 
and ^ well-regulated men, maintain that favour sometimes 
has ^ influence with a wise man. 

3. Turnus Herdonius, of Aricia, fiercely inveighed 
against Tarquin in his absence. 

4. We will sing you also, O venerable Pales, and you, 
O much to be celebrated ^ shepherd o/* Amphrysus. 

Note. In these cases, sometimes the preposi- 
tion is understood, as Plant. Bacch. ii. S. 5S» 
Hospes Ephesoy a stranger from Ephesus, and 
Merc. V. 2. 99. Vidi ibi horspitem Zacyntho, I saw 
there a stranger j^ow Zacynthus. 

A, of, or belonging to, signifying ofiice. 
Hence a is used with the name of a place or 
thing, to signify the person employed in it, as 
a bibliotheca, a librarian ; a consiliis, a counsellor. 

1. Of his freed men he chiefly regarded Posides the 
eunuch, and Harpocras ; to whom he gave ^ the privilege 
of being carried in a litter through the city, and of ex- 

^ discipline ^ avails 

^from Plato and Aristotle ^ memorande 

3 temperate ^ the right of carrying 

L 2 



148 A, AB, ABS. 

hibiting public games; and, above these, Polybius '^ his 
teacher^ who often used to walk between the two consuls; 
but, above all, Narcissus ^ Ms secretary^ and Pallas ^ his 
accountant, 

2. He punished * with no severity beyond mere death, 
Philemon his ^ amanuensis, who had promised his ene* 
mies ^ to kill him by poison. 

A, from, of, through, or out of, signifying the 
motive or cause. 

As the cause is the beginning of any thing, 
from or out of which, the effect proceeds, a is used 
to denote the original cause or motive of any 
action, and signifies of, through, or out of. 

1 . How prudently I write this to you, I know not ; but 
this I know, that whatever I write, I write j^om singular 
love and good will. 

2. The conquerors plundered the town by permission 
of the consul ; not so much from anger, or from hatred, 
as that '' the soldiers, (who had) been restrained (from 
plundering) in so many cities recovered from the power 
of the erlemy, might at last reap in some place the fruits 
of victory. 

Note, In these cases a is much more fre- 
quently understood than expressed, and then 
the preceding verb is said to govern an ablative 
case, signifying the cause. 

' from his studies * his slave from the hand 

= from his letters ^ his death by poison 

3 from his accounts ^ the soldier 

4 not more heavily than by 
3imple death 



A, A3, ABS. 14»& 

A, on account of, in consequence of. 

From this signification of cause, a comes to 
express the consequence o/'an action. 

There the ^qui, having attacked him (while) march- 
ing negligently with his army ^out of order, ^ in conse- 
quence of his success, ^ having struck him with a panic, 
drove him to the nearest hills. 

A, in respect of, in point of as to, "with, or In, 
From the same signification of cause, a signi- 
fies in respect of in point of as to, with, or in, 

1 . I am tortured, my Gymnasium, "^ I am ill, I am 
worn out, I am * in pain in my mind, in pain in my eyes, 
in ^sAnfrom sickness. 

2. I had (my) chief fear ^ as far as you were con- 
cerned, ^ knowing ® how little you were prepared in 
point of an army, lest this tumult should bring any dan- 
ger to your dignity. For if you had been ^ better pre- 
pared "with an army, I should have feared for your life, 

3. There is some resemblance in Cato and Lysias ^° to 
each other. They are acute, elegant, witty, concise ; 
but the Greek (orator) is more fortunate in point of 
^^ general commendation. 

4. We are ^^ scandalously unprepared, as well in point 

' incomposito ^ (I) who knew 

2 from the thing being well ^ quam 
performed s more ready 

3 a terror being cast upon him *° between themselves 

4 it is badly to me '^ all praise 

^ I grieve " flagitiously 

6 as to what related to you 

l3 



150 A, AB, ABS. 

of soldiers as in point o/^money ; all of which, ^ not only 
that which is the property of individuals, which is in 
the city, ^ but of the public, which is. in the treasury, 
we have left for Caesar. 

5. When this speech of Crassus was published, which 
I well know you have often read, ^ he was then thirty* 
four years old, ^ and was just so many years my senior. 
For he ^ proposed the law, under those consuls under 
whom I was born ; whereas he was born himself when 
L. Caepio and C, Laelius were consuls, (being) ^just 
three years younger than Antonius ; which I have 
mentioned for this reason, "^that the time might be 
marked in which Roman eloquence first arrived at 
maturity, and it might be understood that it had now 
been brought almost ^ to perfection, so ^ that hardly any 
one could add any thing to it, unless ^^ he was ^^ well 
versed in philosophy, in civil law, (or) in history. 

A, fioniy i. e. aiioay from, or out of the power 
of. 

This sense of a results from a secondary sense 
of the word Jrom, that which is gone from a per- 
son, being generally out of his power. 

1. The Tarentines fought, that having recovered their 

» not only the private what age the first maturity of 

* but the public speaking Latin existed 

3 he then had thirty-four years ^ to the highest (pitch) 

*and surpassed me in age by ^that any one could add al- 

just so many years most nothing thither 

^.persuaded lo (he) who 

" by three years itself " more instructed 
7 that it might be marked in 



S, AB, ABS. 1.51 

city from the Romans ^ after they had held it near a hun- 
dred years, they might liberate their citadel also. 

2. The Gortynians guarded the temple with great 
care, not so much from ^ others as from Hannibal, lest 
he should take away any thing ^ without their knowledge, 
and carry k off with him. 

A, from, as referred to time. 

1. Marcus ^milius Avianus ^ hath paid me respect, 
and always loved me from his early youth. 

2. Capitolinus has used me as a friend and companion 
from a boy. 

A, after. 

Hence it comes to signify after^ either in point 
of time or place. 

1. Respecting ^ the affair of Acutilius, I did what you 
enjoined me, as soon as I came to Rome after your 
departure. 

2. The fleet of Scipio sailed on the fortieth day cfter 
the trees had been ^ felled. 

3. O fortunate youth, you shall now be ^ next after 
him. , 

4. There is no (face) superior cfter the face of Venus 
and your own. 

The preposition abs is less frequently used, 
except before the pronoun te. 

» after nearly the hundredth ** hath observed me 
year s the Acutilian business 

^ the rest '^ from the axe 

3 they being ignorant "^ the second {alter) from 

L 4 



15^ A, AB, ABS. 

ABSfJroMy hij, 

1 . It only remains that we contend ^ with each other 
in (good) offices ; in which ^ I shall be content either to 
outdo you or be outdone hy you. 

2. As I -went from you, by chance Phormio met me. 

3. You may be glad to receive a isi\owc from any man 
when there is need (of it) ; but this in truth ^ above all 
delights, ^ when he does a kindness ^ who it is reasonable 
should do it. 

A, AB, or ABS, in composition, signify privation 
or separation, as duco, to lead ; abduco, to lead 
aisoay : moveo, to move; amoveo, to remove: 
scindo, to cut ; abscindo, to cut off. 

Ah is sometimes changed into au before words 
beginning with f, for the sake of euphonia ; that 
is to say, the b is changed into t;, a medial letter 
between itself and j^ and the v again changed 
into its kindred vowel u : thus fero, to bear ; 
aufero, to bear or take atioay ; in which verb the 
preposition ah resumes its place in those tenses 
which have not f, as abstuli, ablatum : fugio, to 
jly ; aufugio, to jiy away. We may observe also, 
that abs is used in composition before /, as teneo, 
to hold ; abstineo, to hold away from^ or to ab- 
stain : terreo, to frighten ; absterreo, to frighten 
away, 

1 between ourselves 3 demum 

°I will either conquer you ' ^if 
■with an equal mind ^ whom it is just to do it 



155 



CHAPTER XXXI. 



Absque. 



This preposition is derived from ahs, with the 
addition of the obsolete particle ce or que, thaty 
(see Whiter' s Etymol. p. 380. and 416.) and is 
only used in the sense of separation or priva- 
tion, signifying mthout. 

Absque, mtJioiit. 

1 . There is one kind of argument in which the pro- 
position needs no ^ proof, and another kind in which 
nothing avails ^without proof. 

2. Not only if I had as much leisure as you, but also 
^ if I were disposed to send as short letters (a thing which 
you ^ are very apt to do), I would excel you, ^ and be a 
much more frequent correspondent than you are, but to 
my great and innumerable occupations ^ must be added, 
that I suffer no letter from me to come to you witJiovt ^ a 
subject, and my opinion (on it). 

' approbation 4 and be much more frequent 

2 if I wished {crebrior) in writing 

3 are accustomed ^ accedit 

^ an argument 



154f ABSQUE. 

Absque, but for. 

There is a peculiar use of absque with the pro- 
nouns, and the verb suniy especially in Plautus 
and Terence, which may be rendered by but for, 
were it not for y in which cases si is understood 
before absque, 

1. Alas, wretched me ! ^ I am both afraid for myself 
and distracted for Antipho ; I pity him ; I now fear for 
him ; he now keeps me here, for but for him I should 
have seen rightly enough for myself. 

2. This is worthy of the gods, (that) she should be 
always ? gentle to the needy. Thou hast been faithful 
(O Neptune) ; ^ men say that thou art unfaithful, for but 
for you^ your satellites, I well know, would have ^ torn 
me to pieces. 

3. Alas me ! that very flattery hath ruined him ; for 
\^ere it notforyou^ I should have ^been virtuous and well 
disposed. 

Absque is not compounded. 

1 1 as well fear for myself, as 3 iterant 

Antipho torments me in my '^ distraxissent me 

mind {animi) ^ right towards a good disposi- 

"* modest tion 



155 



CHAPTER XXXII. 



Coram. 

No very satisfactory etymology of this prepo- 
sition appears to have been given. The best 
Latin etymology is from the preposition cum or 
con, combined with os'oris, the face ; this prepo- 
sition should therefore rather be written corim 
(q. coorim) than coram, as clam was originally 
written calim. It may perhaps be traced to the 
Hebrew y^'p (kereb), to make, to approach, or 
even CDIp (kerem), to bring over. The only sig- 
nification of this preposition is to mark the actual 
presence of a person before, and, as we say, in the 
face of whom, an action is done. Analytically 
speaking, therefore, when we say coram rege, 
the real grammatical construction is orim cum 

rege. 

Coram, before, in the presence of 

1. I do not recite to any one but my friends, and that 
^ by compulsion, not every where, nor before every body. 

2. ^ A traveller with an empty purse will sing in the 
presence qfoi robber. 

Coram, after its case. 
Coram is sometimes put afler its case (espe- 

' being compelled ^ an empty traveller 



156 CORAM. 

daily by Tacitus), as we have before seen in the 
instance of versus, 

1 . He appeared to have ^ refuted the charge of poison 
alone, which his very accusers could not sufficiently con- 
firm, ^ alleging, that at a banquet of Germanicus, Vfhen 
Piso ^ lay above him, his food had been * tainted by his 
hands. In fact it seemed absurd that he should have 
attempted this among the slaves of ^ another master, and 
in the sight of so many by-standers, in the presence of 
Germanicus himself. 

2. ^ Having lost Drusus, I turn my prayers to you ; 
and I intreat you, in the presence of our gods and 
country, take under your -^ protection the great-grand- 
childreii of Augustus ; direct them, fulfil your own ^ duty 
and mine. 

Coram, adverbially. 

Sometimes coram appears to be used adverbi- 
ally, the case it governs being understood. 

1 . I have introduced them speaking, that " I said'* and 
" he said" might not too often be interposed, and that 
the discourse might appear to be held as if then present 
before us. 

2. These things I will tell you when^we meet ; for they 
are (matter) of long discourse. 

3. ^ Let me clear myself, and bring him here before 
you. 

Coram is not compounded. 



^ diluisse 


^ Drusus being taken away 


* arguing 
3 discumberet 


7 suscipite 
• vicem 


* infectos 

^ aliena servitia 


» permit (that) I may purge 
myself 



157 



CHAPTER XXXIII. 



Cum. 

This preposition answers to the Greek <roj/, 
from which it is said to be derived, though per- 
haps bfjiS may be a more correct etymology, which 
itself is to be traced to DJ^ (ow), with, in company 
with, in the presence of. It expresses the society, 
presence, or accompaniment of some thing or per- 
son besides that spoken of. 

Cum, with, signifying society. 

1. As to what Flavius says, that I was ^ surety twenty- 
five years ago for Cornificius, although the accused is 
wealthy, and Apuleius ^ an honourable conveyancer, yet 
I wish you would endeavour to investigate from ^ the 
accounts of those who were sureties with me, whether 
(the case) is so or not, for before my edileship ^ I had no 
dealings nsoith Cornificius. 

2. We wander in ^poverty "doith our wives and 
children. 

3. The prefects of the king of Persia send ambassadors 
to Athens, ^ to complain that Chabrias was carrying on 
war mth the Egyptians against the king. 

' spospondisse ^ there was nothing to me with 

' pradiator liheraUs Cornificius 

3 the tables of ray co-sponsors ^ needy 

^ questum 



158 • CUM. 

Cum, mth, signifying presence. 
Cum is sometimes used in the sense of *with, 
not to signify society, but merely presence, 

1. I am about ' to describe the war which the Roman 
people carried on mth Jugurtha, king of Numidia. 

2. I love modesty, or rather liberty of speech. Yet 
this same thing pleased Zeno, a very acute man, ^ although 
our academy have a great quarrel with him. 

Cum, withy signifying accompaniment. 

There are many instances in which cum is 
used, which cannot be resolved into either of 
the above cases, that of society or presence, and 
may be more properly classed under the head 
of accompaniment : in some of these instances 
cum may be rendered by in or at, but when the 
expression is analysed, it will always be found 
to contain the notion of accompaniment, and to 
be capable of being rendered, together mth. In 
many cases, it will be found that cum is thus 
used, in order to avoid the ambiguity which 
would arise from its absence. Thus, when we 
say, Immissi cumfalcibus multi aperuerunt locum, 
many, sent in mth hill-hoo'ks, cleared the plax:e, 
if we were to leave out cum, the sense would be 
widely different, and would signify sent in hy 
means of bill-hooks. We may understand, in 

'to write 2 there is a quarrel to our 

academy with him 



1 



CUM. 159 

general that cum must be used when the abla- 
tive of the cause, manner, or instrument, is not 
admissible. 

1. If the man is killed with a sword, and you, his 
enemy, are found there *with a sword bloody, and no one 
has been seen there but you, ^ how can we doubt about 
the crime. 

2. When Isocrates perceived that the orators were 
listened too mth ^a sort of sullenness, but the poets 
imth pleasure, he is said ^ to have sought a kind of nu- 
merosity, which we also adopt in orations, as well for the 
sake of ^ pleasing, as that the variety (of cadence) ^ may 
prevent the ear from being jaded. 

3. I always begin to speak with great fear. 

4. The law itself, most wisely indeed, and as it were 
tacitly, permits the power of defending (oneself), which 
not only forbids a man to be killed, but ^ to carry a 
weapon about one for the purpose of killing a man; 
that since '^ the intention, not the weapon, ^ is the main 
point in question, he who uses a weapon ^ in self-defence 
might be judged not to have had a weapon for the pur- 
pose of killing a man. 

Cum, mthy rendered by at, in, and, and re- 
dundant. 

1. When the son of Manlius heard that ^^ trouble was 

^ what is there that we should ^ to be with a weapon 
doubt 7 the cause 

^ a certain severity ^ might be enquired 

3 to have followed numbers ^ for the sake of defending hira- 

^ pleasantness self 
, 5 may meet satiety lo that business was exhibited 



160 CUM. 

given to his father, he is said to have hastened to Rome, 
and to have come to the house of Pomponius, ^ at day- 
break. 

2. Did you so despise the senatorial order, did you 
so level all things to your injustice and your lusts, did 
you have it so fixed and ^ determined m your mind, to 
reject all judges who lived in Sicily, or who touched at 
Sicily while you were praetor ? 

3. Quirinus and his brother Remus shall give laws. 

4. Th^ camp was stormed, and the general himseL 
and some of his chief men were taken. 

5. Ilia and Lausus ^ sprung from Numitor. 

6. I wish him to be cured ^with great care. 

7. Vinnius Valens ^served (as) a centurion in the 
praetorium of the Emperor Augustus, who was accus- 
tomed to support cars loaded mih ^ pipes of wine, till 
they were emptied. 

Note. Though cum seems redundant here, the 
cars together "with the pipes are signified. 

Cum, put after its case, and used with eo. ' 

This preposition is not prefixed, but added, to 
the ablatives of the primitive pronouns, ego^ tu^ 
and sul^ thus we say, mecum, tectmiy secum, no- 
hiscum, 'vobiscum, and generally also, quocum^ 
quicum, and quibuscum, though sometimes we find 



* with the first light 4 meruit 

^ deliberated » culei^ 



CUM. 



161 



cum before quo and quihus. As Hor. Od. ii. 7. 6, 
Cum quo morantcm scepe diem mero Jregi, and 
Sat. i. 4. 81. VtM cum quihus. 

There is also a peculiar use of cum with eo, 
to signifying something additional, or to express 
the conditions on which a thing is to be done ; it 
appears in this latter case to be a technical 
phrase borrowed from the language of the fo- 
rum, and answers to our English expression 
*with this proviso. . 

1 . I will now speak of ^ the aviary, which they make 
for the sake of profit, - whence some take fat thrushes. 
Therefore, ^ a great vault (^ for instance, a colonnade 
covered with tiles or net,) is made, in which they can 
enclose some thousands of thrushes and blackbirds. 
Some add hereto other birds also besides these, ^ which 
fetch a high price when fattened, as ^ortolans and 
quails. 

2. I wished you clearly to understand '^ that I had not 
forgotten that w^hich you wrote to me in some of your 
letters, that if I brought nothing else out of my province 
but the good will of Brutus, this would be sufficient for 
it. Be it so, since you will have it so ; but yet mth this 
proviso^ ^ that it is done without any discredit to me. 

' ornithone ^ miliarice 

2 whence fat thrushes are taken 7 that that had not fallen from 

by some me 

^testudo 3 which may be done without 

4 as a peristyle my fault 
^ being fat, are sold dearly 

M 



162 CUM. 

3. A colony was sent to Antium, mth this provisOy 
that the Antiates themselves might be allowed to be 
enrolled as colonists, if they chose. 

Cum is also used as an adverb and conjunction ; 
but as its significations, and indeed its etymo- 
logy, are different from those of the preposition 
cum, they do not properly fall under our observ- 
ation in this book. 

Cum, in composition, signifies society, parti- 
cipation, or accompaniment ; but it is changed 
into coniy before m, as memoro, to relate ; com- 
memoro, to relate together ^ or commemorate : or 
else con, which varies its last consonant before 
several others, and sometimes even drops it. 
Thus ago, to drive ; con-ago, or co-ago, or cogo, 
to drive together, or collect : agito, to agitate^ or 
revolve ; co-agito, or cogito, to agitate "with one- 
self, or think : natus, hoim ; con-natus, or cog- 
natus, having a participation of birth, or re- 
lated : hseres, an heir ; con-hseres, or co-haeres, 
a heir in participation^ or co-heir : ire, to go ; 
con-ire, or co-ire, to go together, or assemble : 
lego, to gather ; con-lego, or coUego, to gather 
together, or to collect : petitor, a candidate ; 
competitor, a fellow candidate, or rival: cano, 
to sing ; con-cino, to sing together, or to sing 
in concert : opto, to choose ; con-opto, or co-opto, 
to choose into a society with others, to elect a 



CUM. 163 

memher : rego, to govern ; con-rego, or corri- 
go, to govern with punishment, or to cori-ect. 
In the instances of consonants not enumerated 
here, con retains its form, as conduco, confirmo, 
co7iglomerOf &c. 



M % 



164^ 



CHAPTER XXXIV, 



De. 

The origin of this preposition is obscure. Some 
derive it from diSy which again they deduce from 
the Greek hay but the significations do not agree, 
and the etymology seems strained ; for although 
we should admit di or dis to be derived from hk, 
it will be difficult to show that de can be derived 
either in form or sense from dis. In fact, the 
latter adverb, dis, is rather to be derived from the 
Greek word Si^ than from hk ; dis bearing the 
sense of separation or division, as is the case when 
a thing is made into two pieces. It seems better 
to derive de from dalco, to divide, which accords 
with its "primsivy signi^cation of derivation Jrom 
something anterior, descent, effect, consequence, or 
dependence. The Chaldee particle ^'^ (^di) has the 
same sense as the preposition de in Latin. 
Whiter, EtymoL p. 465., considers de to have 
been a pronominal or articular part of speech, 
answering to our pronoun some, or as the French 
article du, de V is still used. 

De, from, of, out of, on. 
1 . You may visit me when you have a mind to laugh, 



i>E. 165 

fet and sleek, with my skin well taken care of, a hog of 
the herd of Epicurus. 

2. But lo, I see Syrus coming ; I shall know ^ from him 
where (my son) is. And yet the fellow is one of that 
^ crew, if he perceives that I am enquiring for him, ^ the 
rascal will never tell me. 

3* Caius Albanius is my next neighbour ; he bought a 
thousand acres of M. Pilius, ^ as far as I remember, for 
115,000 sesterces. All things now, indeed, are ^cheaper. 

4. As to what was written in your letter, that you sup- 
posed me now (pr^tor) elect, ^understand, that nothing ''is 
so harassed at Rome with every kind of injustice as can- 
didates ; and that it is not known when ^ the election will 
be (held). But this you will hear from Philadelphus. 

De, of, from^ omitted in English. 
Sometimes de is wholly omitted in English 
after verbs of asking, and the like. 

After this, Messala, the consul, asJced Pompey, in the 
senate, what he thought concerning the ^ sacrilege, and 
^^ the bill which had been proposed to the people. 

De, of, from, out of, idiomatically. 
De is also used in this sense with substantives 
and adjectives, idiomatically. 

1. Good generals, when they engage, place soldiers in 
that place whither they think the flight of the enemy will 



^hinc 


7 is so exercised with all ini- 


2 flock 


quities 


3 carmfex 


^ the comitia 


* as my memory is 


s religion 


5 of less value 


^<* the rogation promulgated 


6 know then 





M 3\ 



166 DEe 

be (directed), ^ that if any fly from the battle they may 
fall unexpectedly into (the hands of) these. 

2. ^I am now at last satisfied about Attica, therefore 
congratulate her ^ anew, 

3. Those injuries which are ^purposely offered for the 
sake ^ of doing a mischief, proceed often from fear, when 
he who designs to injure another, fears that unless he 
does it, he himself ^ might suffer some inconvenience. 

De, Jrom^ out ofy periphrastically. 

In this sense also, de is periphrastically used 
with a substantive to express the simple ad- 
jective which is derived from it, or connected 
with it. 

1. Against this alarm, C. Marcius Rutilus ^ being ap- 
pointed the first plebeian dictator, named C. Plautius, 
also a plebeian, his master of horse. 

2. This our (orator) then, for I do not enquire about 
a school declaimer, or forensic brawler, but a learned and 
^ accomplished (speaker), since so many ^ common places 
are given us, will run through them all, and will use 
those which are suitable ^° in a general way. 

De, from, out of with the pronouns posses- 
sive. 

De is also used in this sense, with an ablative 

1 upon whom, if any fly from ^ of hurting 

the battle, they may fall of ^ be affected by 

"unawares 7 dictus 

« it is now at last explained to « most perfect 

toe concerning 9 loci traduntur 

3 from the entire }'^ fit, generally 

4 out o/" industry 



-" ^ DE. 167 

instead of a genitive case, expressing part of, 
i. e. out of, the whole. 

1. When ^ I gave her to him to be exposed, ^ I took 
a ring from my finger, and ^ told him to expose it toge- 
ther with the girl, (that) if she died, she might not be 
/^without some share of our goods. 

2. When Thrasybulus fled to Phyle, which is a 
strongly fortified castle in Attica, he had not more with 
him than thirty qfhis comitrymen. 

De, tfoY belonging to, at the expence of, with 
an ablative of the pronouns possessive. 

De, with an ablative of the pronouns posses- 
sive, signifies origination or property ; and may 
be often rendered at the e^pence of, 

1. The precepts are yours ; I have added nothing new 
of my own to them. 

2. You have given your son to be adopted by me ; he 
is become mine : if he offends in any respect, he offends 
to me : I will bear the greatest part for him : he feasts, he 
drinks, ^ he uses costly perfumes at ray expence. 

3. The senate decreed that * the soldiers should re- 
ceive pay at the ^?w6//c {expence), ^ whereas, before that 
time, each man had discharged ^ his duty at his own, 

4. As soon as we found the land of the Buthrotians 
proscribed, Atticus, being greatly '^ mo\ ed, composed ^ a 
petition ; this he gave me, that I might give it Caesar^ 



1 present teme 
^ cxpers partis 
3 he smells of ointments 


5 when 

6 that duty 

7 commotus 


* the soldier 


^ libellum 



M 4 



168 DE. 

for I was to sup with him that day. I gave Caesar this 
petition ; he approved the cause. He wrote back to Atti- 
cus that he demanded ^ what was reasonable ; but warn- 
ed him, that the Buthrotians must pay the rest of the 
money ^ by the day (appointed). Atticus, who wished 
^ for the preservation of the city, paid the money at his 
awn eaepeme. 

'DE,Jrom, of, put for a. 

1, Bemg moved by your congratulations, because you 
had written to me ^ some time before, ^ that you wished 
me good luck with the house I had bought of Crassus, 
^I actually bought the house for 350,000 sesterces, 
^ some time after your congratulation (arrived). I 

2. P. Ah, you know not in what misfortunes ^ I am 
unhappily involved, and what troubles ^ this tormentor 
of mine has caused me by his counsels. — C. What 
wonder is that, if he takes pattern Jrom you ? 

De, Jhom, at, or bi/, for a, when applied to 
time. 

When de is put for a, and applied to time, 
there is this material difference between them, 
de signifies the action to have been begun du- 
ring the time mentioned, a signifies the com- 
pletion of the time before the commencement 

1 equitable (things) well, because I had bought a 

2 to the day house 

3 that the state should be pre- 6 I bought that same house 
served J aliquanto 

'ipridem ^ I miserable am conversant 

5 that you wished it to happen 9 my executioner 



DE. 169 

of the action. Thus the former may be ren- 
dered generally by at^ or hy^ the latter by after, 

1 . Robbers get up hy night to kill men. 

2. If our soldiers had not been fatigued by (sending 
out) frequent ^ reinforcements, and the labour of the 
whole day, all the enemies' forces might have been de- 
stroyed. The cavalry, sent out at midnight, overtook 
^ the rear of their army. 

3. ^ When I was enquiring for you to be my guest, I 
was told that you were drinking hj mid-day. 

4. They began to feast ^ hy daylight, and the banquet 
^ was not ^ according to mihtary discipline, but furnished 
with all the allurements of pleasure, as (might be ex- 
pected) in a luxurious state and family. 

De, signifying continuation of time. 

De also signifies continuation of time, in 
which sense it may be rendered by from, or 
after. 

In the meantime '' the army in the capitol, wearied 
out with watching and guarding ^ posts, and looking, 
day afte7' day, if ^ any assistance appeared from the dic- 
tator ; at last, not only food but hope also now failing, 
and their very arms almost overwhelming their feeble 
bodies, ^° when they relieved guard, required themselves 

^'subsidns * not to be 

2 their last line 6 ex 

3 to me, seeking you a guest, ' the capitoline army 
you was said to drink out of the ^ stations 

middle of the day ^ ecquod auxilium 

^out o/the day ">when the stations proceeded 



170 BE. 

to be surrendered or ransomed, ^ on whatever terms they 
could. 

De, Jrom or qfi signifying descent. 

In this sense de also differs from a, the former 
signifying motion downwards or descent, which 
a does not necessarily imply. 

1. Then they came down Jrom the castle, they go to 
the farm ; this appears ^ to have been done rashly. 

2, H, Of what family is this Philocrates born ? — 
P. The Polyplusian, which family is ^ particularly pow- 
erful, and chiefly honoured there. 

De, of, about, concerning^ respecting, as to. 

From this notion of descent or derivation, de 
comes to signify of, about, or concerning ; in this 
sense it is also peculiarly distinguished from a, 
inasmuch as de marks the object, and a the agent, 

1. The Helvetii, induced by the want of all things, 
send ambassadors to Caesar (to treat) of a surrender. 

2. I have no more ancient author whose writings I 
should think ^ fit to be produced, unless this very oration 
of Appius Csecus respecting Pyrrhus, and some ^ funeral 
orations, (can) please any one. 

3. Do you write to me more certainly about Curtius, 
and whether any one ^ will be provided in his room ; 
and what is to be done about P. Clodius. 

' by whatever agreement ^ praises of the dead 

* to have been committed 6 may be prepared (to succeed) 

3 the only one into his place 

"^proferenda 



BE. 171 

4. This does hot escape me, that, ^ how bad soever the 
mother may be, ^ it does not become us to speak in the 
trial of a son, concerning the baseness of a parent. 

5. I perceive, O judges, that you, as might be expected 
^ from your humanity, are vehemently moved by these so 
great crimes thus briefly ^ exposed by me. ^ What, then, 
do you think, must their feelings have been, ^ who had not 
only to hear of these things, but also to judge (of them)? 
You hear from him ^ upon whom you do not sit in judg- 
ment, about him whom you do not see, about him whom 
you now cannot hate, about him who hath satisfied both 
nature and the laws of his country; whom the laws 
(have punished) with exile, and nature ^ has punished 
with death. You hear not Jro7n {ab) an enemy ; you hear 
without witnesses ; you hear, when those things which 
might be spoken ^ most fully are touched on by me briefly 
and ^° concisely. They heard, respecting him concerning 
whom ^^ they were bound to give sentence ^^ upon oath, 
respecting him whose wicked and guilty face they beheld 
^^ before them, respecting him whom they hated for his 
audacity, respecting him whom they thought worthy of 
every (kind of) punishment. They heard from {ab) his 
accusers, they heard ^* the evidence of many witnesses, 

> of what kind soever ^ mulctavit 

"^ it scarce behoves to be spoken s most copiously 

^pro ^^ strictim 

•i demonstrated ^^ they ought 

'^ of what mind then, do yo\i '^ ^gi^g g^Qj-n 

think they must have been ^3 of whom, present, they behold 

^ to whom it was not only to the face 

be heard 1- the words 

7 towards whom you are not 
judges 



172 DE. 

tliey heard "^ when P. Canutius, a most eloquent man, 
spoke long and powerfully about every particular. 

6. As to the house and Curio's oration, it is as you 
write. 

De, hyy or according to. 

De is sometimes used to express a rule orr 
opinion, in the sense of secundum^ and may> 
then be rendered by after, hy, according to. 

1. ^What sentiments have you then, you will say? 
® None but according to your own. 

2. Attius Tullus and Caius Marcius, a Roman exile, 
were chosen generals for that war hy the vote of all the 
people. 

3. She spoke more gently, and according to the ac- 
customed manner of matrons. 

De, between the adjective and substantive. 

De is frequently put between the adjective 
and substantive, and especially between the pro- 
noun relative and the word res or causa ; and 
even when res is understood, it follows the re- 
lative. 

1 . * If any inference is drawn from a thing already 
judged, that is principally confirmed from these topics ; 
^ the credit of those who have judged it, the resem- 

' when it was spoken, long and 3 nothing but from your opi- 
gravely, by P. Canutius about nion 
each thing 4 if any thing judged shall be 

* what then do you think \ inferred 

s the praise 



^ DE, 173 

blance of that thing ^ "mhicli is treated ofio that of >which 
^judgment has been given, by relating that not only that 
judgment was not blamed, but approved by all, and 
by showing ^ that the instance adduced as decided was 
more difficult, and more important, than that "^ which 
now is under consideration. 

2. There were (in his speeches) those ^ brilliancies of 
words and sentiments which the Greeks call figures 
[(TyYiiJjulct), by which his whole speech was distinguished 
as embellishments in decoration. He also saw ^ where was 
the real point in debate, and where it lay, ^ a thing which 
is widely diffused in the technicalities of the lawyers. 
To this was added an arrangement full of art, a ^ gentle- 
manly action, and ^a manner of speaking altogether 
quiet and sensible. 

3. This has certainly been done which the law re- 
quired, that I should deposit my accounts, ^° made up and 
balanced in two cities, which appeared to me the prin- 
cipal, those of ^^ Laodicea and Apamea. Therefore, ^^ on 
this subject I answer in the first place, that although '^^for 
very good reasons I hastened ^* to give in my accounts, 
yet that I would have waited for you, unless I had con- 



' of which it is treated is enclosed in the forms of the 

'-J it has been judged lawyers 

'that thing judged which is * liberal 

produced 9 his whole manner of speak- 

4 which may now be at hand ing placid and sound 

5 lights 10 finished and consolidated 

6 concerning what thing it is i^ the Laodicean and Apamean 
ti-eated ^2 to this place 

7 that which in many places ^^ from just causes 

^^deferre 



i7t DE. 

sidered the accounts (thus) left in the province ^ as 
actually passed. 

In composition, de generally takes the sense of 
privation, diminution, removal, descent, comple- 
tion, and sometimes from the notion of comple- 
tion, it signifies excess. Thus, decoro, to adorn ; 
dedecoro, to disgrace : facio, to do ; deficio, to 
do less than one oughts or to fail : ferveo, to be 
hot ; deferveo, to remove heaty or to cool : cado, to 
fall; decido, to fall down: finio, to bound ; 
definio, to bound completely ^ or define : flagro, to 
burn; deflagro, to burn excessively, or burn to 
ashes* 

1 forgiven 



175 



CHAPTER XXXV. 



E, Ex. 



Of these prepositions e is never used before 
a vowel. They are derived from the Greek Ik or 
sg ; and in their general signification imply trans- 
iticn, motion out of, departure from the interior of 
any place, in which sense these prepositions are 
opposed to in, as a is to apud. The difference 
between a and e is very distinctly marked in the 
following passage of Cicero. 

Difference between a and e. 

"■ When an interdict was given concerning forcible 
possession, our ancestors understood that there were two 
kinds of causes to which that interdict belonged ; one, if 
a man ^ was forcibly ousted out of that place in which he 
was, the other, if (he was forcibly driven) a'wmjfrom that 
place whither he was coming. Consider it thus, if you 
please. If any man ousts my family from my farm, he 
ousts me out of that place. If any one ^ comes near me 
beyond my farm, and hinders me from entering, he does 
not oust me out of but (drives me) msoay fro7n that 

1 when it is interdicted con- ^ cast out by force 
cerning violence 3 ^^^/^j prcBstofuerit 



176 E, EX. 

place. For these two kinds of things they invented one 
word, which might sufficiently declare both; that 
whether I was driven out of my farm, or Jrom my farm, 
I might be restored by one and the same (form of) edict, 
WHENCE YOU (drovc him out, there restore him). This 
word WHENCE, declares -^ both, as well the place out 
of which, as Jrom which. Whence was Cinna driven 
out ? out of the city. Whence did you drive him out ? 
from \he city. Whence were the Gauls driven ?^om 
the capitol. Wlience they who were with Gracchus ? out 
of the capitol. 

But although there is this distinction between 
a and eac, yet both agree in the general notion of 
original or beginning. 

Ex, frorriy for a. ^ 

Thus ea: signifying from is referred to per- 
son, time, place, or cause, in the same manner 
as a. 

1 Immediately that I heoxdifrom my servant that she 
was a captive, I forthwith gave the money that she might 
be purchased. 

2. Since, from your youth, ^ you relied upon my friend- 
ship and ^protection, I always think that "* you ought not 
only to be protected by me, but also to be promoted 
and distinguished. 

3. This woman ^ comes as far asj^owz Ethiopia. 

'" ^ both out of which place and 3 faith 
from which place ■* te nan modo tuendum 

^ had betaken yourself to ' * est usque 



E, EX. 177 

4. Unless I can obtain this, I have lost ^ a patron, -^ the 
man is so on fire with love. 

l^XjJroniy to express transition, differing from a. 

As a refers to the origin of any thing, so e^ 
refers not only to the origin of any thing, 
whether natural, as nasci ex aliquo ; material, as 
statua ex ehore, poculum ex argento ; or moral, 
as ex animi mei sententla ; but is particularly used 
to denote transition from one state to another, 
in which sense it may often be rendered by the 
English words j^om beings ox from having been. 

1. You know from a child how your servitude with me 
was always just and merciful ; and because you served me 
^ honestly, from having been my slave, I made you my 
freed man. 

2. Hitherto, a thing which I see you all wonder at, 
he is not a Verres, but a Quintus Mutius. For what 
could he do ^ more amiable with regard to the opinion 
of mankind, more just to relieve the distress of the 
(injured) woman, or more vigordus to controul ^the 
avarice of the quaestor. All these things seem to me 
highly to be praised. But at once, ^ on the spot, as 
if by some Circaean cu^ from a man, he becomes a 
^ swine, he returns to himself and his natural disposition. 
For he converted the greatest part ^ of that money to 

^ a king ^ the lust 

» there is such a fire to the man ^ out of the footstep 

from love ' verres 

3 liheraliter * ex 
*more elegant towards 

N 



178 E, EX, 

his ^own use, he restored the woman as Uttle as it 
seemed fit to him. 

3. Caesar finished his march first, and having gained 
the plain Jrom great rocks, he drew up his army in 
it against the enemy. 

Ex, signifying diminution, rendered in Eng- 
lish by adjectives in ish. 

From this notion of ea: to express transition, 
it is used in a peculiar sense to signify that 
mixture of tastes or colours in which one passes 
as it were into the other, which is rendered in 
English by the diminutive adjectives in ish, as 
sweetish, brownish, yellowish. In this sense it is 
very much used by Pliny. 

1. Like to these in name and (form of the) shrub is the 
cardamomum, with an oblong seed. ^It is gathered in 
the same manner in Arabia (as in India). There are 
four kinds of it ; the greenest and unctuous, with sharp 
angles, ^ difficult to pound, which is most commended ; 
'* the next a reddish white, the third shorter and darker ; 
there is a worse kind, various (coloured) and easy to 
pound, and of little smell. 

2. The Delphic laurel is of a "' uniform colour, more 
green, with very large berries ^ of a reddish green ; with 
this the victors (use) to be crowned at Delphi, and the 
triumphant (generals) at Rome. 

' himself -* growing white ozit of red 

- metitur ^ equal 

3 contumacious to one rubbing it ^ red out of green 



E, EX. 179 

S. The hemerocalles hath a palisJi green and soft 
leaf, with a sweet smelling and bulbous root. 

4. Honey should be fragrant, and of a '^sharpish 
sweet taste, sticky and transparent. 

Ex, from, after. 

From this notion of transition, ea: easily passes 
into the signification of after. 

1. I have often seen players and comedians, when 
they had laid aside their character, after some '^ pathetic 
scene, go off the stage still weepmg. 

2. What, is he in love ? Does he come into the city ? 
(Here is) one evil upon [i, e. after) another. 

Ex, after, from the time that. 

Hence ea:, in this sense of succession in con- 
sequence, is referred to time, 

1. ^ Having hoped that the republic would again be 
* recovered to your counsel and authority, I deter- 
mined that I ought to remain, as it were, in a consular 
and senatorian watch ; neither did I ever ^ desert my 
post, nor remove my eyes from the republic, from the 
day on which we ^were assembled in the temple of 
Tellus. 

2. A. Cornelius and Q. Servilius, the questors, appoint 



1 acrid out of sweet * recalled 

2 graviore actu s depart 

^ when I hoped ^ called together into 

N 2 



180 E, EX. 

a day (of trial) for M. Volscius, because he had been 
undoubtedly a false witness against Caeso. ^ For it came 
out by many proofs, that the brother of Volscius, from 
the time that he was taken ill, was not only never seen in 
public, but that he had never so much as risen from his 
bed, and that he died after a ^lingering disease of many 
months ; neither was Caeso ever seen at Rome at those 
times in which the witness ^hs\A brought the charge 
against him. 

3. They were ordered also to enroll seven thousand 
infantry of the allies* and ^ Latins, and four hundred 
horse, and to send them into Gaul to M. Marcellus, 
whose command was ^ prolonged another year after his 
consulship. 

4. I waited day after day, that I might determine 
what was to be done. 

Ex, according to. 

Hence ea:, signifying after^ is used for accord" 
ing tOy denoting the moral origin of an act or 
opinion. 

1. ^ It is not perjury to swear a falsehood ; but not 
to do what, '^ according to the conception of youi* mind, 
you have sworn (to do), as it is conceived in (a set form 
^f ) words after our manner, is perjury. 

2. Porcius Nasica made a '^ ridiculous answer to Cato 

1 emanabat ^ to swear a falsehood is not 

° tube Xo forswear 

3 had cast the crime ' out of the sentence 

* the Latin name » said ridiculously 

5 prorogued 



E, EX. 181 

the censor, when he (asked him), Mo you believe that 
you have a wife ? Indeed, I am not satisfied that I have 
a wife. 

3. All Sicily, if it could speak with one voice, would 
say this : ^ AVhatever gold, whatever silver, whatever 
ornaments, were in my cities, houses, and temples, what- 
ever right I possessed in any thing by the kindness of 
the senate and people of Rome, (all) this you, Verres, 
have taken away and deprived me of, on which ^ account 
I demand a hundred million of sesterces of you, accord- 
ing to law. 

4. It is a very little thing for an orator to talk aBout 
his art, much the greatest to speak according to his art. 

5. Since nature desires ^ to be complete in all points, 
she desires of herself that state of body which is most 
according to nature. 

Note. To this head may be referred the 
phrase ex asse, according to the as or whole, i. e. 
entirely ; Jiwres ex asse, sole heir; and similar 
expressions, as ex ordine, according to^ or in 
order. 

Ex, to the benefit of, for, i. e,for the good of. 

Hence, as that which is according to any thing 
must agree with it, and so must naturally be 

^have you a wife according to '^ what of gold, &c. 
thc^elief (sententia) of your mind. 3 nomine 
By Hercules, I have not a wife to 4 to be filled in all parts 
the satisfaction {ex sententia) of 
my mind 

N 3 



18£ E, EX. 

supposed to be for its benefit, ex signifies to the 
interest or benefit of. 

1. I therefore thus ' determine ; since the province of 
Macedonia, Illyricum, and all Greece, the legions, 
armies, cavalry, are in the power of the consuls, 
senate, and Roman people, by the pains, wisdom, dili- 
gence, and virtue, of Q. Caepio Brutus, the pro-consul, 
^at this most perilous conjuncture of the state, that Q. 
Caepio Brutus, the pro-consul, hath done well, and to the 
interest of the state, and according to the dignity of his 
ancestors, and his custom of well conducting the state, 
and that this thing is, and will be agreeable to the 
senate and Roman people. 

2. I have written to Camillus, to Lamia, so much 
^ the rather because I did not believe that you were at 
Rome. The sum (of the matter) is this : you will de- 
termine as you judge (best) for my honour, fame, and 
interest. 

'Ex, fr only owing to, of, in consequence of, ex- 
pressing the cause -, or from, by, expressing the 
agent. 

Hence ex signifies owing to, on account, or 
in consequence of and sometimes simply in, as 
referred to the part affected. 

1. I thought this Pamphilus *the greatest blessing 
to my mistress ; a friend, a protector, ^ a champion ready 

^ censeo s the more 

"^ in the most difficult time of ^ a chief good 
the republic s a man prepared in evejy |)lace 



E, EX. 183 

on all occasions: but now 'what trouble does she not 
undergo on his account, 

2. ^ See what will come of this. 

S. She suEeYsfiom pain, and ^ is miserably anxious on 
this account also, because the nuptials were long since 
fixed for {iJi) this day. 

4. When M. Caeparius met me in the Gallinai'ian 
wood, and I enquired how you did, he told me you were 
in bed, because you * had the gout, 

5. O supreme Jupiter ! I by no means wonder at 
those who begin to go mad y/ o;« injuries. 

6. He is out of his senses yro7n love. 

7. She is with child bj/ Pamphilus. 

8. Do we expect you here ^ in the month of January 
Jrom any rumour, or Jrvm your letters sent to others. 

'Ex,Jrom or o?i> 

1. Now all things being sufficiently prepared ^for the 
passage, the enemy alarmed them " on the other side, 
both men and horses ^ occupying the whole bank. 

2. The Thessalians, who were called Centaurs, in- 
habiting ^ about Mount Pelion, first fought on horse- 
back. 

3. A spectacle, most bitter and wretched, and grievous 

' what labour does she not re- s ad 

ceive from him ^ to pass over 

2 what will done in consequence 7 from the adverse (side) 
of this thing ^ obtaining 

3 she, miserable, is anxious 9 secundum 

4 you suffered (laboured) in 
your feet 

N 4 



184 E, EX. 

to the whole province of Asia, ^ is exhibited in the fo- 
rum of Laodicea, an ^aged parent led to punishment : 
^ on the other side his son ; the one because he had de- 
fended the chastity of his children, the other because 
(he had defended) the life of his father and the reputa- 
tion of his sister. Each wept, not for his own punish- 
ment, but the father for the death of his son, the son for 
(that of) his father, 

4. (He said) that if they wished to make a new treaty 
with him, they ought first to agree about the terms, and 
if they ^ could prevail upon themselves to make a treaty 
on equitable terms, that he would see what ought to be 
done ^ on his part, and that he supposed they ^^would 
take good care of the interests of the republic. 

N, B. The phrases ea: cequo, and ex cequo et 
bono, are, strictly ?>^Q2(kmg, forensic, 

5. I, on the contrary, contend "^ thus. The authority 
of Cluvius would be lighter if he spoke ^ upon oath, 
than it is now when he speaks not upon oath. 

Note. E contrario is used by good authors, 
and not the inelegant combination of two pre- 
positions e contra. 

Ex, with an adjective, used adverbially. 
Ea: is used with a great variety of adjectives 



for the re- 



» is constituted 


sby him 


^ grandis natu 


^ would consult 


^from the other part 


public 


* eould induce into their mind 


"this 


that a treaty might be made on 


^ being sworn 


equitable terms {cequo) 





E, EX. 185 

in this sense, instead of an adverb. Thus, ex 
continenti, on the instant^ or instantly ; ex inspe- 
rato, unexpectedly ; ex integro, anew^ kc. &c. ; 
and sometimes even with substantives, as ex 
insidiis, treacherously ; ex parte, partly ; e re- 
gione, over against, or opposite. 

1. There are others very unhke these, plain and 
open, who think nothing should be done secretly, nothing 
treacherously, ^ who have a veneration for truth, and a 
hatred of deceit. 

2. Hannibal attacked the camp with great forces of 
foot-soldiers and horse, and partly took it. 

3. On a sudden, you have unexpectedly sent us this 
P. Scipio, whom, since we see declared consul, we think 
ourselves the most fortunate of all the Saguntines. 

4. Because I knew that the acts of Bassus were re- 
scinded, and that the senate had given all, respecting 
whom he had decreed any thing, a right of pleading 
anew, at least for two years, I asked this man whom h^ 
had banished, whether he had gone to the pro-consul, 
and told him this. ^ He said no. : 

5. The eclipses of the sun and moon are foretold for 
many years by those ^ who calculate the courses and 
motions of the stars ; for they foretell those things which 
^ the certain course of nature must accomphsh. They 
see, from the most regular motion of the moon, when 
she, ^ becoming opposite the sun, falls into the shadow 

' worshippers of truth, ene- ■* the necessity of nature is 

lilies of fraud about to make perfect 

« he denied s being made from the region 

3 who pursue by numbers of the sun 



186 E, EX. 

of the earth, which is ^ the limit of darkness, that she 
must be obscured. 

Exjj^om, i. e. out of, from among, in. 

1. This statue his servants privately took away by 
night from a most sacred and ancient temple. 

2. If you take out of the nature of things the bond of 
good-will, neither any house nor city can stand. 

3. ^ Now see the other, ®when he had squandered all 
that immense booty which he had * squeezed out of the 
fortunes of the tax-gatherers, out of the lands and cities 
of the allies. ... he sold himself, his forces, the array 
of the Roman people, ^ the sacred interdict of the im- 
mortal gods, the answers of the priests, the authority of 
the senate, the commands of the people, the name and 
dignity of the empire, to ^ a king of Egypt. 

4. They who contrived these things saw, if the power 
were given you ^ to choose (one) fro7n among all the 
people, that, whatever the business might be, in which 
faith, integrity, virtue, authority, ® was requisite, you 
would ^commit it without hejsitation to Cn. Pompey, 
^° above all others. 

5. That reputation of wisdom which Fannius lately 
mentioned, does not so much delight me, " especially be- 
ing unfounded, as that I hope the memory of our friend- 
ship will be eternal. And that is ^^ so much the more 
agreeable to me, because out of all ages scarce three or 

' the goal of night ' of choosing 

® ecce tibi ^ might be sought 

3 all that very great plunder » earn delaturos 

being wasted '• the chief 

* drained from " especially false 

* the divinity and interdict '' to my heart to me 
® an Egyptian king 



E, EX. 187 

four pair of friends can be named : ^ in this class I 
sometimes hope the fi'iendship of Scipio and Laelius will 
be knov/n to posterity. 

6. When this thing was declared to the Helyetii by 
^ information, according to their custom, they compelled 
Orgetorix to plead his cause m chains. 

Note. Under this head may be classed such 
phrases as ex tempore, i. e. from or out of the 
spur of the moment^ 1. e. off hand, as we say ; 
ex omni parte, out of every ^art, or, altogether ; 
magna ex parte, out of a great j^art, i. e. mostly. 

^Xifiom or of signifying the materials. 

Hence the transition is very easy to express 
the materials ofov out o/" which a thing is made. 

1. The king ^ departed with this impression ; he 
thought * the person I accuse abundantly provided (with 
plate), and himself honourably entertained. He then 
invites the praetor in his turn : he displays all his 
wealth, much silver (plate), not a few cups of gold 
which, as is ^ the custom of princes, and especially in 
Syria, were adorned with the richest gems. There was 
one wine vessel (made) of a single gem of great size, ^ a 
bowl hollowed out, with a golden handle. 

2. Our (poet) Ennius^was beloved by the elder Afri- 
canus. Therefore, also, ^ his bust of marble is thought 
to be placed on the tomb of the Scipios. 

' in which kind, I seem to hope ^ the royal custom 

^ indicium ^ trulla 

3 so departed that he thought " he 
* istwn 



188 E, EX. 

Ex, periphrastically used. 
Ea: is sometimes used with an ablative casej 
by a periphrasis for the genitive 5 especially after 
nouns partitive. 

1 . But (you say) I have ^ experienced your kindness. 
What kindness ? that you did not kill me at Brundi^ 
sium ! Would you kill him whom the conqueror him- 
self, who, as you were wont to boast, ^ gave you the 
command of his banditti, wished to be saved ? 

2. Hannibal, when he saw what was best for the enemy, 
had scarce any hope that the consuls would do any thing 
rashly and inconsiderately. But when he saw that the 
disposition of one (of them) was ^ impetuous and fierce, 
a thing first known to him by report, and afterwards by 
^ experience, and believed that it was rendered yet ^ more 
violent by his successful engagement with the foragers, 
he did not ^ despair "^ that a favourable moment for striking 
a blow might present itself, of which he was extremely 
anxious, and earnest ^ to lose no opportunity, ^ while the 
troops of the enemy were raw, while his wound made 
the better o/^the (two) generals ^° unfit for service, and the 
spirits of the Gauls ^^ were yet fresh. 

Ex, omitted in English. 
Ex is sometimes omitted in English, espe- 
cially after verbs of asking. 

^ used 7 that fortune for carrying on 

* offered you the chieftainship the affair would be present 

of his robbers - s that he might omit no time 

^percitum awhile the soldier of the enemy 

* re was a recruit 
5 more fierce 10 useless 

* distrust 1 were vigorous 



E, EX. 189 

1. Do you ask me what, or ^ of what quality the Deity 
is. I will use Simonides ^ for my authority. * Of whom, 
when the tyrant Hiero asked the same question, ^ he 
begged a day to consider of it. When Hiero asked him 
the same (question) the next day, he begged two days. 
When he (thus) often doubled the number of days, and 
Hiero wondering, enquired why he did so, " Because," 
said he, " the longer I consider of it, the more obscure 
does ^ the question appear to me." 

2. The next day Canius invites his friends ; he comes 
himself early ; he sees ^ not a boat. He asks his next 
neighbour whether there was any holiday for the fisher- 
men, since he saw none of them. " None ^ that I know 
of," says he ; " but none use to fish here, therefore I con- 
sidered yesterday ^ what was the matter." 

Ex, in composition, generally signifies outy 
and from this sense all its others may be deduced, 
such as privation, perfection, elevation, declara- 
tion, &c. We may also remark, that before cer- 
tain consonants e only is used, and before^ it 
exchanges its consonant into f. The following 
table will exemplify all these observations. 

E comes before 
h, as bibo, to drink ; ebibo, to drinh out, or drink 
up. 

J quale * res 

"^ my author » scahnum nullum 

3 he asked for hjmself one day ® that I may know 
for the sake of deliberating ' what had happpjied 



190 E, EX. 

E comes before 
d, as dico^ to tell; edico, to tell out ^ ox piihlish^ or 

declare, 
gy as gradior, to step ; egredior, to step, or go 

out. 
jy as jacio, to throw ; ejicio, to throw out. 
ly as levo, to lighten ; elevo, to lighten out and outy 

i. e. to lighten thoroughly y and so to raiscy or 

elevate. 
m, as mitto, to send ; emitto, to send outy or send 

forth. 
w, as nitpr, to strive ; enitor, to strive to one's 

outermost or utmost. 
Vy as rapio, to take ; eripio, to take away. 
Vy as vado, to go ; evado, to go out qfy to escape. 

Ea: comes before 
a, as armo, to arm ; exarmare, to deprive ofarmSy 

or disarm, 
Cy as capio, to take; excipio, to take outy or 

ea^cept. 
Cy as eo, to go'; exeo, to go out. 
hy as horreo, to dread ; exiiorreo, to dread out 

and out, or dread exceedingly. 
i, as ago, to drive ; exigo, to drive out, to drive 

thoroughly, and so to compel, or exact. 
0, as oleo, to smell ; exoleo, to lose the fresh smell, 

and so to fade, to decay. 



E, EX. 191 

Ea: comes before 

p, as pello, to drive ; expello, to drive oiit^ or 
e.vpeL 

q, as quaero, to seek ; exquiro, to seek out, or 
search. 

s, as sequor, to Jbllow ; exsequor, to follow tho- 
roughly, or throughout, and so to e.vecute, or 
perform. 

t, as tundo, to beat ; extundo, to beat out, 

u, as uro, to burn ; exuro, to burn utterly, or 
hum to ashes. 

Ex is turned into (?/" before words beginning 
with^ as fugio, tojly ; effugio, tojly awa?/. 



19^ 



CHAPTER XXXVL 



Palam. 



This preposition is opposed to clam, and ex- 
presses something done openly. It is derived 
from TraT^oL^v}, the open hand, and differs from 
coram in as much as coram is referred to particu- 
lar persons, palam to persons in general, 

Palam, before, in presence of, 

1 . When Manlius saw a centurion ^ distinguished for 
his miHtary exploits, dragged away, being ^ adjudged for a 
debt, he ran to him in the middle of the forum, with his 
mob, and laid hands on him, and crying aloud respect- 
ing the pride of the senators, the cruelty of the usurers, 
and the miseries of the plebeians, the merits and (hard) for- 
tune of the man, said, " Then shall I in vain have saved 
the capitol and citadel with this right hand, if I see my 
fellow-citizen and fellow-soldier led to chains and slavery, 
as if taken prisoner by the victorious Gauls." He then 
paid ^ the money to the creditor before the people, and 
dismissed the man, set at Hberty by the ass et libra. 

^ noble '^ "^'rem 

'^judged of money 



PALAM. 19s 

2. ^She mocks Vulcan, having imitated him hefore 
Mars; (even this) became her, and much grace was 
mixed with her beauty. 

But PALAM is more frequently used adverbially, 
signifying openly ^ ^publicly, 

1 . M. Caelius is not accused by the same persons by 
whom he is attacked ; the weapons are thrown against 
him openly^ but they are supplied ^ clandestinely. 

2. Shall I think him a consul, who did not think that 
there was a senate in the state ? And shall I account 
him a consul (who is) without that council without which 
not even kings could exist at Rome ? For I now ^ pass 
over those other (enormities) ; when a levy of slaves 
was held in the forum, when arms were carried into the 
temple of Castor ^ in open daylight, and that temple 
itself, its entrance being blockaded and steps ^ pulled 
down, was ^ forcibly held by the remnant of the con- 
spirators and a quondam ^ pretended accuser of Catiline, 
then his avenger* 

Palam, plain^ public. 

Hence, as palam signifies openly, publicly, it 
signifies what is plain, or manifest, or public. 

1 . Fish have neither ® organs nor apertures for hearing, 
yet it is plain that they (can) hear ; as appears when ^ we 



^ simulat 


6 in arms 


2 secretly 


T prcBvaricatot^ 


3 omit 


' members 


4 in tlie light and openly 


9 it is seen 


s taken away 





o 



ig-l? PAL AM. 

see that wild ones, in some stews, can be assembled by 
habit to their food by -^ clapping of hands. 

2. But hark you ! I pledge my faith to you on this 
condition : ^ whatever I have heard that is true, I can be 
silent (about), and keep secret ^ as well as any man ; but 
if I hear ^ a falsehood and fiction, it's out at once, I am 
full of chinks, I leak ^ at all sides. 

Palam is not compounded. 

* plausu 4 a thing false and feigned 

* what true things I have heard * here and there 
3 most excellently 



195 
CHAPTER XXXVIL 



Frm. 

Ihis preposition is probably derived from the 
Greek ' tt^o, which may have been turned into 
TT^a) as ccTTQ and utto are sometimes read uttou and 
vTraL It is perhaps to be traced to the Hebrev/ 
H^l^ (para), to run, (See Prater.) It signi- 
fies, Uke antCf precedence in point of situation ; 
and hence, precedence in comparison of, or su- 
periority. 

PRiE, before y in point of situation. 

They say that Hercules, when ^he had killed 
Geryon, drove away his cattle, of wonderful beauty, 
and lay down, being weary with his journey, near the 
river Tiber, where he had crossed by swimming, in a 
grassy place, that he might refresh the cattle with rest 
and good pasture. 

Hence the phrase pr^ se ferre, or gerere, to 
carry before, or in front of a man, and so to pro- 
fess, or avoxso, to declare, to have the appearance of 

1. In all this ^affair I easily understood that I should 

' Asfaras theideaofcompari- of that of precedence, Trpi seems 
son is concerned, it might be de- to offer a better etymology, 
rived from vafOLj but on account 2 Geryon being slain 

3 cause 



196 FRM. 

not satisfy those who were desirous of fighting. For in 
the first place, I declared that I wished for nothing more 
than peace ; not but that ^ I had the same fears as 
themselves, but I thought those lighter (evils) than a 
civil war. 

2. Wherefore I acknowledge and profess, T. Labienus, 
and publicly avow, that you were driven from that cruel, 
^ unseasonable, not only ^ unpopular, but even ^ tyran- 
nical action, by my counsel, virtue, and authority. 

3. There is something also which ^ attracts us by its 
own power and dignity, and car7^ies also the appearance 
of some advantage, for which it may be the rather sought, 
as friendship, reputation. 

Frje, in comparison of. 
From the notion of precedence in general, it 
signifies superiority or precedence of one thing 
compared with another, and so comes to signify 
in compurison of, 

1 . ^ You repent of your own plans, and we who are 
at home seem to you to be happy ; but, on the other 
hand, you seem to us, not indeed to be free from 
troubles, but happy in comparison of us. 

2. They will scoff at our Rome, ^ built upon mountains 
and valleys, raised up and hanging (between heaven and 
earth) in garrets, with ^ no very good streets, with its 
extremely narrow ^ alleys, in comparison of their own 

» I might fear the same things ^ leads us induced 

which they (feared) 6 it repents you 

2 importune 7 placed 

3 not tribunitian e not the best vies 



royal 9 semitis 



PRiE. 197 

Capua, ^ spread out on a most level plain. But they will 
think our Vatican and Pupinian fields not fit ^ even ^ to be 
mentioned with their own most excellent and fertile 
plains ; and they will compare ^ with jest and laughter, 
^ their own abundance of neighbouring towns with ^ ours, 
Labicum, Fidena^, Collatia, nay Lanuvium itself, Aricia, 
(and) Tusculum, with Cales, Teanum, Neapolis, Pu- 
teoli, Cumae, Pompeii, (and) Nuceria. 

Pr^, for or through^ i. e. by reason of. 
As j9r^ implies the notion of precedence, and 
as cause precedes effect, jprce comes to signify j^r 
or through^ i. e. hy reason of on account of. But 
we may observe, that in these cases, generally 
speaking, some obstacle is expressed by jt?r(5? when 
thus used, in which case we may give a some- 
what different explanation of the origin of this 
sense of prce ; for as that thing which precedes 
another is an obstacle to it, and hy coming before, 
'prevents it from occuping the place which itself 
possesses, thus prce is used to express an impedi- 
ment, or the cause which prevents something 
from taking place. This explanation, however, 
though adapted to many eases, will not suit all, 
as when we say prce timore in genua concidit, 
Plant. Rud. 1, 2. 8 J., where we have the notion of 
cause, but not of impediment. 



* unfolded 


4by 


2 forsooth 


5 that 


3 to be compared 


6 this 




3 



198 PR^,. 

1 . Pardon me, I pray you — I cannot remain longer 
in this place, for grief and weeping. 

2. *\Vhat says that general, Leonidas ? Proceed 
^ with a good courage, Lacedaemonians; to-night, perhaps, 
we shall sup among the shades below. This nation was 
brave as long as the laws of Lycurgus were in vigour. 
One of whom, when the Persian enemy had said ^ boast- 
ingly in conversation, " You shall not see the sun for 
the multitude of darts and arrows," replied, '' Then we 
shall fight in the shade." 

3. So ^ may heaven bless me, I know not where I am 
for joy. I was so much afraid. 

4. I suppose, as often happens, the wretched woman 
out of love shut him out of doors. 

5. In truth, I am preparing * for the skirmish, for I 
speak very ^ flashing words, tlirougli (my) trembling. 

Pr^ is also used adverbially, in comparison, 
and joined with quam and ut \ but more fre- 
quently by the early poets, as Plautus and 
Terence, than by prose writers. 

1. ^Are there not few pleasures enough in a man's 
life and existence, in com'parison of his pains. 

2. Here is one, who, if he begins '' to fall in love, you 
will say that other was but sport and jest ^ in comparison 
of what this one's frenzy ^will exhibit. 

1 with a brave mind in life and spending age sufficient* 

2 boasting ly small, in comparison of that 

3 may the gods love me {prcs quam) which is troublesome 

4 to '^ to love 
^corusca omnia ^prce ut 

^ Is not the affair of pleasures 9 will give 



PRJE» 199 

S. S. I am undone. — M. You do not yet say any 
thing ^ in comparison of what is "^ to come. 

4. I afterwards read that very sentence set down in 
the speech of Cato, which he made before the knights 
at Numantia, ^ and although it is contained in rather 
looser and longer words ^ than (i. e. comparyd mth) that 
Greek (sentiment) which I have mentioned, yet, because 
it is earHer and most ancient ^ in point of time, it ought 
to seem more venerable. The words ^of the speech 
are these : *' Think ^ within your own minds, if you have 
done any thing well ^ with labour, the labour will soon 
^ be gone from you ; the good deed will never ^^ be gone 
from you " as long as you live. But if you have done 
any thing wickedly through pleasure, the pleasure will 
soon be gone ; ^- the wicked action will remain ^^ with you 
for ever." 

In composition pr^ takes the sense of prece- 
dence, or prevention, on the principles above ex- 
plained; as, dicere, to tell; prgedicere, to foretell: 
facere, to make ; praeficere, to makejirst^ or head, 
i. e. to set over : claudere, to shut-; prsecludere, 
to shut before a person can get in, i. e.to shut out, 
or prevent admission. From the notion of prior- 
ity, it also conveys the idea of excellence, or 



' prcB ut 


« through 


2 about to be 


9 recede 


3 which 


10 depart 


^prcB quam 


"while 


5 in time 


" the thing done wickedly 


6 out of 


" apud 


7 with 





o 4 



200 PRJE. 

or superlativeness, or excess ; as potens, poiioerful ; 
ipradipotensy 'veri/ poweT^l : maturus, earl^/ ; prae- 
maturus, ver^, i. e. too early ^ i. e. premature : 
properus, hasty ; praeproperus, over hasty : stare, 
to stand ; praestare, to stand before the rest, or to 
excel : sumere, to take ; prassumere, to take be- 
fore one ought, or to presume. 



\ 






201 



CHAPTER XXXVIII. 



Pro. 

1 HIS preposition is probably derived from the 
Greek tt^o, and is of very considerable extent : 
it is indeed a matter of no smaU difficulty to fix 
its general signification. Perhaps its radical 
import is that of interchange or substitution. 

Pro, for, i. e. in exchange or return for^ or 
on account of. 

1. When you told me that you wished for a little maid 
from -(Ethiopia, did I not look for one, ^ leaving all my 
other business? Moreover you said you wanted an 
eunuch, because ^none but queens have these. I found 
one. Yesterday I gave twenty minae for both. 

2. I ^ will pay you handsomely, you villain, for these 
reports and falsehoods, that you shall not ^ play your 
pranks upon me for nothing. 

Pro, for, i. e. instead of 

Hence by a very slight transition it signifies 
instead or in the 'place of 

' all other things being left ^ ■will truly avenge 

- queens alone use these * mock at me with impunity 



S02 PRO. 

1. S. What then? — P. I will carry you there instead 
of him. 

2. First of all, who knows ^ which way you came with 
your laureate iictors : what ^ by-ways, what turnings 
and windings did you pursue, while you sought ^ the 
most obscure solitude ? What borough town saw you ? 
What friend invited you? What host beheld you? 
^ Did not night serve you for day, solitude for a con- 
course (of friends), a tavern for a city ? So that a noble 
triumphant general did not seem to return from Mace- 
donia, but ^ some scoundrel's carcass to be brought back 
from it. 

3. ^ There is a dignified style of ornament in a speech 
which may be often used, ^ of which nature are the fol- 
lowing instances : That ® the God of war is common. 
^ To,^sBy Ceres instead of corn. Liber instead of wine, 
Neptune instead of the sea ; the senate-house instead of 
the senate, the campus instead of the comitia, the gown 
instead of peace, arms and vf eB.^ons instead of war. 

4. Cato alone, ^^ in my opinion, is isoorth a hundred 
thousand. 

Pro, for^ as, i. e. equivalent to. 

Hence, by an equally slight transition, as that 
which is substituted for any thing is supposed 
to resemble it as nearly as possible, either in 

^ by which the ornament of a speech, and 

2 meanders often to be taken 

3 all solitude 7 out of which kind are these 
* was not night to you ^ the Mars 

5 an infamous dead man » to call 

^ there is a grave manner in ^° is to me insf-ead of 



PRO. £03 

form or value, pro comes to signify as, i. e. equu 

valent to. 

1. I have adopted this elder son for myself: I have 
brought him up from a child, ^ have esteemed and loved 
him as my own. 

2. We have it^r certain, that Pompey is going 
through Illyricum into Gaul. 

3. He is so ambitious of this high reputation of 
^ being thought a connoisseur in these matters, that 
lately, only see the madness of the man, ^ after his trial 
had been adjourned for its conclusion, when he was now 
as good as ^ condemned and sentenced, at the Circensian 
games, he came to the ^ sideboard one morning ^ at the 
house of Lucius Sisenna, a man of the highest rank, 
when "^ the tables were laid and the plate set out in the 
apartments, he began to contemplate and consider eYQvy 
(piece) at his leisure. 

4. I do not doubt that you surpass ^ even myself ^ in 
earnestness about that which you know me to wish ex- 
ceedingly. Therefore, I ^^ consider that affair as done. 

Pro, for, i. e. io the advantage of, in favour of. 

As pro signifies an exchange or return of one 

thing for another, it naturally implies advantage. 

1. Therefore, this circumstance, that I comprehend 



^ have had 


5 the silver 


2 that he may be thought in- 


^ apud 


telligent 


7 triclinia 


3 after he had been comperen- 


8 me myself 


dinatus 


9 in desire in that 


4 dead 


10 have 



204" PRO. 

so much science and ^such abundance of learning, for 
I am not arguing what I, but what a (perfect) orator 
can do, is not only not in my favour, but against me. 

2. (He said) that Adherbal ^ had treacherously plotted 
against his life ; ^ that when he had discovered this, he 
* had opposed his guilty purpose ; that the Roman 
people would neither act justly nor ^for their infer est , 
^ if they debarred him the right of nations. 

3. What was before '^ in their favour^ is now turned 
to the contrary. 

Pro, Jor, i. e. in defence of. 

Hence, by a very easy transition, it signifies 
in defence of. 

1. I then began to mingle with this vehement and 
^ impassioned style of speaking, that other ^ mild and 
gentle one, of which I have before ^° made mention; (I 
said) that I was contending for my companion, who by 
the custom of our ancestors ought to be ^^ as a son to me, 
and for almost all my own character and fortunes. 

2. Send Phyllis to me; it is my birth-day, lolas; 
when ^ I sacrifice a calf ^or the corn, come yourself. 

Pro, in proportion, or according to. 
The two remaining significations of pro are 

' such a force 7 for them 

* had laid snares by deceits s atrocious 

3 which when he had found out ^ of mildness and gentleness 

4 had gone to meet the wicked- '^ disputed 

ness * "in the place of children 

5 for gooa 12 faciam vituld 

6 hindered him from 



PRO. ^05 

not very obviously deducible from the preceding 
heads ; but they may be referred to them some- 
what more remotely. For instance, pro signi- 
fying aSf comes to signify according to, and so 
in proportion, 

1. The praetors were sent, Q. Pompeius Rufus to 
Capua, L. Metellus Celer to the district of Picenurn, 
•^ and these liad leave to get together an army according 
to the time and danger. 

2. When 1 had led my army across the river Isara, 
^ having made a bridge in one day, ^ using exertions pro^ 
portionate to the urgency of the affair, because he had 
himself asked me by letter * to come as soon as possible, 
^ his messenger met me with letters, by which ^ he told 
me not to come ; that he could finish the business by 
himself; meantime that I should wait at the Isara. 

. 3. I have determined that two talents are enough in 
proportion to my estate ; but if you wish ^ to preserve 
myself, my estate, and my son, ^ you ought to say this, 
that I have ^ made over to her all my property for a 
dowry. 

4. ^° This being the case, O Judges, I admonish you 
according to my great and well known ^^ zeal for the 
state ; I exhort you, according to my consular authority ; 

' it was permitted these that ^ he denounced to me that I 
they might gather should not come 

* a bridge being made ^ that I should be safe 

3 using a quickness according * it is necessary to be said thus 

to the greatness 9 dixisse 

* that I should make haste to '° which things since they are so 
come 11 diligence 

5 stator ejus 



206 PRO- 

I conjure you, according to the greatness of the danger, 
to consult for the ease, the peace, the v/elfare, ^ the lives 
of yourselves and your fellow citizens. 

5. ^ When I was told of the death of your daughter 
Tullia, I felt, as I ought, great affliction and concern. 

6. I had noted for myself ^ the day of your ague fit, 
from a certain letter which you had written to me ^ when 
the complaint began ; and had observed that you might 
come to me, ^ should occasion require (i. e. accordijig to 
circumstances), at Albanum, without inconvenience, on 
the third of the nones of January. 

7. Canius came to supper in (good) time ; there was 
an entertainment splendidly prepared by Pythius : a mul- 
titude of boats before their eyes, each man for himself 
brought what he had taken (i. e. according to his pro- 
portion). The fish were laid at the feet of Pythius. 

Pro, before or on, referred to place. 

This signification of pro is not even so dedu- 
cible as the preceding ; but it may perhaps be 
derived from the notion of defence, in which the 
defender stands before the person defended. But 
I should rather derive it immediately from the 
signification of the Greek preposition Trpl. 

1. The Numidians, having often before overthrown, 
and even burnt the ^ mantelets of the Romans, did not 

' 3^our own life 3 your day 

2 when it was told me concern- * the fever beginning 

ing, &c., I truly took it grievously ^ pro re nata 

and sorrowfully, according as {pro ^ vineiSf [chl. abs.) 
eo ac) I ought 



PRO. 207 

defend themselves within the walls of the castle, but 
^ spent days and nights before the wall, 

2. Caesar -^ returned from Alexandria, happy indeed 
^ as he thought ; but in my opinion he who is ^ the cause of 
unhappiness to his country, cannot be indeed happy. 
^ At a public auction before the temple of Jupiter Stator, 
the goods of Cn. Pompey, O wretched me ! for even 
though ^ my tears are exhausted, yet grief remains fixed 
in my mind, the goods, I say, of Pompey the Great, were 
subject to the bitter voice of thevpublic crier. 

3. Walking lately in my retirement at Praeneste, I 
was considering what and how great is the variety of cer- 
tain particles in the Latin language. Of ^ which kind is 
the preposition pro. For I observed, that ^ it was one thing 
to say that the Pontifices had decreed on behalf of the 
college; ^ another, that a certain wituess being introduced, 
had given for evidence, that M. Cato wrote one way in 
tlie fourth book of his Origenes, that a battle ^^ took place 
and was fought before the camp, and again in his fifth book, 
that the cities and all the islands were for " the Illyrians ; 
that it was one thing to say before the temple of Castor ; 
another, before (or in view of) the rostra; another, before 
(or on) the tribunal ; another, before (or in the presence 
of) the assembly ; and yet another, that the tribune of 
the people ^^ had put in his vote, accordi7ig to his autho- 
rity. But I thought that whoever should imagine all 

' agitare 7 quod genus 

^ betook himself ^ was said differently 

3 as it seemed to him » differently 

* unhappy to the state *° was made 

^ a spear being set ^' the Illyrian field 

^ my tears being consumed " had interceded 



208 PRO 

these ^expressions either altogether alike and ^equivalent, 
or ^ altogether different, would mistake ; for I conceived 
this variety to be from the same source and fountain, 
yet not * to end exactly in the same thing. 

4. ^ Having declared this therefore from the sugges- 
tum, he marches the same day with his legions against 
the senate. 

5. What if you were to advise a general, ^ whenever 
he draws up his army, ^ to have his front straight, ^ his 
flanks a little advanced, to place his cavalry on his 
flanks ? This may perhaps be a very good method, as 
often ^ as it can be adopted ; but it must be changed 
^® according to the nature of the place. 

Pro, in composition, has generally the sense of 
advancing; as moveo, I move; promoveo, I move 
forward, or promote : cedo, I go ; procedo, /^o 
forward, ov 'proceed : habeo, to have; prohibeo, to 
have in advance of another, and so in prevention 
of him, or to prohibit : or of substitution, as cura- 
tor, a guardian, or superintendant ; procurator, 
a guardian for another, a steward, or proctor : 
nomen, a noun ; pronomen, a word instead of a 
7ioun^ or a pronoun : or presence and publicity, 
as pono, to place ; propono, to place before, or 



? sayings 


^ as often as 


* equal 


'that he may direct his front 


3 usque quaque 


8 that he may advance ( pro- 


* to be of the same end 


moveat)\as flanks a little 


5 this thing being pronounced 


9 as it may be lawful 


before 


10 (by) 



PRO. 209 

in prese?ice of othei^s, or to propose : scribo, to 
write ; proscribo, to write in the presence of the 
public, (piiWi^are, as the Latins sslj,) or publicli/ 
denounce or proscribe : voco, to call ; provoco, 
to call before the public^ or challenge : mitto, to 
send ; promitto, to send publicly, i. e. to engage 
to send or pro7nise : or defence, as pugno, to 
Jight ; propugno, to fight in behalf of which is 
closelv connected with the sense of substitution. 



210 



CHAPTER XXXIX, 



Sine. 

This preposition is nothing but the imperative 
mood of the verb sino, to let alone^ and signifies 
privation, or being without a thing. 

1. As soon as time has strengthened your limbs and 
your mind, you will swim "without corks. 

2. No great or memorable deed ^can be achieved 
without danger. 

3. A man without an estate, without credit, without 
hope, without ^ a settled abode, without a fortune. 

4. But I ^ will not quarrel even with that art (civil 
law). Let it indeed be as great as you wish it to be, for 
without ^ dispute, it both is great, ^ and widely extensive, 
and of general concern, and was always held in the 
highest honour, and the most illustrious citizens even at 
this day preside over it ; but beware, Crassus, ^ that while 
you wish to adorn the science of civil law with some new 
and foreign (embellishment), you do not also rob and 
strip it of its own '^ allowed and acknowledged ornaments. 



' is done 


« it extends widely, and belongs 


= a seat 


to many 


3 do not fight 


c ne 


* controversy 


7 granted and delivered 



^211 



CHAPTER XL, 



Of Prepositions which goverii two Cases. 

Clam, and its diminutive, Clanculum. 

1 HIS preposition is by some derived from celOj 
to conceal ; by others from ^rxl^/Aot, a theft ; but 
its original orthography seems to have been 
caliin^ and its derivation to be from xexaT^viAixai. 
It should perhaps be traced to the Hebrew tDh^ 
{galem\ to wrap up or roll together. It conveys 
the idea of privacy or secresy. It governs both 
an ablative and an accusative case : the former 
more generally, the latter principally in the 
earlier writers, as Plautus and Terence. Indeed, 
being most usually prefixed to me or te^ it is not 
easy to determine the case in many instances. 

Clam, secretly^ unknown tOy with an accusative 
case. 

1. ^ Unhappily I have bought a mistress for a great 
^ sum, ^ to gratify my inclinations, thinking that I could 
have her unJcnoison to my father. He has found it out, 
and seen her and undone me. 

^ I wretched 3 for the sake of my mind 

^ pretio 

P % 



21^ CLAM. 

2. How much good I will do myself, unknown to my 
wife. 

3. I have accustomed my son not to conceal from me 
those things which youth ^ inclines to, which others do 
unJaiown to their fathers. 

Clam, with an ablative case. 

1. I have bought a mistressj unhiown to my wife and 
son. 

2. If the wife goes abroad out of the house unhiown 
to her ^ husband, ^ the husband has an excuse for di- 
vorcing her. 

Clam, adverbially. 

Clam is frequently used beyond all doubt 
adverbially, especially when opposed to palam, 

1. He carried away many things openly to his own 
house. He removed many more ^ out of the way pri- 
vately ; he gave not a few, lavishly and prodigally, to his 
assistants ; the rest he sold by ^ auction. 

2. He never ceased from that time to form plots 
against his brother, secretly drndi openly. 

' fert 4 from the middle 

^ viro 5 an auction being appointed 

3 a cause is made to the hus- 
band; she is driven out from 
marriage 



^13 



CHAPTER XLL 



In, 

Ihis preposition, anciently written i?idu and 
endo, is derived from the Greek eu or sulhg, and 
governs either an accusative or an ablative case. 
In its most general signification it implies con- 
jimction mth something, or tendency toway^ds some- 
thing ; geiierally future (as far as time is con- 
cerned) when used with an accusative, present 
when used with an ablative case. Gramm.arians 
indeed observe that it governs an accusative 
case when it signifies motion, an ablative when 
it implies rest. But this seems hardly sufficiently 
correct to form a general rule. 

It is very difficult to arrange the significations 
of this preposition so as to show their connection 
with each other. Indeed, in some cases they ap- 
pear either quite detached, or very remotely 
allied. 

In, to or unto, for ad, with an accusative case. 

1. (He said) that money and gifts, by which alone ^ 
they could be corrupted, were greater among the Romans; 
P 3 



2U IN. 

and that no one was so inclined to arms, but that he 
would prefer ^ the same reward for peace as for fighting. 

2. Our people (began) to rejoice, and some to be 
afraid, because the fortunes and ^ stake of all were brought 
^ to such a pass, that it * was doubtful what the chance of 
the next hour would bestow. 

3. On the third of the nones, when I came to 
Laterium, my brother's (house), I received your letters ; 
^ and when I had read them I was a little comforted. 

Note. Here we may observe that in differs from 
ad, inasmuch as ad signifies merely to, or as far as, 
a certain point, without being farther connected : 
in, though it cannot in these instances well be 
so rendered, yet in fact implies into, and signifies, 
therefore, as far as a certain point, and a little 
farther, or so as to be connected and blended 
with it. Thus ad Laterium, signifies only to or 
as Jar as Laterium ; in Laterium, signifies not 
only to or as Jar as Laterium, but entrance into 
it also. 

In, into, with an accusative case. 
This signification is so closely connected with 
the former as to need no explanation. 

1. By chance two legions engaged in the open plain 

' the same price of peace as of ever chance might afford after an 

danger hour 

^affairs sthey being read, I breathed 

3 to that place again a little 

4 it was placed in doubt what- 



IN. S15 

between the Po and the road : ^ on the side of Vitellius, 
ihe ^ twenty-first, ^ which had the title of Rapax, of ^ long 
established reputation ; on the part of Otho (that called) 
the first Adjutrix, (which had) never before been led into 
action, but fierce, and ^ eager for maiden laurels. 

2. But you, Caeciiius ! What can you do ? At what 
time, or in what affair have you, ^ I will not say given 
"^ proof to others, but made trial ^ of your abilities your- 
self? Did it never ^ occur to you, ^^ what an arduous busi- 
ness it is to undertake a public cause ? 

3. Now at last ^^ I have a faint recollection that I have 
heard my.father was called Hegio. 

4. I sometimes (began) to go faster, sometimes to 
stop ; to whisper I know not what ^"^ into my servant's ear. 

5. My mind inclines me to sing of bodies changed 
into ^^ new forms. 

In, to or unto. 

In this case in still more nearly approaches 
to the sense of ad, as it conveys the idea of 
approximation without entrance. 

1. Nor shall any youth of the Trojan nation ^^ raise 



' pro 


9 come into your mind 


^ una et vicesima 


»» what of business 


3 to which was the surname 


" I return into memory as through 


Rapacious (dat.) 


a mist 


^ renowned by ancient glory 


12 to my servant, into his ear 


5 desirous of new honour 


"forms changed into new 


^ non modo 


bodies 


7 specimen 


14 raise the Latin grandfathers 


« of yourself 


with hope 




p 4 



216 IN. 

the expectations of the Latin grandsires to so high a 
pitch. 

2. Then the senate and people of Rome created consul 
L. -^miliiis Paulus, who had triumphed both (as) praetor 
and consul, a man to be praised to as great a degree as 
virtue can be understood. 

3. Nemeturican pitch is made in Liguria. ^ To make 
it fit for flavouring (wines), ^ you must take sea-water out 
at sea, as far as possible from the shore, and boil it 
down to one half; ^ when this has grown cold enough not 
to scald, we must mix as much of it as seems sufficient 
with the above-mentioned pitch, and stir it well and care- 
fully with ^ a wooden lath, or with the hand, that if there 
be ^ any impurity it may be washed away ; ^ we must then 
let the pitch settle, and when it has settled, strain oiF 
the water ; afterwards we must wash it twice or three 
times with the remaining part of '^ the boiled water, and 
^ knead it till it becomes ^ bright red. We must then let 
it be in the sun, when drained, fourteen days, that ^° any 
moisture which remained from the water may be dried 
up ; and at night the vessel must be covered ^^ that the 
dew may not fall on it. When we have prepared the 
pitch in this manner, and wish to flavour the wines, 
when they have twice ^^ worked over, to forty-eight 

'that it may be made fit for ^ any thing of vice ) 

flavouring (condituris) ^ we shall then suffer 

2 sea-water is to be taken from 7 decocta 
the sea « suhigemus 

3 which, when it has grown » rutilum 

cold to such a degree that being lo whatever moisture 
touched it does not burn the body ii that it may not be dewed 
-^spatha ^^ deferbuerint 



IN 217 

sextarii of wine, we must add two cyathi of the aforesaid 
^ pitch. 

Ij^ io or to'wardsy for adversus. 

From the sense of approximation, in the last 
instance, we may deduce the signification of in^ 
towards, 

1. When you wish to buy a farm, if you can, let it 
be at the foot of a mountain, let it have an ^ aspect to the 
south, in a healthy situation ; let there be plenty ^ of 
labourers, and a good watering place ; ^ let it be near 
some substantial town, or the sea, or ^ a navigable river, or 
a good and ^ well frequented road. Let it be among those 
lands which do not often change their masters, ^ where 
those v/ho have sold farms repent of selling them. 

2, If our country, ^ as it ought, greatly delights us, ^and 
has naturally so great power, that the wisest of men 
preferred that Ithaca (of his), ^*^ perched Hke a little nest 
upon the rugged rocks, to immortality, with what ^^ ar- 
dour of affection, I pray you, ought we to be inflamed 

' Note. This is in the proper- 3 operariorum 

tion of 288 parts of wine to one ■ let a strong town be near 

of pitch. The wines generally * a I'iver where ships walk 

fermented so as to work over ^ celebrated 

twice, by the end of the fourth 7 which it may repent (those) 

day. I have selected this passage, to have sold, who may have sold 

because almost all the Greek farms in those lands 

wines are resined at this time, ^ id quod 

and I think I have drank some 9 of which the force and nature 

in Italy of the same description, is suoh 

It is distinct from the Borachio, ^o affixed 

3 look " love * 



^18 IN. 

iowards that country, which ^ is pre-eminently above all 
others the abode of virtue, empire, and dignity. 

In, against. 

From the signification of adversus^ in passes to 
that of contra, 

1. He then distributed the horses of the lieutenants 
and tribunes, beginning ^ "with iiis own, ^ without par- 
tiality ^to the bravest soldiers, that (first) these, and 
then the infantry, might march against the enemy. 

2. If I have offended at all against you, pardon me ; 
and the rather because I have offended, for I have 
offended more grievously against myself. 

3. We seek an orator, who can rouse a ^ spiritless and 
declining people to glory, or ^ reclaim them from error, 
or inflame them against the wicked, or soothe them when 
^ set on against the good. 

In, for into^ i. e. in the form or manner of, 
according to^ for secundum. 

From the idea of approximation, we may 
deduce the use of in for into, signifying like- 
ness. 

1. The port is bent into a bow, from the eastern 
waves. 

2. The priestess calls the Trojans into the lofty 
temples, a side of the Euboean rock cut into a huge cave. 

1 is alone in all the world ^ to each bravest man 
(terris) * languishing and tottering 

* from ^ 6 lead them back 

3 with no ambition ' incited 



IN. 219 

3. The Volscians, ^ fronting both ways, on the one 
hand supported (the attack of) the consul and the legions, 
with their other front pressed upon Tempanius and the 
knights ; who, when they could not break through to 
their own men, having often attempted it, having taken 
possession of a certain hillock, ^drew themselves up into 
a circle for defence, ^ not without considerable loss to 
the enemy. 

4. By chance Chloreus, sacred to Cybele, and formerly 
her priest, shone conspicuous afar in Phrygian arms; and 
urged his foaming horse, which a skin covered with 
brazen '* scales ^ bound together with gold, ^ after the mem' 
7167' of feathers. 

5. Why should they obey a few centurions, fewer 
tribunes, '^ like slscwes'^ 

6. He, the old man, with his cloak twisted back 
aftei' the Pasonian ^ fashion, ^ makes much haste, in 
vain, with his medical hand and powerful herbs of 
Phoebus. 

7. But then you might see the fauns and wild beasts 
dance in tune (i. e. according to tune). 

8. At that time ^^ it was usual to enter into office on the 
ides of May. Therefore, in the beginning of their of- 
fice, they made the first day of their honours remarkable 
by a denmiciation of great terror. For ^^ whereas the 



^ diversi 


7 into the manner of 


'^ defended themselves into a 


8 manner 


circle 


9 multa trepidat 


3 by no means unavenged 


wthe ides of May were then 


4 squamis 


solemn for entering magistracies 


5 conserta 


11 quum 


^ into a feather 





mo IN. 

former decemviri ^ had observed this custom, that one 
(only) should have the fasces, and that this ensign of 
royalty should pass through all ^accoy^ding to rotation, 
each m his turn, on a sudden they all ^ appeared with 
twelve fasces each. 

9. While all things were going on most prosperously 
in this part of the empire, a defeat was sustained in 
Germany, under M. Lollius, a man in all respects more 
desirous of money than of acting rightly. 

10. Galgacus, distinguished among many chiefs for 
his valour and high birth, is said to have spoken before 
the assembled multitude, demanding battle, after this 
manner. 

In, on or upon, for super or ad. 

This signification of in is deducible from the 
idea of connection. 

1. Not even thus ^ being able to raise his body, he 
fell down again ujpoit his knees. 

2. My house suddenly sinking with a great downfall, 
^ came down and fell upon the head of its master. 

3* A certain man ^ was found guilty of having killed 
his father : immediately, as he had no means of escape, 
7 wooden clogs were put upon his feet, and his face was 
covered with a ^ leathern bag, and tied up in it ; he was 
then led into prison, that he might remain there ^ only 



^ ita sermsseni ^ was judged to have killed 

* in orhem suam ciijusque vicem 7 solea: indiictcs erant 

^prodicre ^folliculo 

^pote7is corporis ^ tantisper dwn . 
^concidit 



IN. 221 

just while the sack was provided, into which, when he 
was put, ^ he might be thrown into the river. 

4. The land, although it differs sometimes in appear- 
ance, upon the whole, however, is either ^ rough with 
forests, or deformed with marshes. 

5. We can answer on either side. 

In, for SUPER, over. 

From in being used for super, upon, it is also 
used for super, over. 

1. I made use of that power which I had over my 
son. 

2. All things in this cause, O judges, are wretched 
and unbecoming; but nothing can be produced more 
cruel or unjust than this. ^ A son is not permitted to 
have an ^ examination of his father's slaves, ^ about his 
father's death ; he shall not even be so long master over 
his own slaves, ^ as while "^ an examination may be made 
of them concerning the death of his father. 

In, for, used for ad, pro, or propter. 

1. As that praise which is used for business requires 
proof, so that also which is composed for ostentation 
admits some kind of proof also. As (if) he who 
should say that Romulus was the son of Mars, and 

' in profluentem deferretur * gen. case 

2 horrid with woods or foul ^ dum 

3 it is not lawful for a son v it may be enquired from them 
* a question from 



%j 



IN. 



brought up by a she wolf, should use ^ this^or ^ a proof 
of his heavenly origin, that being thrown into ^ the river 
he could not ^ be drowned. 

2. Every grove falls Jbr a fleet. 

3. Going from thence, I met the servant of Chremes 
^ carrying a pennyworth of potherbs and little fish Jar 
the old man's supper. 

4. If it is Jbr ^ the interest ^ of both of us, that (the 
marriage) ® should take place, order her to be fetched. 
But if there will be more harm than good to both of us 
from that ^ event, I beseech you this, that you would 
consult j^r the common (good) of both, as if she was 
your daughter, and I was the father of Pamphilus. 

5. The bold Massagetes, who wounds his horses jft)r 
^° a draught. 

In, Jbr, signifying distribution of quantity 
often rendered in English by a, for each, and for 
which SECUNDUM or per might be used in Latin. 

1 . Minucius was presented with ^^ an ox v/ith gilt 
horns, without the Porta Trigemina, not even the com- 
mon people being unwilling, because he had divided 
' among the people ^^ the corn of Maelius, valued at a 
penny a bushel. 

1 his 7 to both 

2 an argument ^ mr^y ^g done 
^ projiiientem ^ re 

4 be extinguished . ^^pocula 

5 to carry potherbs and little " a gilded ox, (if bove and ai^vo 
fish (bought for) an obolus, for be not rather the true reading) 

" flipper for the old iiian ^^ Mselian corn 



# 



IN. ^3 

2. Acestes, sprung from Troy, gives you two head of 
cattle Jbr each ship. 

In, ^or, expressive of future time. 

This sense of in is deducible from the idea of 
approximation. 

1. How much the diiFerence of times could do was 
then best understood, when every most guilty person was 
then ^ fastened to those rocks, to which before all the 
most innocent (had been banished); and when those 
islands which (a multitude) of (exiled) senators had 
lately occupied, were now filled with a host of informers, 
whom you have checked, not Jh?- the present hut Jh?^ ever, 
^ confined by the toils of such penalties. 

2. At Cephaledum there is a fixed month ^ in which 
it is necessary that a chief priest should be appointed. 
One Artemo, by surname Climachias, was desirous of 
that honour, a man ^ wealthy enough, and of a noble 
family ; but he could by no means be made if one Hero- 
dotus was there. That honour and ^ appointment was 
thought to be so ^justly due to him, Jo?- that year, that 
not even Climachias could contradict it. 

3. P. Go this way. — B. I follow you ; "^ but why do 
you not invite the spectators too ? — P. By Hercules, 
they are not accustomed to invite me, nor do I them. 



1 affixed 4 truly wealthy 

2 in ilia pcsnarum indagine in- ^ locus 
clusos ^ita deberi 

3 in which month ^ quin vocas 



224 IN. 

But If you ^ will applaud and approve this ^ company 
and play, I will invite you for to-morrow. 

4. He asks his father's chariot, and the power and 
management of ^ the wing-footed horses for a day. 

5. Caius Canius, a Roman knight, ^ gave out that he 
wished to buy some gardens, where he might invite his 
friends, and amuse himself without intruders. ^ When 
this was generally known, one Py thius, ^ a money-lender 
at Syracuse, said that he had some gardens, not indeed 
7 for sale, but that if Canius chose, ® he was welcome 
to use them as his own ; and at the same time he invited 
the man to supper at ^ the gardens, for the next day. 

In, for until. 
Hence it signifies untih 

' 1. He who believes that Acerra ^° smells of yesterday's 
wine, is mistaken, Acerra always drinks " till it is 
to-day. 

2. '^ He gave judgment in person diligently, and 
sometimes even ^//Z night. 

3. The affair was put o^till the next senate, ^ which 
presented a most august spectacle. ^* The emperor pre- 
sided, for he was then consul, and ^^ besides, (it was) the 

' are willing to 9 into the gardens 

^gregem, '^ fcetere 

^alipedum " until the light 

4 used to say ^^ himself gave {dixit) justice 

5 quod cum percrehuisset '^ the very sight of^ which was 
^ qui argentariam faciehat ] most august 

7 venal ** the prince 

8 it was lawful to him " ad hoc 



IN. Q25 

month of January, ^ very remarkable as well in other 
respects as for a full attendance of senators. Besides 
the greatness of the cause, and the ^ increase of expect- 
ation by delay, and common fame, and ^ the natural desire 
which men have to know great and unusual things, had 
'^ brought together people from all quarters. 

4. ^ After lying in the sun, he generally ^ bathed in 
cold (water) ; then ^ he used to lunch, and afterwards 
slept a very little. By and by, as if on another day, he 
^ would study till supper time. 

In, bi/, expressive of time. 

Closely connected with the sense of until, is 
that of b?/, expressive of time ; as when we say 
7/ear hy year, we mean from one year unto or until 
another, hythe month, i. e. from one month until 
another. In this sense the partitives, each or 
e'very, or the adverbs of time, hourly, daily, year- 
ly, may often be used to express the meaning of 
the preposition. 

1. When a boundless mischief ^ was spreading in the 
city, and the same ^'^v/as extending daily wider and 
wider, and the same persons were making a monument 

1 most celebrated as well ^as = after the sun 

to) other things, as with a fre- 6 ;vas v/ashed with 

quency of senators ' gustahat 

^ expectation increased ^ imjoerfect tense 

3 the study implanted in mor- ^ serperat 

tals of knowing lo manaret latius 

* exclverat 



22() IN. 

(to Caesar) in the forum, who had performed that ^ un- 
hallowed funeral, and abandoned men (in conjunction) 
with slaves most like themselves, threatened the houses 
and temples of this city every day more and more, such 
was the ^ severity of Dolabella, as well against the des- 
perate and wicked slaves, as against the impure and 
abandoned ^ citizens, and such his overthrow of that exe- 
crable column, that it seems wonderful to me that the 
rest of his ^ conduct should have differed so very much 
from that one day. 

2. ^ Prepare yourself, if you choose, for this danger, ^to 
contend liomiy for the risk of your Hfe, and have the 
sword and enemy in the entrance of your palace. 

3. He lived ^ inconsistently, so as ^ to change his rank 
every hour. 

4. We wage war in Italy, in our own settlements and 
land. All (places) around us are full of citizens and 
allies ; they assist and will assist us with arms, men, 
horses, provisions; they have already given that 
proof of their fidelity in our adversity. ^ Time and expe- 
rience will make us more cautious and ^° more steady. 
Hannibal, on the other hand, is in a foreign and an ene- 
my's landj among all things unfriendly and hostile, far 
from his home, far from his country. He has neither 
peace by land or sea ; for no cities, no ^^ fortresses will 

^ insepidtam septdturam ^ that you may contend by 

■^ animadversio each hour ( pi.) 

3 free men 7 unequal 

4 time s that he changed his clavus 

5 be girt up, if it pleases you, ^ digs 

against (in) ^° more constant 

1' ivalls 



1 



m. m'^ 

receive him, he sees nothing any where his own ; he lives 
on what he can ^ pkinder from day to day. 

We now come to the use of in with an ablative 
case, the first of which is in its most direct and 
obvious sense of in, implying intimate con- 
nection. 

In, in, 

1. What must we do then ? Must we use arguments 
in an affair of this sort ? We must enquire, I suppose, 
whether this Hejus ^ was in debt, whether he even made 
a sale ? If he did make one, ^ whether he was under such 
difficulties, such want of money and need as to despoil 
his private ^ chapel, to sell his ^ family gods. But I per- 
ceive the man never had a sale ; that he never sold any 
thing but the produce of his ^ estate ; that he not only 
was not in debt, but was, and "^ is in the possession of an 
ample clear estate. 

2. But since you think this kind of punishment ^ severe, 
what ^ hardship is there, ^ I would ask you, if the ^ame 
thing is done ^^ to you, which you have done yourself to 
another ? 

3. Since there are two kinds of beauty, in the one of 
which there is grace, in the other dignity, we ought to 
think grace ^^ appropriate to women, dignity to men. 

* by daily plunder ^ his fruits 

"^ had any borrowed money {ces "' is in his own many monies 

alienum) ^ bitter, bitterness 

3 whether such difficulty of o I beseech you 
money matters {rei nummaricB) ^° in you ; in another 

4 sacrarium " womanly ; manly 
» pairios 



S28 IN. 

4. ^ This made ^ the smallness of their own numbers, 
and the multitude of the Etruscans ^ manifest, their ranks 
being ^ crowded in a narrow (space). 

5. I know ^ you do not hate him. How (far) you may 
wish to oblige him is ^ in your own power. 

In, in the case of, mtli respect to, towards, or to. 

This sense is derived from the ideas of approxi- 
mation and connection. 

1. You do not appear to me to judge rightly of Cato ; 
for either no one ever was (perfectly) wise, which indeed 
I rather, believe, or if anyone (was), it was he. For ^to 
mention no other instance, how did he bear the death 
of his son ? I remembered Paullus, I had seen Gallus, 
but these (grieved) in the case f?/* children, Cato in that 
of ^ an adult and eminent man. 

2. That deity on whom the Roman power well ^ de- 
pends, often, (when) conqueror, was ^^ merciful towards 
his enemy. 

3.* Let them indeed, ^\since the fashion is so, be libe- 
ral out of the fortunes of our allies, let them be merciful 
to the plunderers of the treasury ; (but) let them not 
^^ give away our blood, and while they spare a few villains, 
^^ go to ruin all good men. 

J which thing s perfect and tried (jspectato) 

"^ the fewness of them - ^ nixa est 

'remarkable ^"lenient 

^ multiplied *^ since our manners have them- 

5 that he is not for hatred to selves so 

you 12 largiantur 

6 in your own hand ^^ perditum eant 
" that I may omit other things 



IN., 2^& -^ 

In, concerning. 

Hence it is even put for de, concerning, 
about, of, or, as we sometimes say, at, 

1 . At whom then do men ^ tremble ? Whom do they 
gaze on ^ with amazement (when) speaking ? At whom do 
they exclaim with rapture ? Whom, if I may so say, do 
they think a god among mankind ? Those who speak dis- 
tinctly, clearly, copiously, ^ luminously, in ^ subjects and 
words, and in their speech itself make a sort of harmony, 
and rhythm, which is what I call (speaking) ornamentally. 

2. You know in the Trojan Horse, towards the end, 
it is (written) " they are wise too late;" but you, ^ my old 
friend, are not too late. You ^ wrote those first '^ angry 
(letters) ® foolishly enough ; afterwards I do not altoge- 
ther blame you ^ for not making yourself too ^^ curious 
about Britain. 

3. That old saying of ^^ Nero, about a thievish slave, 
was -^^ laughable enough, that he was the only one to 
whom nothing was either sealed or locked up in the 
house ; which same thing may be said qfsi good servant. 

In, for INTER, among. 

This sense arises also from the idea of con^ 
nection. 



1 exhorrescunt 


^ sat fatuas 


'^ stuj^ified 


9 that you did not afford your- 


3 illuminate 


self 


4 things 


'° nhnis <piXoQioopov 


- vetule 


" Neronianum 


6 dedisti 


'^ ridiculous 


7 rabiosulas 





Q S 



230 IN. 

1. ^ I lay down this as a first principle, that friend- 
ship cannot exist but among good men. 

2. I hear that there is ^neither gold nor silver in Britain. 
If that is so, ^ I advise you to take a car, and come back 
to us as soon as possible. But if we can obtain what 
we wish without Britain, take care that you are among 
the intimate friends of Csesar. 

3. All things which happen according to nature are 
to be esteemed ^ as blessings. But what can be so much 
according to nature, as for old men to die ? 

Note. Hence the phrase imprimis, especially, 
particularity i. e. among the first things, 

1. We particular ly love and esteem him, both be- 
cause he is your son, and worthy of you, and loves and 
always has loved us. 

2. We all wish to see you, my (dear) Tiro, myself in 
particular^ but ^ in good health. 

In, on, for super or a. 

This sense is derived also from the idea of 
connection. 

1. Such was ^ the fury of this battle, that fame hath 
related that the gods were present at the spectacle : no 
one doubted that two on white horses were Castor and 
Pollux. 

2. That was a ^ night engagement, and the moon was 

^ I think this first ^ among good things 

2 nothing of gold ^j)alentem 

3 1 persuade (that) you may ^ the atrocity 

take some car {essedim) 7 nocturnal 



IN. 231 

^ on their side. For, as if ^ fighting with them, when 
^ she shone in the rear of the enemy, (and) in the front 
of the Romans, the soldiers of ^ Pontus, by mistake, 
aimed at their own sliadows ^ which were lengthened 
out, as if (they were) the bodies of the enemy. 

3. With such words and gifts of Latinus, ^ the Tro- 
jans return ^ mounted on their horses. 

In, for CUM, with. 

From the idea of connection we may deduce 
also the sense of in, for cuniy with. 

That most wise king ^ instituted this form of govern- 
ment, that the youth, divided ^ into tribes, should keep 
watch KsoitJi their horses and arms ^^for the sudden 
emergencies of war, the council of the commonwealth 
should be in the power of the old men, who were called 
fathers from their authority, senators on account of 
their age. 

Note. This phraseology, if analysed, will be 
resolved into in and o/z, on their horses, and in 
their arms. 

In, for EX, out of or Jrom, 
This sense of in is also to be deduced from 
the idea of connection. 



1 in their parts 


^ Mnead(B 


^ commilitans 


7 sublime 


3 she afforded herself to the ^ imposed this state to the re- 


enemy from the back, tc 


; the Ro- public 


mans from the front 


9 through 


4 Pontici 


'° to the sudden things 


5 falling lonoer 






Q 4 



S3^ IN. 

1. Through all this time there was no kind of cruelty 
1^^ unpractised by them in their fury against their pri- 
soners ; (they used) to offer human blood to the gods, to 
drink out of -^ skulls, and ^ to aggravate the horrors of 
death by every kind of mockery, as well by fire as 
smoke. 

2. How many inconveniences * will you bring upon 
yourself j^o?;z this affair, ^ if you do not take care ! 

3. The couch shines with Trojan purple, and they 
drain the -wixiQ from the gold of the ancient Assaracus. 

: In, at or during, 

' We now proceed to the use of in expressive 
of time, which, when joined to an ablative case, 
generally signifies time past or present, and 
hence is deducible from the idea of connection, 
as its signification when used to signify future 
time is derived from that of approximation: 
when it signifies continuance of time it compre- 
hends both these senses, and therefore it may 
govern either case, though it generally in those 
instances takes an accusative. Thus, when we 
say, in paucis diehus quibus hcec acta sunt, the 
transactions are connected with sl few days, which 
days are to be considered as the time during 
which the transactions took place, i. e. time pre- 
sent, with regard to the transactions themselves j 

1 left {residuum) to them raging ^ ^vill you take to yourself 

2 the bones of heads s unless 



IN. ^33 

time past, with regard to the moment at which 
those transactions are now spoken of: when we 
say, T, Aiinius consul in annum proximum de- 
signatm est, we mean that T. Annius was elected 
consul for the next year ; that is, in has a re- 
ference to a future and contingent event, which 
event has not yet taken place, but is approach- 
ing. When we say, in prcesenti, we mean at 
this present instant ; yet in prcesens is also good 
Latin, because the word present in this case has 
a somewhat wider signification, and refers to the 
continuance not of a single instant, but of that 
whole period during which the event is sup- 
posed to take place, and therefore has in reality 
somewhat oi a future signification ; the in, in the 
former expression may be rendered by at this mo^ 
ment, in the latter by for the present j and thus 
many other expressions, which appear anoma- 
lous, may be reduced to general principles. 
Thus, IN eo anno will signify in that year, that 
year being time present as to the transaction ; iit 
eum annum, for that year, the transaction being 
then to be carried into effect, and so the sense 
being future. 

In, iyi, at, or on, i. e. during. 

1. In this space, and in those years after my aedileship, 
I was made first praetor, with incredible good-will of 
the people. 



^234 IN. 

2. You shall be present yourself ^ at her recognition, 
S. I heard this by chance, while she herself was 
telling it the other on the road. 

4. My consulship is now ^ at its close ; do not with- 
draw from me ^ a successor to my diligence ; do not take 
away him to whom I wish to deliver the state ^ in safety, 
to be defended from these so great dangers. 

5. But since all things cannot be spoken at once, 
these ought to be known at the present. 

In, "Within, 

This sense is also deducible from the idea of 
connection. 

1 . Within about a few days ^ after these things were 
done, this neighbour (of ours), Chrysis, dies. 

2. ^ For my part I believe, you rascal, that you could 
drink out four "^ most fruitful vintages of mount Massicus, 
"within an hour. 

3. He would often dictate two hundred verses "within 
the hour, as if (it were) a mighty (feat), standing on one 
foot. 

Note, In expressions of time, in is frequently- 
omitted, and then the substantive is said to be 
in the ablative case, signifying jpart^ or in the 
accusative case, signifying duration of time. 



' in cognoscendo 


5 in which 


2 in its exit 


6 equidem 


3 vicariiim 


7 uberrimos fruclus 


nafe 





IN. 235 

In, periphrastically. 

I?i is sometimes used periphrastically with an 
ablative case, to express a nominative or oblique 
case. 

1 . The spring ^ stripping of the vine leaves, ^ is agreed 
(to be) from the ides of May (to) within ten days before 
it begins to flower. 

2. So very difficult is moderation ^ in maintaining 
liberty, while each one, by pretending that he wishes it 
equalized, so raises himself that he depresses the other. 

3. It delights me also, as if I had been ^ a sharer of 
the labour and danger, to have come to the end of the 
Punic war. 

4. Do we appear to you to be such very iit objects 
^ to play your tricks on P 

In, compounded. 

In composition in changes its consonant be- 
fore the other liquids into the liquid it precedes, 
as illudo, from in and ludo ; immaturus, from m 
and maturus 5 irrideo from in and rideo j and 
before b and p the 7i is changed into m, as im- 
bibo, from in and bibo; impono, from in and 
pono. In more correct and ancient orthogra- 
phy, however, the n is generally preserved, 
except before m, and even there by those who 

' panipinatio ^in a part 

' in confesso est ^ on whom (i. e. whom) you 

3 of defending may mock 



^36 jN. 

affect great archaisms. Before gn it is dropped, 
as gnarus, i guar us ; nofus, anciently gnotuSy 
ignotus. 

The signification of in is very various in com- 
position, and in some cases even contradictory. 
Thus it augments, as minuo, to lessen ; imminuo, 
to make less upon less, or to make "very small : frac- 
tus, broken, ^ infractus, much broken, or broken in. 
But more frequently it is used in the same sense 
of negation as the a privative of the Greek, and 
the un or in prefixed to words in English, as 
mundus, clean ; immundus, unclean : sanus, 
sound ; insanus, unsound, &c. But in some in- 
stances the augmentive and privative senses ap- 
pear in the same word : thus, impotens is used 
in the sense of very powerful, i. e. uncontroulable, 
ungovernable, — aut nullos animi motus, aut non 
tarn impotentes fuisse (Cic. Orat. Part. c. 36.) ; 
and in the sense of weak, powerless, — valeant hcec 
omnia, ad salutem innocentium, ad opem impo- 
tentium, (Cic. pro Mursen. c. 28.) Immutatus 
also signifies changed or unchanged ; incoctus, 
well cooked and uncooked ; indictus, declared, 
as fericB indictee ; and unspoken, as indicium 
ore alio, &c. 

Other senses which in takes in composition are 
easily deducible from its significations, as already 

' It is never used in the sense of unbroken by good writers, though 
often by moderns. 



IN. ^37 

explained : thus it takes the sense of in, simply, 
as laqueatus, snared; illaqueatus, ensnared: of 
to or o?iy as lachrymor, to weep ; illachiymor, to 
weep upon, or weep over : ludo, to play ; illudo, 
to play upon, or mock : pono, to place ; impono, to 
place upon, to put upon, or impose : oiat, as rideo, 
to laugh ; irrideo, to laugh at : it signifies con- 
troul, as habeo, to have ; inhibeo, to have within 
command, to check, or inhibit : it signifies into, 
as sero, to sow ; insero, to sow into, or insert : 
it signifies the commencement of an action, as 
albesco, to grow white; inalbesco, to begin to 
grow white : capio, to take ; incipio, to begin : 
against, as video, to see ; invideo, to see or look 
against, and so to envy a person : approximation, 
as duco, to lead ; induco, to lead into, also, to 
lead towards, and so to induce. There are also 
many words compounded with in from obsolete 
simple words, as inclino, incendo, imbuo, &€. 



^88 



CHAPTER XLIL 



Sub. 

This preposition is manifestly derived from the 
Greek uvrl, (which comes from ;iK? a root), the 
aspirate, as in many other instances, being 
changed into s. It implies contiguity and in- 
ferioritify when applied to place ; proximity within, 
or not exceeding, a certain limit, when applied to 
time. When applied to place, it generally governs 
an ablative, when to time, an accusative case 5 
but this rule is not invariable. 

Sub, under, with an accusative, referred to 
place, 

1 . The camp, therefore, as we have before said, being 
pitched before the walls of Jerusalem, he (Titus) ^ dis- 
played his legions drawn up in array. The Jews - formed 
their line under the very walls, (as if) ^ ready to venture 
farther, on success, and having ^ a refuge at hand, if they 
were repulsed. 

2. The scaling ladders cling to the walls, and they 
'"'climb up the steps under the very door-posts, and 

^ ostentavit 4 a place of refuge being pre- 

"^ struxere ac'iem pared 

3 about to dare s nituntur gradihus 



SUB. ^39 

'hold before them their shields with their left hands, 
being protected ^ against weapons ; they grasp the pin- 
nacles with their right. 

3. You shall visit the Twins, U7ider the head of the 
Bear. 

Sub, under, on, or beneath, with an ablative 
case, expressive o^ place or circumstance. 

1. She placed the shining arms under an oak op- 
posite (to him). 

2. Sylla, I suppose, when he presented Spaniards and 
Gauls with the freedom of the city, would have re- 
jected this man asking for it. (Sylla, I say), whom we 
saw in an assembly, when a bad ^ vulgar poet had 
oflPered him ^ a petition because he had written merely 
an epigram upon him ^in long and short verses, com- 
mand immediately that a reward should be given him 
^ out of the property he was then selling, on this condi- 
tion, that he should never write any thing more. 

3. The hunter remains beneath the cold ^ sky, un- 
mindful of his tender wife. 

4;. Here is ^ a little fai'm ^ in the suburbs, which you 
let to a ^° stranger. 

5. " We build our fleet under Antandros itself, and 
the mountains of the Phrygian Ida. 

6. I added these (precautions) in choosing ''^ a position, 

' objiciu7it T Jove 

^ ad ^ p avium agelli 

3 from the people ^ under the city 

^ a little book ^^foras 

5 alternis versibus longluscidis ' ^ molimur 

^ from those things which '^^ a place 



^240 



SUB. 



that I might have a river ^ in front, ^ the passage of which 
would cause delay ; that the Vocontii should be close 
at hand, through whose ^ country ^ I might have a secure 
passage. 

Sub, under ^ signifying the ^pretext or cause. 

This sense of sub is deducible from precisely 
the same principles as the former. 

1. If, even now, under ^the semblance of a fair treaty, 
we can endure slavery, what ^ prevents but -^ that having 
betrayed the Sidicini, we should submit to the dictates 
not only of the Romans, but of the Samnites too. 

2. After he had lamented Atys breathing out his life 
under a bitter wound, he snatched the ^ bow which he 
had bent and said, " ^ Let me fight this battle with you." 

3. He complained, among other things, that he was 
cheated of a just triumph, when a little before he had 
^^ forbidden under pain of death, that nothing should be 
done about his honours. 

Sub, with an accusative case, signifying time* 
Sub generally is joined with an accusative 
case, when it signifies contiguity in point of time. 



1 opposite 

2 in vi'hich there might be the 
delay of passage 

3 places 

4 a road might faithfully be 
open to me 

5 the shadow of an equal 
treaty 



^is wanting 

7 abl. abs. 

^plural 

9 let these contests be to you 
with me 

^0 denounced under punish- 
ment 



SUB. 241 

Sub, on, about, or at, in point of time. 

1. Pompey ^ set sail about night. 

2. At the end ^ of the engagement with the cavalry, 
the battle of the infantry began. 

3. The man skilled in laws and statutes praises the 
husbandman, when his ^ client knocks at his door at the 
cock-crowing. 

4. On the arrival of the Roman praetor the Carthagi- 
nians departed from the territory of Nola, and marched 
down to the sea near Naples, being desirous * of gain- 
ing possession of a maritime town, to which ^ his fleet 
might have a safe passage from Africa. 

5. When Libra hath made the hours of day and sleep 
equal, and now divides the world ^ equally between light 
and darkness, exercise your bullocks, ye husbandmen, 
sow barley in the fields, even till '' about the last shower 
of intractable winter. 

Sub, crfter or upon. 

From the notion of proximity and inferiority 
which this word conveys, it sometimes signifies 
next after, or tmmed'iatety Jolloumig, or, as we 
sometimes say, upon this, 

] . I never knew any thing happen ^ within the memory 
of man more glorious, nothing more acceptable, nothing 

• loosed his ships s there might be a safe course 
= of the equestrian contest to his ships 

3 consultor ^ in the middle 

* of enjoying ' usque sub 

^ post 

R 



g4S SUB* 

more opportune ^in point of time, than your letters, 
O Plancus. For '^ they were brought to Cornutus in 
a ^ full senate, after he had read the cold and * irre- 
solute letters of Lepidus. Lnmediately after them^ yours 
were read, not without great acclamations. 

2. When the senate was held ^in the temple of 
Apollo, on the 11th of the calends of August, and 
^ there was a debate ^ about paying Pompey's army, 
mention was made about that legion which Pompey 
^ reported in his accounts as lent to Caesar, ^ what its 
effective strength was, when it was to be demanded 
back from him ; when Pompey was compelled to say, 
that he ^^ would withdraw the legion from Gaul, but 
not immediately upon the mention (of the thing), and 
^^he clamours of his enemies. 

Sub, about or towards. 

Sub, about or towards, in point of time, is 
also sometimes used with an ablative case, though 
more frequently in the best writers with an ac- 
cusative, 

1. Toxvardts the end of his life he gave some ^^ very plain 
signs ^^ of his repenting his marriage with Agrippina, £nd 
the adoption of Nero, 

1 in the time itself 9 of what number it might be, 

2 redditcB sunt and when it might be resought 

3 frequent lo ahducturum 

■1 inconstant " the reproach of his abusers 

5 ad A2ioUinis ^'^ neither obscure 

^ it was referred i3 of one repenting concerning 

7 de stipendio Pompeii the marriage of Agrippina 

* expensmn tulit 



SUB. 243 

2. Being accused ^ of treason, and adulteries, and in- 
cest with his sister Lepida, tcmards ^ the close of the reign 
of Tiberius, he escaped by a change of times, and died 
of ^ a dropsy at Pyrgi, ^ having left one son, Nero, ^ by 
Agrippina, the daughter of Germanicus. 

3. The males have horns, and. they alone of all ani- 
mals lose them every year at a stated period of the 
spring ; therefore about the very day they seek the most 
inaccessible (places). 

Sub, in composition.- 

Suhy in composition, changes its last conso- 
nant to that with which the other word begins 
in some instances, and not in others ; as be- 
fore c, cano^ siiccino ; candidus^ suhcandidus :■ 
before f, as fero, suffero ; fuscus, suhfuscus : 
before g, as gero, suggero ; grandis, suhgrandis : 
before m, as mistus, siihmistus ; missus, submissujs, 
and summissus : before p, as putOy and supputo ; 
prceter, and suhprceter : before r, as rapio, and 
surripio ; remigo, and subremigo. Before s fol- 
lowed by a consonant, it loses the h, as spiro, 
suspiro : and in many cases it changes the 
h into Sy as capio, suscipio ; pendo, suspendo ; 
teneo, sustineo. In these latter cases, it should 
seem as if this preposition had been some- 
times written suhs, as ab is sometimes writ- 



of majesty 


* one son being raised 'iipt 


excessu 


(sublato) 


morbo aqucs inter cutis 


5 born from 




R 2 



244 SUB. 

ten ahs^ in earlier writers j for though it would 
be correct to write suhfero, suhputOt subripio, it 
would hardly be so, or at least would be af- 
fected, to write suhcipio, subpendo, subtineo. 
The meanings of sub, in composition, are de- 
ducible from that of contiguity with infe- 
riority, and are principally connected with its 
meaning of under. Hence it often signifies di- 
minution, as rufus, red ; subrufus, reddish, i. e. 
approaching to red, but not equal to it : can- 
didus, white ; subcandidus, whitish : timeo, to 
fear; subtimeo, to fear a little. Sometimes it 
means direct inferiority in point of place, as 
struo, to build ; substruo, to build beneath : eo, 
to go ; subeo, to go under. Sometimes it means 
something secret, or clandestine, as gero, to 
carry ; suggero, to carry under, or suggest : 
duco, to lead ; subduco, to lead away, to with- 
draw privately : rapio, to snatch ; surripio, to 
snatch privately, or steal. 



245 



CHAPTER XLIII. 



SUBTER. 



1 HIS preposition is derived from suh, and, like it, 
signifies contiguity and inferiority of place, but is 
not referred to time. It governs an accusative 
more frequently than an ablative case, and is 
perhaps used more frequently by poets than 
prose writers. There seems not to be sufficient 
foundation for the distinction of some gram- 
marians that it governs an accusative case when 
it signifies motion, and an ablative when it signi- 
fies rest. It is opposed to super, 

SuBTER, under, beneath, with an accusative. 

1 . It is reported that Alpheus, a river of Elis, -^ hath 
worked a secret way beneath the sea, which now, at 
your mouth, Arethusa, is mixed with the Sicilian waves. 

2. Then, almost under the mid region, the sun ^ has 
his place, the leader, and chief, and governor of the 
other luminaries. 

3. Plato ^ supposed the soul to be three fold ; ^ the go- 

* egisse ^Jinxit 

^ ohtinet 4 principatum 

R 3 



246 SUBTER, 

verning power of which, that is, reason, he placed in the 
head, as in a citadel, and wished to separate the (other) 
two parts, anger and desire, which he divided in their 
situations ; he placed anger in the breast, desire ^ beneath 
the midriff. 

SuBTER, under, beneath, with an ablative. 

1. They also rolled down stones of immense ^weight, 
if by any means they might break through ^ their shel- 
tered host ; while, however, * they delight to bear all mis- 
fortunes under a thick testudo. 

2. The water, flowing by, lately washes with its Le- 
thean stream the pale foot of my brother ; whom, snatched 
away from my eyes, the Trojan land ^ buries beneath 
the Rhcetean shore. 

SuBTER, adverbially, 

Suhter is sometimes used adverbially, without 
a case. 

To me, indeed, those ancients appear ^ to have com- 
prehended something greater in their "^ minds, (and) to 
have seen also much farther ^than the keenness of our 
faculties can behold : ^ for they affirmed that all these 
things which are above and helois) are one, and are bound 
together by one consent of nature. 

' prcJBcordia ^ complexi 

'^ablative ? genius (jp/.) 

3 their covered army ^ than as much as 

4 it delights them ^ who 

5 ohtent 



SUBTER. 247 

SuBTER, in composition. 

Suhter, in composition, either signifies simply 
under or beneath, as labor, to glide ; subterlabor, 
to glide beneath : or something secret and clan- 
destine, as fugio, tojli/ ; subterfugio, tojh/ amay 
privately y to escape beneath the shelter of some- 
thing. 



B 4> 



248 



CHAPTER XLIV. 



Super. 

This preposition is derived from the Greek 
uTTsp, which comes from the Hebrew '^y^ (pher)^ 
a word of the same import ; it takes the letter s 
instead of the aspirate, as in the case of sub from 
WTO : its general signification is not very easily 
defined ; but it may be said to express for the 
most part elevation, or a situation higher than 
ourselves or the object spoken of. This prepo- 
sition also, like sub, is said by grammarians to 
govern an accusative or an ablative, according as 
it expresses a state of motion or rest j but this is 
not sufficiently true to establish a general rule. 

Super, upon, above, with an accusative. 

1. Demetrius appointed a limit to new sepulchres, 
for * he would not allow any thing to be placed upon 
the mound of earth but a little column, no higher than 
three cubits, or ^ a slab, or ^ a little vase, and * he ap- 
pointed a certain officer to superintend this. 

2. Nomentanus was above ^ the master of the house, 
Porcius below, ridiculous ^for swallowing cheesecakes 
whole. 



1 noluit 


4 he set a certain magistrate 


^ a table 


over this charge 


3 lahellum 


5 ipsmn 




^ to swallow 



SUPER. ^49 

3. As ^ the Persians were worshipping Alexander, 
Polyperchon, who lay above the king, began in - a scoffing 
way, to exhort one of them, (as he was) touching the 
ground with his chin, that he should knock it against 
the earth ^ harder, and ^ drew forth the anger of Alex- 
ander, which for a long time he could not ^ contain m 
his mind. 

Super, above, i. e. more than. 

The same year it was considered ^as a prodigy 
that the Ruminal (fig) iree, in the comitium, which 
above 830 years before ^had overshadowed the infants 
Remus and Romulus, ^ had wasted away, its branches 
being dead and trunk withered, until ^ it put forth new 
shoots. 

Super, heyondy with an accusative. 

Hence, by a very easy transition, it signifies 
beyond or besides, 

1. The news of the battle of Cremona reached Ves- 
pasian in Egypt, rejoicing in that victory, (which he had 
gained over Anicetus,) all things ^° succeeding beyond his 
wishes. 

2. He shall extend the empire beyond the Garaman- 
tes and Indians. 

3. The supper given Vitellius ^^ on his arrival, 'was 

1 the Persians worshipping ein the place of 

whom " had covered the infancy of 

° through mockery ^ (was) diminished 

3 more vehemently ^ in novos foetus i^eviresceret 

^elicuit '"flowing 

5 capere " adventitia 



250 SUPER. 

famous beyond all the rest, in which two thousand of the 
most choice fish, seven thousand birds, are said to have 
been ^ served up. This also he surpassed himself, by 
the dedication of a dish which, on account of its im- 
mense size, he called the shield of Minerva, 

Super, besides. 

Hence it easily signifies besides or in addition 
to, 

1 . Then, also, ^ they fought unsuccessfully, and the 
enemy ^ took possession of the Janiculum ; and the city 
would have been besieged, ^ scarcity pressing them 
besides the war, for the Etrurians had crossed the Tiber, 
had not the consul Horatius been recalled fi-om the 
Volsci ; and that war ^ was so close to the very walls, 
^that they fought first at (the temple) of Hope, ^a 
second time at the Porta Collina. 

2. ^ The pestilence attacked the Romans and Cartha- 
ginians with equal destruction, except that famine also, 
besides the disease, affected the Carthaginian army. 

3. ^ What good then have I done, if you ^° still attack 
the laws ^^ which are on my side, and besides this, com- 
plain that ^^ having broken my word, I do not send you 
^^ the verses which you expected, 

* set before him s mcesserat in 

2 it was fought badly 9 what then have I profited 

3 occupied ^^ nevertheless 

4 the market " making with me 

5 so stood upon ?^ mendax 

6 that it was fought " the verses expected by you 
^ iteriim 



SUPER. 951 

Super, upon, or in addition to. 

From the sense of above or besides, we easily 
derive that of upon, all being connected with 
the idea of addition, 

1. I cannot express how pleasant it is to me that our 
fi'iend, Saturninus, expresses to [apud) me ^ his great 
gratitude towards you ^ in letters iipon letters. 

2. Therefore, when the truce was ^ manifestly broken 
by one crime upon another, Lselius and Fulvius ^ arrived 
from Rome with the Carthaginian ambassadors, to 
whom Scipio (said), although not only the faith of the 
truce, but also the law of nations, had been violated by 
the Carthaginians in (the persons of his) ambassadors, 
yet that he would do nothing ^ against them unworthy 
of the customs of the Roman people, or his own 
^habits. 

Super, over. 

From the notion of beyond, super easily takes 
the sense of over. 

Atys, carried in a swift ship over the deep seas, gladly 
touched the Phrygian grove with rapid foot, and ap- 
proached the shady ^ haunts of the goddess ^ crowned 
with woods. 

^ pays the greatest thanks to s 'm a^ 

you ^ morals 

2 in other letters upon others ^ places 

3 haud diibie ^ 

4 supervenerunt 



^52 SUPER. 



Super, with an ablative. 

Super, abovey i. e. upon. 

1 . Yet here you may sleep this night with me upon 
the green leaves (sing,). 

2. When they came to the ^ mouth of the strong- 
smelling Avernus, they suddenly raise themselves, and 
gliding through the liquid air, they ^ both settled upon 
the tree in the wished-for seats. 



Super, abouty or concerning. 

In this sense super governs an ablative case, 
deriving both its regimen and signification di- 
rectly from the Greek uTrsp. 

1. About this matter, I will write to you from Rhe- 
gium. 

2. What have you done about ^ my commissions. 

3. If you hope any thing better, because you hear 
more and ^ are present at the ^ deliberations, I wish 
you would write to me, and at the same time would 
consider ^ what I ought to do about the votive legation. " 

4. 7 You understand the matter as well as I do, about 
Euclio's daughter. 



'jaws 


* counsels 


'■i geminas 


^ what is to be done by me 


3 my commands 


7 you hold the thing alike 


4 intetTs 


{juxta) with me 



SUPER. ^53 

Super, ^r the sake of. 

Hence it signifies Jb^ tJie sake of, on account of. 

^ If the glory of so great affairs does not inflame him, 
and ^ he attempts himself no labour on account of his 
own praise, yet does the father ^grudge the Roman 
citadels to Ascanius. 

Super, used adverbially. 

Super is used adverbially without a case, and 
is often joined with satis. 

1. Your bounty hath enriched me enough, and more 
than enough, 

2. He confesses that he asks more than is due, but 
says that he ^ accounts what may be given him by ^ arbi- 
tration enough, and more than enough, 

3. Marcellus also ^was ill spoken of because, '^besides 
that he had fought at first unsuccessfully, while Han- 
nibal was ^ roving through Italy, he had led his troops 
in the middle of summer ^ into quarters at Venusia. 

Super, compounded. 
Super is compounded with in, forming the 
compound adverb insuper, furthermore, over and 
above ; but it seems once in Virgil to govern an 
ablative case : — 



' if no glory, 


&c. 


6 (began) to be in bad rumour 


2 molUur 




7 super quam quod 


3 envy 




8 wandering {abl. abs.) 


4 has 




9 to Venusia into houses 


' the arbiter 







Q54i SUPER. 

Insuper hiSf campi quod rex habit ipse Latinus ; 

but id campi is a preferable reading, in which 
case insuper is an adverb as usaal. 

Super, when compounded, signifies something 
above or upon, as struo, to huild ; superstruo, 
to huild above or upon : or beyond, gradior, to 
go ; supergradior, to go beyond, or surpass : or 
ea:cess, as fluo, to Jlow ; superfluo, to How over, 
or overflow : abundo, to abound ; superabundo, to 
be superabundant or excessive. 

Super also enters into composition with words 
already compounded, especially with ex and in, 
as fundo, to pour ; effundo, to pour out ; super- 
eifundo, to pour out upon: pono, to place; impono, 
to place upon ; superimpono, to place over or 
in addition to what is already placed upon some- 
thing. 

Super is said to be compared, having superior 
for its comparative and supremus (q. d. superri- 
mus) for its superlative degree. But these, as 
well as the preposition supra, come from the 
adjective * superus, 

* It should be observed, how- Ubi super inferque vicinus pev" 
ever, that super and infer were mittet. — Cato de Re Rust. c. 149. 
the antient masculine genders. 



255 



CHAPTER XLV. 



Tenus. 

The etymology of this preposition is probably 
to be derived from tendo or teneo, as may be 
inferred from its signification, which is that of 
continuity i or holding on to a certain limit, and 
no farther. It is always put after its case. (See 
Versus.) 

Tenus, with an ablative. 
Tenus, up to, as far as. 

1. He buried the sword up to the hilt in his side. 

2. Antiochus the great, king of Asia, when, after being 
conquered by Scipio, he ^ was commanded to confine his 
dominions within Mount Taurus, and had lost all that 
Asia which is now our province, was used to say, ^that 
the Roman people had dealt kindly with him, ^ since 
being relieved from too great a charge, ^ he now pos- 
sessed a kingdom of moderate dimensions. 

3. It was now about the middle of the day; and 
^ besides that the water was ^ naturally drawn towards 

* was commanded to reign as ^ he now used moderate bound- 

far as Mount Taurus aries of his kingdom 

~ that it was done kindly to ^ ad id 

him by the Roman people ^ of its own accord 

3 because being freed from 
too great a procuration 



256 TENUS. 

the sea by the ^ retreating tide, a brisk north wind also 
having risen, carried the lake ^ in the same direction as 
the tide, and ^ had made the fords so shallow that in 
some places the water was only up to * their middles, in 
others it hardly ^ reached above their knees. 

4. ^ If any one has a fever from over fatigue, '^ it is 
sufficient to immerse himself up to the loins in warm 
water. 

Tenus, with HAC, EA, QUA, and pro. 

Tenus is particularly joined with these feminine 
ablatives, JiaCy ea^ and qua, ( parte being under- 
stood,) forming the adverbial compounds, hac- 
tenus ^ eatenuSy quatenus. It is also joined with 
pro, for porro, forming the compound adverb 
protenus, or, as it is often less correctly written, 
protinus. 

Hag TENUS, thus Jar. 

1. Thus far I think my consolation is justly ^ apphed 
so that you might be made ^ acquainted by ■^^ a most 
sincere friend with these things by which your troubles 
might be alleviated. 

2. It would be tedious for me now to explain by what 
method we ought to confirm or ^^ invalidate ^^ evidence, 

^ yielding "' abunde est 

^ inclined the same way > used 

3 had so made naked the fords 9 more certain 

4 the navel '° a most friendly man 

5 surpassed ^^ infirmare 
^ if there is almost a fever to ^^ witnesses 

any one too much fatigued 



TENUS, 257 

examinations. All these things ^ require 
very little talent, but very great practice ; they require 
art and rules, indeed, only so far as that they may be ^ set 
oiF with certain ornaments of language. 

Note. Terms is sometimes poetically separated 
from hac by an intervening word. 

3. ^ Thus far let the Trojan fortune have followed us. 

Eatenus, so far as, 

1 . If, as I hope, I have thus expressed the speeches ^ of 
these men, using all their ^ excellencies, that is, their 
thoughts, and figures, and ^ arrangement of the subject, 
and so far pursuing their words as that they may not 
differ fi'om our usage, there will be a rule ® by which they 
who wish to speak like the Attics may model their 
orations. 

2. We must allow something also to ^ the player ^^ at 
least so far as the future orator ^^ may wish to acquire 
the knowledge of pronunciation. 

3. You have a quaestor, not chosen by your own judg- 
ment, but such as the lot has given you. ^^ He ought to 
be moderate of himself, and to obey your rules and pre- 
cepts. ^^ But if any of them happens to be ^* a little mean, 

' questions tions of those who wish to speak 

^ belong to Attically may be directed 

3 adorned with certain lights 9 the comedian 

" hac Trojana tenus ^^ dum eatenus qua 

* quorum " may desire 

' virtues '^ it behoves him to be mode- 

7 order of things rate spontaneously 

^according to which the ora- '^ of whom if any one 

'■^ more sordid 



258 TENUS. 

you might tolerate it ^ so far as he transgresses the laws 
by which he is bound, ^ without alleging your authority 
for it, (but) not ^ if he should abuse the power which you 
have granted for his dignity, to purposes of ^ dishonest 
gain. 

QuATENUS, ho^w far, as far as, inasmuch as, 
or since. 

1. Therefore, if ^ you please, let us first consider this, 
^ how far affection ought to carry us in friendship ; whe- 
ther, if Coriolanus had friends, ought they to have 
borne arms with Coriolanus against their country. 

2. When the '^ opinion of Bibulus was first proposed, 
that three commissioners ^ should restore the King (of 
Egypt) ; ^ secondly, (that) of Hortensius, that you should 
restore him, but without an army ; ^ thirdly, (that) of 
Volcatius, that Pompey should restore him ; it was de- 
manded that the proposal of Bibulus should be divided 
(into two parts). As far as he spoke concerning ^^ the 
oracle, " to which there could be no resistance, ^^ they 
agreed with Bibulus; as to the three commissionersj ^^they 
determined otherwise by a great majority. 

3. He who craftily mixes Surrentine (wines) witli 
Falernian lees, ^* does well to collect the impurities with a 

' eatenus quoad ® the second, the thu'd 

^ by himself '" the religion 

3 that he may use " and to which it could not be 

"* ad qiuBstum resisted 

'^ it pleases '^ it was assented to 
® how far love ought to pro- '^ they went frequent into all 

ceed other things 

" sentence ''' well collects the mud 
5 should bring back 



TENUS. Q59 

pigeon's egg, i?msmuch as the yolk sinks to tiie bottom 
carrying with it all ^ extraneous matters. 

Protenus, Jarther on, in the same course, i. e. 
straight forward, and so in continuation or suc- 
cession ; hence 7iea:t, and so immediately ^ forth- 
mth. 

1. When Hannibal had taken Saguntum, he seemed 
in a dream to be called by Jupiter into an assembly of 
the gods, where, when he came, (he thought) that Jupi- 
ter commanded him to carry on war against Italy, and 
that one of the assembly was given him as a guide, 
making use of whom (he thought) that he advanced with 
his army ; then that his guide commanded him ^ not to 
look behind him, but that he could not long ^ obey him, 
and, being ^ eager with curiosity, looked back ; that then 
a vast and cruel wild beast surrounded with serpents 
appeared to overthrow all the trees, shrubs, and houses, 
wherever he went ; that he, wondering, asked of the 
deity what this monster was, and that the deity an- 
swered, it was the desolation of Italy ; and commanded 
him to proceed straight on, ^ not to care what was done 
behind and in his rear. 

2. Next in succession 1 shall pursue the celestial gifts 
of aerial honey. 

3. Moreover they would have perused every thing in 
succession with their eyes, had not Achates (who had 
been) sent before, been now present. 

' aliena 4 elated with desire 

- that he should not look back ^ that he should not labour 

3 do that 

S 2 . 



260 TENUS. 

4. I gave your freed-man, Philogonus, letters to you, 
which I believe were afterwards given you, in which I 
beseech and intreat you the same thing which your ser- 
vants told you ^ by word of mouth from me, that you 
would instantli/ ^ proceed with all speed to Rome. 

Tenus, with a genitive. 

Tenus is sometimes used with a genitive 
case, but the noun is then always in the plural 
number. 

1 . His dewlaps hang from his chin down to his legs. 

2. Myro seems to have been ^ more diversified in his 
art than Polycletus, and to have been ^ more exact in 
symmetry, and yet to have been ^ careful as far as ^the 
bodily form only, (and) not to have expressed the feel- 
ings of the mind. 

3. When physicians attempt to give "^ bitter worm- 
wood to children, they first wet the ^ edges round the cup 
with the sweet and yellow liquor of honey, that the in- 
cautious age of children may be deceived, as far as the 
lips. 

But in these cases perhaps tenus is rather an 
adverb than a preposition^ and the genitive is 
governed of ad situm, ad initium, or some similar 
expression understood. It more plainly appears 
as an adverb in Val. Flacc. Arg. 1. 538. : — 



J in ray words 


^ curiosus 


2 proceed and hasten forthwith 


' the bodies 


^ numerosior 


7 absinthia tetra 


* more diligent 


^oras 



TENUS. 261 

Et Tanaim tenus immenso descendit ah Euro ; 

where it seems better to understand ad before 
Tanaim, than to say with the grammarians that 
tenus governs an accusative case. The same 
explanation would apply to Ovid, Ep. Her. xii. 27- 

Scythiam tenus ille nivosam, 

if any should maintain that to be the true 
reading of the passage. 



THE END. 



LoKDON : 

Printed by A. & R. Spottiswoode, 
New Street- Square. 



KEY 



DR. BUTLER'S PRAXIS 



ON THE 



LATIN PREPOSITIONS. 



^1 



LONDON: 

PRINTED FOR 

LONGMAN, REE3, ORME, BROWN, AND GREEN, 

PATERNOSTER-ROW. 
1831. 



London : 

Printed bv A. & R. Spottiswoode, 

New-Street-Squarc. 






PREFACE 



The following pages are published in com- 
pliance with the request of many gentlemen 
engaged in the education of youth. Experience 
has shown that the object intended to be secured 
by publishing an Index only is unattainable 
thereby, and any ill use of this Key may be suffi- 
ciently obviated by making the boy construe the 
English into Latin from the Praxis itself (in 
which mode it should always be used), before he 

writes it out as an exercise. 

S. B. 

Sh^ewshury, Oct, 11. 1830. 



KEY 



THE PRAXIS 



THE LATIN PREPOSITIONS. 



CHAPTER II. Page 5. 



Ad. 

To, tGivards, in reference to place. ' 

1. Cum inde Romam proficiscens ad Aquinum acce- 
deret, obviam ei processit (ut est frequens municipium) 
magna sane multitude. At iste operta lectica latus est 
per oppidum, ut mortuus. — Cic, Philipp. ii, 41. 

2. Haec cum omnes sentirent, et cum in earn rationem 
pro suo quisque sensu ac dolore loqueretur; omnes ad earn 
domum, in qua iste diversabatur, profecti sunt : csedere 
januam saxis, instare ferro, ligna €t sarmenta circumdare, 
ignemque subjioere coeperunt. — Cic, Verr. i. 27. 

3. Eamus ad me. — Ter. Eun, iii. 5. 64. 

4. Quis veterum scriptorum non loquitur, quae sit ai) 
Attio Nsevio per lituum regionum facta descriptio ? qui 
cum propter paupertatem sues puer pasceret, una ex his 

£ 



2 AD. [6, 7. 

amissa, vovisse dicitur, si recuperasset, uvam se deo da- 
turiim, quae maxima esset in vinea. Itaque sue inventa, 
ad meridiem spectans in vinea media dicitur constitisse : 
cumque in quatuor partes vineam divisisset, tresque par- 
tes aves abdixissent, quarta parte, quae erat reliqua, in 
regiones distributa, mirabili magnitudine uvam, ut scri- 
ptum videmus, invenit. — Cic, Div, i. 1 7. 

Versus expressed after ad. 

Vagenses ubi animum advortere, ad se vorsum exer- 
citum pergere ; primo, uti erat res, Metellum rati, por- 
tas clausere : deinde, ubi neque agros vastari, et eos, qui 
primi aderant, Numidas equites vident ; rursum Jugur- 
tham arbitrati, cum magno gaudio obvii procedunt. — 
SalL Jug, 69. 

With USQUE, expressed or understood, to ex- 
press, with precision, time, place, number, or effect. 

1. ^thiopica maxime probatur. Nam id quoque 
accessit, ut ad j^thiopas usque peteretur. — P//w. N. H. 
xxxvi. 9. 

2. Pacatum ab se, tamquam ad aliud bellum geren- 
dum, abisse : . . . . nee se ad id locorum scire, propter 
quam caussam consuli pro hostibus fuerint. — Liv. xiiii. 5. 

3. Deinde, ut cubitum discessimus, me et de via, et 
qui ad multam noctem vigilassem, arctior, quam solebat, 
somnus complexus est. — Cic, Somn, Scip, i. 1. 

With AB. 

Quod putasti fore, ut ante quam istuc venirem, Pom- 
peium viderem ; factum est ita : nam vi. Kal. ad Laver- 
nium me consecutus est. Una Formias venimus, et ab 



8, 9.] AD. S 

kora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus. — 

Cic. ad Attic, vii. 8. 

For USQUE AD, to express an exact number, or 
the limit of an indefinite one. 

1. Jupiter omnipotens, si nondum exosus ad imum 
Trojanos, .... 

.... da flammam evadere classL 
Virg, Mn. v. 687. 

2. Luculli miles coUecta viatica multis 
^rumnis, lassus dum noctu stertit, ad assem 
Perdiderat. Hor. Epist, ii. 2. 26. 

3. CuiTi haec disseruissem, seducit me Scaptius : ait 
se nihil contradicere ; sed illos putare talenta cc. se de- 
bere ; ea se velle accipere : debere autem illos pauio 
minus : rogat, ut eos ad cc. perducam. Optime, inquam. 
Voco illos ad me, remoto Scaptio, Quid vos ? quantum, 
inquam, debetis ? Respondent, cvi. Refero ad Scaptium. 
Homo clamare. Quid opus est ? inquam : rationes con- 
feratis. Assidunt; subducunt ; ad nummum convenit. 
— Cic. ad Attic, v. 21. 

4. Una ex iis, quae perseveravit, neque imperio Caleni 
obtemperavit, quod erat sine militibus, privatoque con- 
silio administrabatur, delata Oricum, atque a Bibulo 
expugnata est : qui de servis liberisque omnibus ad 
impuberes supplicium sumit, et ad unum interficit. — 
Cces. B. Civ. iii, 14. 

To express an effect produced. 

1. Tertium est earum [hirundinum] genus, quae ripas 

excavant, atque ita internidificant. Harum pulH ad 

cinerem ambusti, mortifero faucium malo, multisque aliis 

morbis humani corporis medentur. — Pliih N.H, x, 33. 

B 2 



4^ AD. [9, 10. 

2. Capitoque simul Fontejus, ad unguem 

Factus homo. Hor, SaL i. 5. 32. 

In speaking of a number not very accurately 
defined. ^ 

1. Sane frequentes fuimus, omnino ad ducentos. — 
Cic, ad Quint. Frat. ii. 1. 

2. Omnis [servos] produxi ac vendidi. inscripsi ilico 
^des mercede, quasi talenta ad quindecim 
Coegi : agrum hunc mercatus sum : hie me exerceo. 

Ter. Heaut.i.l.9\. 
For APUD, to express immediate proximity. 

1. Quibus de rebus et alias ssepe nobis multa quaesita 
et disputata sunt, et quondam in Hortensii villa, quae 
est ad Baulos, cum eo Catulus et Lucullus nosque ipsi 
postridie venissemus, quam apud Catulum fuissemus. — 
Cic. Lucull, c. 3. 

2. Bellum ad Mutinam gerebatur, nihil ut in Caesare 
reprehenderes ; nonnulla in Hirtio. Hujus belli fortuna, 
ut in secundis, fluxa : ut in adversis, bona. — Cic* ad 
BruU ep. 10. 

With URBS. 

1. Qui simulatque ei sorte provincia Sicilia obvenit, 
statim Romae, et ad urbem, antequam proficisceretur, 
quaerere ipse secum, et agitare cum suis coepit, quibus- 
nam rebus in ea provincia maximam uno anno pecuniam 
facere posset. — Cic. Verr. ii. 2. 6. 

2. Senati decreto Q. Marcius Rex Faesulas, Q. 
Metellus Creticus in Apuliam circumque loca missi (ii 
utrique ad urbem imperatores erant ; impediti, ne trium- 
pharent, calumnia paucorum, quibus omnia honesta atque 
inhonesta vendere mos erat). — Sail. Cat, c. 30. 



11, mr\ AD. 5 

For APUD, at or belonging to a thing. 

1. Defecerant socii: non milites in supplementum, 
non socios navales ad classem tuendam, non pecuniam 
in aerario habebamus : servi, quibus arma darentur, ita 
ut pretium pro iis bello perfecto dominis solveretur, 
emebantur: in eamdem diem pecuniae, frumentum et 
cetera, quae belli usus postulabant, praebenda publican! 
se conducturos professi erant : servos ad remum, numero 
ex censu constituto, cum stipendio nostro dabanius. — 
Liv. xxxiv. 6. 

2. At certe tamen, inquiunt, quod illic 
Natum dicitur esse, comparasti 

Ad lecticam homines. Catull. x. 14-. 

For APUD, in point of time. 
Semen maturum fit at? autumnum. — Cato i?.i2. c. 161. 

Explained by the preposition %. 

Nos hie te ad mensem Januarium expectamus. — Cic, 
ad Attic, i. 3. 

Followed by a genitive, the accusative being 
understood. 

1. Ventum erat ad Vestae, quarta jam parte diei 
Praeterita. Hor, Sat, i. 9. 35. 

2. Tum quoque male pugnatum est, et Janiculum 
hostes occupavere : obsessaque urbs foret, super bellum 
annona premente, (transierant enim Etrusci Tiberim) 
ni Horatius consul ex Volscis esset revocatus : adeoque 
id bellum ipsis institit mcenibus, ut primo pugnatum ad 
Spei sit aequo Marte, iterum ad portam Collinam. — 
Liv. ii. 51. 

B S 



6 AD. 11% 13. 

For INTER, at or among. 

1. Et dicunt laudes ad tua vina tuas. 

Ov, TrisL v. 3. 4. 

2. Hie multum fleti ad superos, belloque caduci 
Dardanidae. Virg, JEn. vi. 481. 

For A PUD, on, 

Non modo enim poenam non extimescet, qui mihi vim 
attulerit : sed etiam gloriam sperabit a latronum gregi- 
bus, et praemia. Haec ego in urbe praevideo : facilis est 
circumspectus, unde exeam, quo progrediar, quid ad 
dexteram, quid ad sinistram sit. Num idem in Apennini 
tramitibus facere potero? — Cic. Philijpp, xii. 10, 11. 

For APUD, before or with. 

1. Quare te rogo, si opus erit, ad Caesarem meam 
causam agas, meque tibi in omnes partes defendendum 
putes. — Cic. Fam. v. 10. 

2. Causas, Caesar, egi multas, et quidem tecum, dum 
te in foro tenuit ratio honorum tuorum : certe nunquam 
hoc modo, Ignoscite, judices : erravit : lapsus est : non 
putavit : si unquam posthac. Ad parentem sic agi solet. 
Ad judices, Non fecit, non cogitavit, falsi testes, fictum 
crimen. — Cic. pro Ligar. c. 10. 

For APUD, hence ; in point of time. 

Vincam, opinor, animmn, et Lanuvio pergam in Tuscu- 
lanum. Aut enim mihi in perpetuum fundo iilo caren- 
dum est : (nam dolor idem manebit, tantum mediocrius) 
aut nescio quid intersit, utrum illuc nunc veniam, an ad 
decern annos, — Cic. ad Attic, xii. 46. 



14, 15.] AD. 7 

For APUD, at or on occasion of. 
Memini Pamphilum Lilybsetanum, hospitem meum, 
et amicum, nobilem hominem, mihi narrare : cum iste ab 
sese hydriam Boethi manu factam, praeclaro opere, et 
grandi pondere, per potestatem abstulisset, se sane tri- 
stem, et conturbatum domum revertisse, quod vas ejus- 
modi, quod sibi a patre, et a majoribus esset relictum, 
quo solitus esset uti ad festos dies, ad hospitum adventum, 
a se esset ablatum. — Cic. Verr, iv. 14. 

For SECUNDUM, after or according to. 

1. Tunc observantior aequi 

Fit populus ; nee ferre negat, cum viderit ipsum 

Auctorem parere sibi. Componitur orbis 

Regis ad exemplmn. Claud, iv. Cons. Hon. 297. 

2. Nullam in amicitiis pestem esse majorem, quam 
adulationem, blanditiam, assentationem. Quamvis enim 
multis nominibus est hoc vitium notandum, levium homi- 
num atque fallacium, ad voluptatem loquentium omnia, 
nihil ad veritatem. — Cic. de Amic. c. 25. 

3. Omnes enim, qui probari volunt, voluntatem eorum, 
qui audiunt, intuentur, ad eamque, et ad eorum arbi- 
trium et nutum totos se fingunt et accommodant. — Cic. 
Orator, c. 8. 

4. Atque ea res multo maxume 

Disjunxit ilium ab ilia; postquam et ipse se, 

Et illam, et hanc quae domi erat, cognovit satis, 
Ad amussim ambarum mores earum existumans. 

Ter. Hec. i. 2. 85. 
Signifying by. 
Dicit ei quidam ex illis canibus, quos iste Ligm'i 
dixerat esse circa se multos : Tu Verres hie quod moliare, 

B 4 



B AD. [16, 17. 

nihil habes, nisi forte vis ad perpendiculum columnas 
exigere. Homo omnium rerum imperitus, queerit, quid 
sit, ad perpendiculum. Dicunt ei, fere nullam esse 
columnam, quae ad perpendiculum esse possit. Nam 
mehercule, inquit, sic agamus : columnse ad perpendi- 
culum exigantur. — Cic, Verr, ii. 1. 51. 

For SECUNDUM, j^r. 
His igitur est difficilius satisfacere, qui se Latina 
scripta dicunt contemnere. In quibus hoc primum est, 
in quo admirer ; cur in gravissimis rebus non delectet 
eos patrius sermo, cum iidem fabellas Latinas, ad verbum 
de Graecis expressas, non inviti legant. — Cic, de Fin, i. 2. 

As to or in point of, quod pertinet understood. 

1. Dices, tua quoque signa et tabulas pictas, orna- 
mento urbi foroque populi Romani fuisse. Memini: 
%ddi simul cum populo Romano forum, comitiumque 
adornatum ad speciem magnifico ornatu; ad sensum, 
cogitationemque acerbo et lugubri. Vidi collucere 
omnia furtis tuis, prseda provineiarumj spoliis sociorum, 
atque amicorum. — Cic, Verr, ii. 1. 22. 

2. Urbem Syracusas maximam esse Graecarum ur- 
bium, pulcherrimamque omnium, saepe audistis. Est, 
judices, ita, ut dicitur. Nam et situ est cum munito, 
turn ex omni aditu, vel terra, vel mari, praeclaro ad 
aspectum r et portus babet prope in aedificatione, aspe- 
ctuque urbis inclusos. — Cic, Verr, ii. 4* 52. 

3. Nihil de insignibus ad laudem viris obscure nun- 
tiari solet. — Cic, Fam, iii. 1 1 . 

4. Difficile ad fidem est in tam antiqua re, quot pu- 
gnaverint ceciderintve, exacto adfirmare numero, audet 
tamen Antias Valerius concipere summas. — Liv, iii. 5. 



17, 18.] AD. 9 

For^ PERTiNENS undei'stood. 

1. Adhuc, Archylis, quae adsolent quaeque oportet 
Signa esse ad salutem, omnia huic esse video. 

Ter. Andr, iii. 2. 1. 

2. Haec sunt tamen ad virtutem omnia. 

Ter.HeautA. 2.33. 

In comparison of. 

1. Addidit etiam illud, equites non optimos misisse. 
Veteres, credo, Caesar ; nihil ad tuum equitatum : sed 
misit ex iis, quos habuit, electos. — Cic, Deiot* c. 8. 

2. Ch. Estne, ut fertur, forma ? Pa. sane. Ch. at 

nihil ad nostram hanc. Pa. alia res. 

Ter. Eun, ii. 3. 69. 

3. Thalem talento non emara Milesium. 

Nam, ad sapientiam hujus, nimius nugator fuit. 

PlauU CapU ii. 2. 24. 

For CONTRA, against ov opposite to. 

1. Haerent parietibus scalae, postesque sub ipsos 
Nituntur gradibus : clypeosque ad tela sinistris 
Protecti objiciunt. Virg. jEn. ii. 443. 

2. Mirari licet, quae sint animadversa a medicis her- 
barum genera, quae radicum ad morsus bestiarum, ad 
oculorum morbos, ad vulnera: quorum vim atque 
naturam ratio nunquam explicavit : utilitate et ars est 
et inventor probatus. — Cic. Div, i. 7. 

N. B. May be renderedyor. 

3. Hoc ad laevigandam cutem in facie, totoque cor- 
Dore, utuntur. — Plin. N, H. xx. 3. 



10 AD. [18, 19. 

For PRATER, besides or in addition to. 

1. Equidem ad reliquos labores, quos in hac causa 
majores suscipio, quam in caeteris, etiam hanc molestiam 
assumo, quod mihi non solum pro Cn. Plancio dicendum 
est, . . . sed etiam pro me ipso. — Cic, Plane, c. 1. 

2. Praeterea quorum, victoria Sullae, parentes pro- 
scripti, bona erepta, jus libertatis imminutum erat, haud 
sane alio animo belli eventum exspectabant. Ad hoc, 
quicumque aliarum atque senati partium erant, con- 
turbari rempublicam, quam minus valere ipsi, malebant. 
— Sail, Cat, c, 37. 

For PROPTER or pro, Jbr. 

1. Porsena, primo conatu repulsus, consiliis ab ob~ 
pugnanda urbe ad obsidendam versis, praesidio in 
Janiculo locato, ipse in piano ripisque Tiberis castra 
posuit; navibus undique adscitis, et ad custodiam, ne 
quid Romam fruraenti subvehi sineret, et ut praedatum 
milites trans flumen per occasiones aliis atque aliis locis 
trajiceret. — Liv. ii. 11. 

2. • Argentum dabitur ei ad nuptias. 

Ter. Heaut. iv. 5. 29. 

3. Quamquam mihi semper frequens conspectus vester, 
multo jucundissimus ; hie autem locus, ad agendum 
amplissimus, ad dicendum ornatissimus, est visus : tamen 
hoc aditu laudis, qui semper optimo cuique maxime 
patuit, non mea me voluntas, sed meae vitae rationes ab 
ineunte aetate susceptae, prohibuerunt. — Cic. de Leg. 
Manil. c. 1. 

4. Piso unum et tricesimum aetatis annum explebat, 
fama meliore, quam fortuna. Fratres ejus Magnum 
Claudius, Crassum Nero interfecerant. Ipse diu exul. 



20,21.] AD. 11 

quatriduo Caesar, properata adoptione, ad hoc tantum 
majori fratri prselatus est, ut prior occideretur. — Tac, 
Hist. i. 48. 

5. Unum, da mihi ex illis aratoribus, qui tibi vel ad 
statuam pecuniam contulerunt, qui sibi dicat pro fru- 
mento omne esse, quod oportuerit, solutum, — Cic, 
Verr, iii. 77. 

Signifying the cause. 

1. Inde quum actae boves quaedam ad desiderium, ut 
fit, relictarum mugissent, reddita inclusarum ex spe- 
lunca bourn vox Herculem convertit. — Liv. i. 7. 

2. Panditur ad nullas janua nigra preces. 

Propert, iv. 11. 2, 

For IN, unto or until. 

1, Quis enim aut eum diligat, quern metuit; aut 
eum, a quo se metui putat ? Coluntur tamen simu- 
latione duntaxat ad tempus. Quod si forte (ut fit 
plerumque) ceciderint: turn intelligitur, quam fuerint 
inopes amicorum. — Cic. Amic. c. 15. 

2. De Atimeto supplicium sumtum, validiore apud 
libidines Principis Paride, quam ut poena afficeretur. 
Plautus ad praesens silentio transmissus est. — Tac. Ann. 
xiii. 22. 

To orfor, instead of the sign of the dative case. 

1. Ego, inquit, jam a principio amici filiam, 
Ita ut aequom fuerat, volui uxorem ducere. 
Nam mihi venibat in mentem ejus incommodi, 
In servitutem pauperem ad ditem dari. 

Ter, Phorm. iv. 3. 48, 



1'2 AD. pi. 

2. Equidem vehementer laetor, eum esse me, in quern 
tu, cum cuperes, nullam contumeliam jacere potueris, 
quag non ad maximam partem civium conveniret. — Czc, 
pro Syll. c. 7. 

3. Stercus optimum scribit esse Cassius volucrium, 
prseter palustrium, ac nantium. De hisce praestare 
columbinum, quod sit calidissimum, ac fermentare possit 
terram. Id ut semen aspergi oportere in agro, non ut 
de pecore acervatim poni. Ego arbitror praestare ex 
aviariis turdorum ac merularum, quod non solum ad 
agrum utile? sed etiam ad cibum ita, bubus ac suibus, 
ut fiant pingues. ~ Var7\ B. R. i. 38. 



13 



CHAPTER III. Page ^3. 



Adversum or Ad versus. 

Against or contrary to, 

1. Interea magna vis accusatorum in eos inrupit, qui 
pecunias foenore auctitabant, adversum legem dictatoris 
Caesaris, qua " de modo credendi, possidendique intra 
Italiam" cavetur. — Tac. Ann. vi. 16. 

2. Primum hoc te oro, ne quid credas me adversum 

edictum tuum 
Facere esse ausam. Ter. Heaut. iv. 1. 10. 

Signifying opposition of place. 

Ab his Sturium, Phoenice, Phila : Lero, et Lerina 
'adversum Antipolim. — Plz7i. N. H. iii. 5. 

Before, in the presence o/J or towards. 

1. Ch. ViK videtur fieri posse. 

Mn. Perge, ac facile haec feceris. 

Ch. Quam (malum ! ) facile ? quem mendaci pre- 
hendit manifestum modo : 
Quem SI orem, ut mihi nihil credat, id non 
ausit credere. 
Mn. Immo, si audias, quae dicta dixit me advorsum 
tibi. Plant, Bacch. iv. 4. 44. 

5. Egone ut te advorsum mentiar, mater mea ? 

PlauL Aid, iv. 7. 9. 



li< ADVERSUM. [24^, 25. 

3. P. Incertum'st, quid agam. M. misera timeo, in- 

certum hoc quorsus accidat. 
Sed nunc peropu'st, aut hunc cum ipsa, aut de 
ilia me adversum hunc loqui. 

Ten Andr, i. 5. 28. 

4. Quae porro pietas ei debetur, a quo nihil acceperis ? 
aut quid omnino, cujus nullum meritum sit, ei deberi 
potest? Est enim pietas justitia adversum deos: cum 
quibus quid potest nobis esse juris, cum homini nulla 
cum deo sit communitas ? — Cic, Nat, Deor, i. 41. 

5. Cum haec scribebam, Censorem te jam esse spe- 
rabam. Eo brevior est heec epistola, et, ut adversus 
magistrum morum, modestior. — Cic. Fam. iii. 13. 

According to. 

Ut adversus leges civitatis suae testetur. — Ulpian, 
tit. XX. 14. 

ExADVERsus, opposite, 

1 . Non multo ante urbem captam exaudita vox est a 
iuco Vestae, qui a Palatii radice in novam viam devexus 
est : Ut muri et portae reficerentur ; futurum esse, nisi 
provisum esset, ut Roma caperetur. Quod neglectum, 
cum caveri poterat, post acceptam illam maximam cla- 
dem explicatum est: ara enim Aio Loquenti, quam 
septam videmus, exadversus eum locum consecrata est. 
— Cic, Div. I, 45. 

2. Hie etsi pari praelio discesserant, tamen eodem loco 
non sunt ausi manere, quod erat periculum ne, si pars 
navium adversariorum Euboeam superasset, ancipiti 
premerentur periculo. Quo factum est ut ab Artemisio 
discederent, et ex adversum Athenas apud Salamina 
classem suam constituerent. — C, Nep, in Themist, c. 3. 



15 



CHAPTER IV. Page 26. 



Ante. 



Before, 

1. Consul, ubi silentium in castris. et ne paucos qui- 
dem, qui prima luce obambulaverant, parte ulla cernebat, 
duobus equitibus speculatum in castra praemissis, post- 
quam satis tuta omnia esse exploratum est, inferri signa 
jussit, tantumque ibi moratus, dum milites ad praedam 
discurrunt, receptui deinde cecinit, multoque ante noctem 
copias reduxit. — Liv. xxvii. 42. 

2. Quod pro Cornificio me ab hinc amplius annis xxv. 
spopondisse dicit Flavius ; etsi reus locuples est, et 
Apuleius praediator liberalis ; tamen velim des operam, 
ut investiges ex consponsorum tabulis, sitne ita. Mihi 
enim ante ^dilitatem meam nihil erat cum Cornificio. 
Potest tamen fieri : sed scire certum velim ; et appelles 
procuratores, si tibi videtur. — Cic. ad Attic, xii. 1 7. 

3. Minucius quidam mortuus est ante istum praetorem. 
Ejus testamentum erat nullum. Lege hereditas ad gentem 
Minuciam veniebat. — Cic. Verr. ii. 145. 

4. Filius ante diem patrios inquirit in annos. 

Ovid. Met. i. 148. 
On^ with DIES. 
1. Erat iniqua conditio, postulare ut Caesar Arimino 
excederet, atque in provinciam reverteretur, ipsum et 



16 ANTE. [27, 28. 

provincias et legiones alienas tenere : exercitum Caesaris 
velle dimitti, delectus habere : poUiceri, se in provinciam 
iturum; neque ante quern diem iturus sit, definire. — 
Cas,B,Civ. i. 11. 

2. Nos apud Alyziam, ex quo loco tibi literas ante 
dederamus, unum diem commorati sumus, quod Quintus 
nos consecutus non erat. Is dies fuit Nonae Novembr. 
Inde ante lucem proficiscentes, ante diem viii. Idus 
Novembr. has literas dedimus. — Cic, Fam, xvi. 3. 

3. Cornelius Nepos et rerum memoriae non indiligens, 
et M. Ciceronis, ut qui maxime, amicus familiaris fuit, 
atque is tamen in primo librorum, quos de vita illius 
composuit, errasse videtur ; quum eum scripsit tres et 
viginti annos natum, primam causam judicii publici 
egisse, Sextumque Roscium parricidii reum defendisse. 
dinumeratis quippe annis a Q. Caepione et Q. Serrano, 
quibus consulibus ante diem iii. Nonas Januarias M. Ci- 
cero natus est, ad M. TuUiam et Cn. Dolabellam, quibus 
consulibus causam privatam pro Quintio apud Aquilium 
Galium judicem dixit, sex et viginti anni reperiuntur. — 
A. Gellzus, XV. 28. 

With IN or EX prefixed. 

1. Meministine, me ante diem xii. Kalendas Novem- 
bris, dicere in Senatu, fore in armis certo die, qui dies 
futurus esset ante diem vi. Kalendas Novembris, C. Mal- 
lium, audacise satellitem atque administrum tuae ? Num 
me fefellit, Catilina, non modo res tanta, tam atrox, tarn 
incredibilis, verum, id quod multo magis est admirandum, 
dies ? Dixi ego idem in senatu, caedem te optimatum 
contulisse in ante diem v. Kalendas Novembris. — Cic. 
Cat, i. 3. 



eg— 31.] ANTE. 17 

2. Lurco autem, tribunus plebis, qui magistratuni siimil 
cum lege ^lia iniit, solutus est et ^lia, et Fufia, ut legem 
de ambitu ferret ; quam ille bono auspicio claudus homo 
promulgavit. Ita comitia in ante diem vi. Kal. Sext. 
dilata sunt. Novi est in lege hoc, ut, qui nummos in 
tribu pronuntiarit, si non dederit, impune sit ; sin dederit, 
ut, quoad vivat, singulis tribubus H. S. do cla do debeat. 

— Cic. ad Attic, i. 16. 

3. Ex lUyrico duo legati, C. Licinius Nerva et P. De- 
cius, nunciarunt, " exercitum Illyriorum caesum : Gen- 
tium regem captum, in ditione populi Romani et lUyri- 
cum esse." Ob eas res, gestas ductu auspicioque L. 
Anicii praetoris, senatus in triduum supplicationes decre- 
vit, ut Latinae edictae a consul e sunt in ante quartum et 
tertium et pridie Idus Novembres. — Ltiv. xlv. 3. 

4. Primi [dies] verni [sunt] temporis ^.r «. d. vii. Id. 
Feb. sestiyi ex a. d. vii. Id, Mali, autumnales ex a. d. 
VII. Id. Sext. hiberni ex a, d. iv. Id. Novemb. — Varr. 
E, R. i. 28. 

5. De Quinto fratre nuntii nobis tristes, nee varii, 
venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. Sept. 

— Cic, ad Attic, iii. 1 7. 

Before or above, in respect of degree or com- 
parison. 

1. Unam, longe ante alias specie ac pulchritudine 
insignem, a globo Talassii cujusdam raptam ferunt : mul- 
tisque sciscitantibus, cuinam eam ferrent, identidem, ne 
quis violaret, Talassio ferri clamitatum. — Liv. i. 9. 

2. Regna Tyri gcrmanus habebat 

Pygmalion, scelere ante alios immanior omnes. 

Virg, jEn. i. 34?6- 



t^I ANTE. [31, 32. 

3. Petit ante alios pulcherrimus omnes 

Tarnus, avis atavisque potens. Virg. ^n. vii. 55. 

4. Dum " consessum caveae, discrimina ordinum, quis 
eques, ubi senatus " percunctantur, advertere quosdam 
cultu externo in sedibus senatorum : et " quinam forent " 
rogitantes, postquam audiverant, " earum gentium lega- 
tis id honoris datum, quae virtute et amicitia Romana 
praecellerent," "nullos mortalium armis aut fide ante 
Germanos esse," exclamant, degrediunturque, et inter 
patres considunt. — Tac. Ann. xiii. 5 4'. 

In the presence of or opposite to. 

I. Et multo imprimis hilarans convivia Baccho, 
Ante focum, si frigus erit ; si messis, in umbra, 
Vina novum fundam calathis Arvisia nectar. 
, Virg. Eel. V. 69. 

• 2. Verum, ut ad illud sacrarium redeam, signum 
erat hoc, quod dico, Cupidinis e marmore : ex altera 
parte Hercules egregie factus ex sere. Is dicebatur esse 
Myronis, ut opinor: et certe. Item ante hosce deos 
erant arulae, quae cuivis sacrarii religionem significare 
possent. — Cic. Verr. ii. 4. 3. 

5. Petimus abs te, M. Fanni, a vobisque, judices, ut 
quam acerrime maleficia vindicetis : ut quam fortissime 
hominibus audacissimis resistatis : ut hoc cogitetis, nisi 
in hac causa, qui vester animus sit, ostendetis, eo pro- 
rumpere hominum cupiditatem, et scelus, et audaciam, ut 
non modo clam, verum etiam hie in foro, ante tribunal 
tuum, M. Fanni, ante pedes vestros, judices, inter ipsa 
subsellia caedes futurae sint. — Cic. pro Sext. Rose. Amer. 
C.5. 



S% 33.] ANTE. - 19 

Id tebipus, or some such expression, under- 
stood. 

1. Hoc loco discipulos quaerere videtur, ut, qui asoti 
€sse velint, philosophi ante fiant. — Cic, de Fin. ii. 10, 

2. Summam eruditionem Gr£eci sitam censebant in 
nervorum vocumque cantibus. Igitur et Epaminondas, 
princeps, meo judicio, Graeciae, fidibus praeclare cecinisse 
dicitur: Themistoclesque aliquot ante annos, cum in 
epulis recusaret lyram, habitus est indoctior. — Cic. TusCj. 
QucEst, i. 2. 

Apparently redundant. 

1. Modo mihi advenienti nugator quidam accessit ob- 

viam, 
Nimis pergrapliicus sycophanta : is mille nummum 

se aureum 
Meo datu tibi ferre; et gnato Lesbonico aibat meo: 
Quem ego nee, qui esset, noram, neque eum ante 

usquam conspexi prius. 

Plant. Trinumm, v. 2. 14. 

2. . Pro deum fidem, quid est, si hoc non con- 

tumelia'st ? 
Uxorem decrerat dare sese mi hodie : nonne opor- 

tuit 
Praescisse me ante f Ter. Andr, i, 5,2, 

With adverbs of quantity. 

1. Paullo ante hie nuncius consulis Salapiam venerat, 
qumn literae ab Hannibale adlatae sunt, Marcelli nomine 
compositse. — Liv. xxvii. 28. 

2. Ille autem, cujus gladio occisio erat facta, multo 
-ante lucem surrexit, comitem iQum suum inclamavit se- 

c 2 



20 ANTE. [34, 35. 

mel et saepius. Ilium somno impeditum non respondere 
existimavit: ipse gladium, et caetera, quae secum attulerat, 
sustulit ; solus profectus est. — Cic. de Invent, ii. 4. 

Os, or some such word, understood. 

Est etiam actio quaedam corporis, quae motus et status 
naturae congruentes tenet: in quibus si peccetur distor- 
tione et depravatione quadam, aut motu statuve deformi, 
ut si aut manibus ingrediatur quis, aut non ante, sed 
retro ; fugere plane se ipse, et hominem ex homine 
exuens naturam odisse videatur. — Cic, de Fin. v. 1 2. 

Adverbially for first, omnia understood. 

Id agendum est, ut ante caput, deinde reliqua pars 
auferatur. — Cels. de Medicin. vii. 29. 

With QUAM. 

1. Causam suscepisti antiquiorem memoria tua : quae 
causa ante mortua est, quam tu natus esses. - — Cic, pro 
Hahir, c. 9. 

2. Proelium atrocius, quam pro paucitate resistentium, 
fuit : nee ante finitum estyquam tribunus militum, quique 
circa eum constiterant, interfecti sunt. — Liv. xli. 2, 

Ante quam inverted. 

1. Respice item quam nil ad nos anteacta vetustas 
Temporis seterni fuerit, quam nascimur ante, 

Lucret, iii. 985. 

2. Victricem laurum, quam venit, ante vides. 

Martial, ix. S6, 



21 



CHAPTER V. Page 36. 



Apud. 



At, signifying the combined presence of place 
and person. 

1. M. Anneio legato imperavi, ut eas quinque cohortes 
ad reliquum exercitum duceret, coactoque in unum locum 
exercitu, castra in Lycaonia aj)ud Iconium faceret. — Cic. 
Fam. XV. 4. 

2. Itaque paulisper aipud oppidum morati, agrosque 
Rhemorum depopulati, omnibus vicis sedificiisque, quo 
adire poterant, incensis, ad castra Caesaris cum omnibus 
copiis contenderunt. — Cces, B» GalL ii. 7. 

With a proper name or pronoun signifying the 
house of a person. 

1. Hac controversia usque ad noctem ducta, senatus 
dimissus : et ego eo die casu apud Pompeium coenavi. — 
Cic. Tarn. i. 2. 

2. M. Scaurus, quem non longe ruri ajpud se esse 
audio, vir regendae reipublicae scientissimus, si audierit, 
hanc auctoritatem gravitatis et consilii sui vindicari a 
te, Crasse, quod eam oratoris propriam esse dicas, jam, 
credo, hue veniat, et hanc loquacitatem nostram vultu 
ipso, aspectuque conterreat. — Cic. de Orat. i. 49, 

3. Ego cum triduum cum Pompeio, et apud Pom- 
peium fuissem, proficiscebar Brundusium a. d. xiii. Kal. 
Junias. — Cic. ad Attic* v. 7. 

c 3 



g^ APUD. [37, 3S. 

4. Quod Pontinium statueram expectare, commodis- 
simum duxi dies eos, quoad ilie veniret, cum Pompeio 
consumere : eoque magis, quod ei gratum esse id vide- 
bam ; qui etiam a me petierit, ut secum et aj)ud se essem 
quotidie. — Cic. ad Attic, v. 6. 

For CUM, with. 

Crassus, ut quasi testata populo Romano esset nostra 
gratia, pene a meis laribus in provinciam est profectus^ 
Nam cum mihi condixisset, ccenavit apud me in mei ge- 
neri Crassipedis hortis. — Cic. ad Fam. i. 9, 

For juxTA, near, hy, 

Postero die, quam ilia erant acta, hora fere secunday 
cum etiam tum in lecto Crassus esset, et apud eum Sul- 
picius sederet, Antonius autem inambularet cum Cotta 
In porticu, repente eo Q. Catulus senex cum C. Julio 
fratre venit. — Cic. de Orat. ii. 3. 

Signifying presence, with reference to the 
operations of the mind. 

1. Accedit ilia quoque causa, quod a caeteris forsitan 
ita petitum sit, ut dicerent, ut utrumvis salvo officio se 
facere posse arbitrarentur. A me autem ii contenderunt, 
qui apud me et amicitia, et beneficiis, et dignitate plu- 
rimum possunt : quorum ego neque benevolentiam erga 
me ignorare, nee auctoritatem aspernari, nee voluntatem 
negligere debeam. — Cic. pro Sext. Rose. Amer. c. 1. 

2. Ego, si ab improbis, et perditis civibus rempubli- 
eam teneri viderem, sicut et meis temporibus scimus, 
et nonnullis aliis accidisse accepimus, non modo prse- 
iniis, quae apud me minimum valent ; sed ne periculis 



38—40.] APUD. 23: 

quidem compulsus ullis, quibiis tamen moventur etiam 
fortissimi viri, ad eoruni causam me adjungerem. ■— • 

Cic, Fam» i. 9. 

Signifying presence of mind. 

1. Hie nunc non dubitat, quin te ducturum neges. 
Venit meditatus alicunde ex solo loco : 
Orationem sperat invenisse se, 

Qui differat te : proin tu fac apiid te ut sies. 

Ter. Andr, iv. 2. 2. 

2. • Vix sum apud me : ita animus commotust 

metu, 
Spe, gaudio, mirando hoc tanto tam repentino bono. 

Ter. Andr, v. 4. 34. 
For INTER, among, 

1. Haec magnorum hominum sunt ; haec a/jmc? major es 
nostros factitata : hsec genera officiorum qui persequun- 
tur, cum summa utilitate reipublicae magnam ipsi adi- 
piscentur et gratiam, et gloriam. — Cic. Off, ii. 24, 

2. Cassius Chserea, mox csede C. Csesaris memoriam 
apud posteros adeptus, tum adolescens, et animi ferox, 
inter obstantes et armatos ferro viam patefecit. — Tac, 
Ann. i. 32. 

Signifying in, 

1. Tiberius, nihil intermissa rerum cura, negotia pro 
solatiis accipiens, jus civium, preces sociorum tractabat, 
Factaque, auctore eo, senatusconsulta, " ut civitati 
Cibyraticae apud Asiam, ^giensi apud Achaiam motu 
terrae labefactis, subveniretur remissione tributi in tri- 
ennium." — Tac, Ann. iv. 13. 

2. Inlatusque castris Nero, et congruentia^ tempori 

c 4 



^4 APUD. [40, 41. 

praefatus, promisso donative, ad exemplum paternae 
krgitionis, Imperator consalutatur. Sententiam militum 
secuta patrum consulta : nee dubitatum est apud pro- 
Tincias. — Tac, Ann, xii. ult. 

For CORAM, before, 

1. Cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent, 
et fere mos esset Graiis, cum inter se bellum gessissent, 
ut ii, qui vicissent, tropaeum aliquod in finibus statuerenty 
victoriae modo in praesentia declarandag causa, non ut in 
perpetuum belli memoria maneret; aeneum statuerunt 
tropaeum. Accusantur apud Ampbictyonas, id est, 
ajpud commune Graeci^ concilium. — ■ Cic, de Invent, ii. 23. 

2. Si quis hunc statuit esse oratorem, qui tantummodo 
in jure, aut in judiciis possit, aut apud populum, aut in 
senatu copiose loqui, tamen huic ipsi multa tribuaty et 
concedat necesse est. — Cic. de Or at. i. 1 1, 

3* Cur ego apud te mentiar ? 

Plant, Pcen. i. 1. 24- 

Subjoined to its case. 

1. Ii, quia neminem gentis Arsacidarum summae rei 
imponere poterant, interfectis ab Artabano plerisque, 
aut nondum adultis, Phraaten, regis Phraatis filium, 
Roma poscebant : " Nomine tantum et auctore opus, ut 
sponte Caesaris, genus Arsacis xvgoxa apud Euphratis 
cerneretur." — Tac. Ann. vi. 31. 

2. Italiam utroque mari duae classes, Misenum apud 
et Ravennam, proximumque Galliae littus rostratae naves 
praesidebant, quas Actiaca -\dctoria captas Augustus in 
oppidum Forojuliense miserat, valido cum remige, — 
Tac, Ann, iv. 5, 



25 



CHAPTER VI. Page 42. 

CIRCA. CIRCUM. CIRCITER. 



SECTION I. 
Circa. Circum. 

About, or round about, to denote place. 

1. C.Julius, cum Helvio Manciae saepius obstrepenti 
sibi diceret, " Jam ostendam, qualis sis ; " isque plane 
instaret interrogatione, qualem se tandem ostensurus 
asset, digito demonstravit imaginem Galli in scuto Ma- 
riano Cimbrico pictam, cui Mancia tum simillimus est 
visus. Tabernae autem erant circa forum, ac scutum 
illud signi gratia positum. — Quintil. Instit. vi. 3. 6. 

2. Simul atras 

Ventum est Esquilias, aliena negotia centum 
Per caput, et circa saliunt latus. 

Hot, Sat, ii. 6. 32. 

3. Texentem telam studiose ipsam ofFendimus ; 
Mediocriter vestitam veste lugubri, 

Ejus anuis causa opinor quae erat mortua, 

Sine auro : tum ornatam, ita uti quae ornantur sibi; 

Nulla mala re interpolatam muliebri : 

Capillus sparsus, promissus, circum caput 

Rejectus negligenter. Ter, Heaut, ii. 3. 45. 



S6 CIRCA. CIRCUM. [43, 44. 

About, signifying approximation of time; circa, 

not CIRCUM. 

1. Desine, dulcium 

Mater saeva cupidinum. 

Circa lustra decern flectere mollibus 
Jam durum imperiis. Hor. Od. iv. 1. 6. 

2. Postero die circa eamdem horam in eumdem locum 
rex copias admovit. — Liv, xlii. 57. 

3. Floruit autem ciixa Philippum, et usque ad suc- 
cessores Alexandri, pictura prascipue, sed diversis vir- 
tutibus. Nam cura Protogenes, ratione Pamphilus ac 
Melanthius, facilitate Antiphilus, concipiendis visionibus 
(quas • (poLVTOLdius vocant) Theon Samius, ingenio et 
gratia (quam in se ipse maxime jactat) Apelles est 
praestantissimus. — Qui?itil. Instil, xii. 10. 6. 

4. Nisi aspera ac rudia repetas, et invent! laudanda 
nomine, in Accio circaque eum Romana tragoedia est. — 
Paterc. i. 1 7. 

Signifying approximation of person. 

1. Homo Ligurem accusare coepit, qui in re ad- 
ventitia atque hereditaria, tam diligens, tam attentus 
esset : debere eum aiebat suam quoque rationem ducere ; 
multa sibi opus esse, multa canibus suis, quos circa se 
haberet. — Cic> VerrAi. 1.48. 

2. Circa regem erat et Phrygum turba, et Mace- 
donum : ilia expectatione suspensa, liaec soUicita ex teme- 
raria regis fiducia. — Q. Curt. iii. 1.17. 

3. Hectoris hie magni fuerat comes : Hectora circum, 
Et lituo pugnas insignis obibat et hasta, 

Virg, jEn, vi. 166. 



44 — 46.3 CIRCA. ciRCUM. 27 

Circa, about or round; signifying motion 
diverging in all directions from a centre. 

1. Vigilia quarta inpedimenta exercitus, cujus simu- 
labatur iter, proficisci ccepere. Sub lucem signa mota, 
et ad portam retentu magmen, custodesque circa omnes 
portas missi, ne quis urbe egrederetur. — Liv. xxviii. 26. 

2. Jam res Romana adeo erat valida, ut cuilibet 
finitimarum civitatum bello par esset; sed, penuria 
mulierum, hominis aetatem duratura magnitudo erat; 
quippe quibus nee domi spes prolis, nee cum finitimis 
connubia essent. Turn ex consilio Patrum Romulus 
legates circa vicinas gentes misit, qui societatem connu- 
biumque novo populo peter ent. — Liv. i. 9- 

Circa, about, to denote a number not accu- 
rately defined. 

1 . Circa quingentos Romanorum sociorumque victores 
ceciderunt. — Liv. xxvii. 42. 

2. Per insequentes dies circa singulas heminas emit- 
tendum. — Cels. de Medicin. vii. 15. 

Circa, about or concerning, for de or super. 

1. Circa Classicum quidem brevis et expeditus labor: 
sua manu reliquerat scriptum, quid ex quaque re, quid 
ex quaque causa, accepisset, , . . Circa Hispanum et 
Probum, multum sudoris. — Plin. Epist. iii. 9. 

2. Circa deos ac religiones negligentior ; quippe 
addictus mathematicoe, plenusque persuasionis, cuncta 
fato agi. — Suet, in Tiber, c. 69. 

Circa and Circum, adverbially. 
1. Demessis circa segetibus, Romani ad Cranoniura 
intactum agrum castra movent. — Liv. xlii. 64. 



28 CIRC ITER. [46, 47. 

2. Nostram ambulationem, et Laconicum, eaque quae 
circa sint, velim, quod poteris, invisas. — Cic» ad Attic. 
iv. 10. 

CiRCUM, adverbially, more frequently by the 
poets. 

Nee vero a stabulis pluvia impendente recedunt 
Longius, aut credunt coelo, adventantibus Euris : 
Sed circum tutae sub moenibus urbis aquantur. 

Virg, Georg. iv. 191. 



SECTION II. 

CiRClTER. 

To express approximation of time. 

1. Nos circiter Kal. aut in Formiaiio erimus, aut in 
Pompeiano. Tu, si in Formiano non erimus, si nos 
amas, in Pompeianum venito. — Cic. ad Att. ii. 4. 

2. Ab officiis octavam circiter horam 

.... redit. Hor. Epist. i. 7. 47. 

3. Ita dies circiter quindecim iter fecerunt, uti inter 
novissimurn hostium agmen, et nostrum primum, non 
amplius quinis aut senis millibus passuum interesset. — 
CcEs, B. Gall. I. 15. 

Adverbially. 
Sed ex omni copia circiter pars quarta erat militaribus 
armis instructa; caeteri, ut quemque casus armaverat, 
sparos aut lanceas, alii praeacutas sudes, portabant. — 
Sal Cat c. 56. 



29 



CHAPTER VII. Page 48. 

CIS. CITRA. 



SECTION I. 
Cis. 

On this side, 

1. Itaque ad curam summas rerum, quieta plebe tri- 
bunisque ejus, nihil controversiag fuit, quin consules 
crearentur M. Geganius Marcerinus tertium et L. Ser- 
gius Fidenas ; a bello credo, quod deinde gessit, appel- 
latum. Hie enim primus cis Anienem cum rege 
Veientium secundo proelio conflixit, nee ineruentam 
victoriam retulit. — Liv. iv. 1 7. 

2. Quid enim erat, quod me persequerentur in ca- 
stra, Taurumve transirent, cum ego Laodicea usque ad 
Iconium iter ita fecerim, ut me omnium illarum dioece- 
sium, quae cis Taurum sunt, omniumque earum civi- 
tatum magistratus, legationesque convenirent ? — Cic. 
Fam. iii. 8. 

3. li [Tusci] in utrumque mare vergentes incoluere 
urbibus duodenis terras: prius cis Apenninum ad 
inferum mare, postea trans Apenninum, totidem, quot 
capita originis erant, coloniis missis. — Liv* v. 33. 



30 ci-riiA. [50, 51. 

Within, for intra ; applied to time. 

1. Verum, nunc si qua mihi obtigerit hsereditas 
Magna atque luculenta, nunc, postquam scio, 
Dulce atque amarum quid sit ex pecunia, 

Ita ego illam (edepol) servem, ita-que parce vi- 

ctitem, 
Ut nulla, faxim, cis dies paucos siet. 

PlauU True, ii. 3. 23. 

2. Liberum 

Caput tibi faciam, paucos cis menses. 

PlauL Merc, i, 2. 42. 



SECTION II. 
CiTRA. 

On this side. 

1. Segni Condrusique .... legates ad Caesar em mi- 
serunt, oratum, ne se in hostium numero duceret, neve 
omnium Germanorum, qui essent citra Rhenum, unam 
esse caussam judicaret : nihil se de bello cogitasse, nulla 
Ambiorigi auxilia misisse. — Ccbs. B, Gall, vi. 39. 

2. Est modus in rebus ; sunt certi denique fines, 
Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum. 

Hor, Sat, i. 1. 107. 

3. Ipsa natura, quasi modularetur hominum ora- 
tionem, in omni verbo posuit acutam vocem, nee una 
plus, nee a postrema syllaba citra tertiam. — Cic 
Orator, c. 18, 



5^2--54<.'] ciTRA. ^1 

Short qfi 

1. Glans [capris abortus creat] cum citra satietatem 
data est. Itaque nisi potest aiFatim prasberi, non est 
gregi permittenda. — Columel. JR. R. vii. 6. 5. 

2. Amicorum suprema judicia morosissime pensitavit ; 
neque dolore dissimulato, si parcius, aut citra honorem 
verborum, neque gaudio, si grate pieque quis se prose- 
cutus fuisset. — Suet, in Aug. c. 66. 

2. Peccavi citra scelus ; utque pudore 

Non caret, invidia sic mea culpa caret. 

Ov. Trist. V. 8. 23. 

Without, 

. 1. Phidias diis, quam hominibus, efficiendis melior 

artifex traditur, in ebore vero longe citra aemulum, vel 

si nihil, nisi Minervam Athenis, aut Olympium in Elide 

Joveni, fecisset. — Quintil. Instit. xii. 1 0. 9. 

2. Nee minore studio reges atque provincias per ter- 
rarum orbem alliciebat; aliis captivorum millia dono 
offerens ; aliis cit7^a senatus populique auctoritatem, quo 
vellent, et quoties vellent, auxilia submittens. — Suet, in 
C(Es. c. 28. 

3. Ad dentium dolorem quamvis plurimi dicant 
forcipes remedium esse, multa tamen citra banc necessi- 
tatem scio profuisse. — Scrihon. c. 53. 

Within or before, as applied to time. 
1. Locis uliginosis, atque exilibus, aut frigidis, aut 
etiam opacis plerunque citra Calendas Octobris semi- 
nare convenire, dum sicca tellure licet, dum nubila 
pendent, ut prius convalescant radices frumentorum, 
quam hibernis imbribus, aut gelicidiis, pruinisve infe- 
stentur. — Columel. B. R.'\\. 8. 3. 



32 ciTRA. [54, 55. 

2. Secundum verbi ipsius rationem, qui jussus est 
intra Kalendas pronunciare, nisi Kalendis pronunciet, 
contra jussum vocis facit. Nam, si ante id fiat, non intra 
pronunciat, sed citra, Nescio quo autem pacto recepta 

uigo interpretatio est absurdissima, ut intra Kalendas 
significare videatur etiam cit7'a Kalendas vel ante Kalen- 
das : nihil enim ferme interest. — A. Gellius, xii. 1 3. 

3. Forsitan et Pylius citra Trojana perisset 
Tempora : sed sumto posita conamine ab hasta, 
Arboris insiluit, quae stabat proxima, ramis. 

Ovid, Met. viii. 365. 

Adverbially. 

1. Profectus apto exercitu, et eo plus fiduciae ac spei 
gerente, quod non desiderata multitudo erat, .... ad 
castra Appii praetoris pergit. paucis citra millibus ligna- 
tores ei cum praesidio occurrunt. — Liv. x. 25. 

2. Neutro inclinaverat fortuna, donee, adulta nocte, 
luna surgens ostenderet acies, falleretque. Sed Fla- 
vian is aequior a tergo : hinc majores equorum virorum- 
que umbrae, et falso, ut in corpora, ictu, tela hostium 
citra cadebant. — Tac. Hist. iii. 23. 

3. Culta quidem (fateor) citra, quam debuit ilia. 

Ovid, ex Pont. i. 7. 55. 



33 



CHAPTER VIII. Pa^e 56. 



C5' 



Contra. 



Against or in opposition to, : 

1. Omnigenumque deum monstra, et latrator Anubis, 
Contra Neptunum et Venerem, contraque P.lirervam 
Tela tenent. Virg. Mn. viii. 698. 

2. Nunc te contra victorem facere, quem dubiis rebiis 
laedere noluisti : et ad eos fugatos accedere, qiios reii- 
stentes sequi nolueris, summse stultitiae est. — Cic, Fain. 
viii. 16. 

Against^ contrary to, or beyond, 

1 . Quum contra exspectationem omnium, Caesar Uxel- 
lodunum venisset, oppidumque operibus clausum animad- 
verteret, .... aqua prohibere hostem tentare ccepit. — 
CcBs. B. Gall. viii. 40. 

2. Quumque res Rom ana contra spam votaque eju? 
velut resurgeret, turpius videatur novam referre prodi- 
tionem proditis olim. — Liv, xxiv. 45. 

Opposite tOy in point of situation. 

Nostras naves ii, tardius cursu confecto, in noctem con- 
jectae, quum ignorarent quem locum reliquae cepissent, 
contra Lissum in anchoris constiterunt. — Cces, B. Civ. 
iii. 28. 



34i CONTRA. [57—59. 

On the other hand, adverbially. 

Beate vivere alii in alio, vos in voluptate ponitis, item 
contra, omnem infelicitatem in dolore. — Cic. de Fin, ii. 27. 

Adverbially, signifying opposition in point of 
situation. 

1. Stat contra, farique jubet. — Juv. Sat. iii. 290. 

2. In Orientem Germaniae, in Occidentem Hispaniae 
obtenditur : Gallis in Meridiem etiam inspicitur : Se- 
ptemtrionalia ejus, nuUis contra terris, vasto atque aperto 
mari pulsantur. — Tac, Agric. c. 10. 

Contra ac or atque. 

1. Jam enim faciam, criminibus omnibus fere dissolutis, 
contra, atque in casteris causis fieri solet, ut nunc denique 
de vita hominis ac de moribus dicam. — Cic. pro Syl. c. 24. 

2. Vides tamen omnia fere contra, ac dicta sunt, eve- 
nisse. — Cic. de Div. ii. 24. 

Contra quam. 

Edicere est ausus, . . . . ut senatus, contra quam ipse 
censuisset, ad vestitum rediret. — Cic. in Pison. c. 8. 

Contra, expressive of price. 
Ph. Auro contra cedo modestum amatorem: a me 

aurum accipe. 
Pa. Cedo mihi contra aurichalco, quoi ego sano ser- 

viam. Plant, Curcid. i, 3. 45. 



35 



CHAPTER IX. Page 60. 



Erga. 

1. Coiistituendi autem sunt, qui sint in amicitia fines, 
et quasi termini diligendi : de quibus tres video sententias 
ferri ; quarum nullam probo. Unam, ut eodem modo 
e7'ga amicum aflfecti simus, quo erga nosmetipsos. Alte- 
ram, ut nostra in amicos benevolentia, illorum erga nos 
benevolentiae pariter aequaliterque respondeat. Tertiam, 
ut quanti quisque seipse facit, tanii fiat ab amicis. — Cic. 
de Amic. c. 16. 

2. Valet igitur multum ad vincendum, probari mores, 
instituta, et facta, et vitam eorum, qui agent causas, et 
eorum, pro quibus : et item improbari adversariorum : 
animosque eorum, apud quos agitur, conciliari quam 
maxime ad benevolentiam cum erga oratorem, turn erga 
ilium, pro quo dicet orator. — Cic. de Or at. c. 43. 



D 2 



3d: 



CHAPTER X. Page 62. 



Extra, 



Without. 

1. Ego, si foris ccenitarem, Cn. Octavio, familiari tuo, 
noil defuissem. Cui tamen dixi, cum me aliquoties invi- 
taret : Oro te, quis ta es ? Sed mehercules, extra jocum, 
homo bellus est. — Cic. ad Fam, v\\, 16. 

2. Ipsi [Galboe] medium ingenium, magis extra vitia, 
quara cum virtutibus. — Tac, Hist, i. 48. 

3. In urbe sepeliri lex vetat. Sic decretum a pontifi- 
cum collegio, non esse jus in loco publico fieri sepulcrum. 
Nostis ^.r^r« portam Collinam, aedem Honoris : et aram 
in eo loco fuisse, memoriae proditum est. Ad eam cum 
lamina esset inventa, et in ea scriptum, Numini Honoris : 
ea causa fuit aedis hujus dedicandae. Sed cum multa in 
eo loco sepulcra fuissent, exarata sunt. Statuit enim 
collegium, locum publicum non potuisse privata religione 
obligari. — Cic* de Leg, ii. 23. 

Beyond, 

1. Cavendum autem est, prsesertim si ipse aedifices, 
ne extra modum sumptu et magnificentia prodeas : quo 
in genere multum mali etiam in exemplo est. — Cic, de 
Offic, i. 39. 



68, 64.] EXTRA. 37 

2. Hoc perspicuum est, cum is, qiii de omnibus scie- 
rit, de Sylla se scire negar it ; eandem vim esse nega- 
tionis hujus, quam si eAtra conjurationem hunc esse, se 
scire dixisset. — Cic. pro SyL c. 1 3. 

For SUPRA, above or exceeding, 

1. Sese [Deus] .... extra omnemculpam causamque 
posuit. — Cic, Tim. c. 1 3. 

2. Magnitudine [Venus] extra cuncta alia sidera est : 
claritatis quidem tantae, ut unius hujus stellae radiis um- 
brae reddantur. — Plin. N. H. ii. 8. 

For PRATER, besides or except, 

1. Modo quandam vidi virginem hie viciniae 
Miseram, suam matrem lamentari mortuam : 
Ea sita erat exadvorsum. neque illi benevolens 
Neque notus neque cognatus extra unam aniculam 
Quisquam aderat, qui adjutaret funus. 

Ter, Phorm, i. 2. 45. 

2. Primum neque magnas copias, neque bellicosas : 
deinde, extra ducem, paucosque prasterea, .... reliqui 
primum in ipso bello rapaces : deinde in oratione ita 
crudeles, ut ipsam victoriam horrerem. — Cic, ad Fam, 
vii. 3. 

With QUAM, to signify an exception ; forensic. 

Agit is, cui raanus praecisa est, injuriarum. Postu- 
lat is, quicum agitur, a praetore exceptionem. Extra 
quam in reum capitis praejudicium fiat. — Cic, de 
Invent, ii. 20. 

D 3 



38 EXTRA. [65, 

Adverbially, 

1. Eminebit [anima] foras, et ea, quae extra erunt, 
contemplans, quam maxime se a corpore abstrahet. — 
Cic. Somn. Scip, sub fin. 

2. Sinistro cornu milites, quum ex vallo Pompeium 
adesse, et suos fugere cernerent, veriti ne angustiis in- 
tercluderentur, quum extra et intus hostem haberenty 
eodem, quo venerant, receptui consulebant, — Cas. B, 
Civ. ill. 69. 



39 



CHAPTER XI. Page 66. 



Infra. 



Below, beneath, 

1. Accubueram hora nona, cum ad te harum exem- 
plum in codicillis exaravi. Dices, ubi ? Apud Volu- 
mnium Eutrapelum, et quidem supra me Atticus, infra 
Verrius, familiar es tui. — Czc, ad Fajn. ix. 26. 

2. Quidquid sum ego, quamvis 

Ififra Lucili censum ingeniumque, tamen me 
Cum magnis vixisse invita fatebitur usque 
Invidia. Hor, Sat ii. 1. 74. 

With OMNIS. 

1. Tace tu : quem ego infra esse infimos omnes puto 
Homines. Ter. Eun, iii. 2. 36. 

2. Ego iis, a quibus ejectus sum, provincias obtinen- 
tibus, inimico autem optimo viro et mitissimo, altero 
consule referente, reductus sum: cum is inimicus, qui 
ad meam perniciem vocem suam communibus hostibus 
prsebuisset, spiritu duntaxat viveret, re quidem i?ifra 
omnes mortuos amandatus esset. — Cic, post red. ad 
Quirit. c. 4. 

Within, less than, 
1. Ova incubari infra decem dies edita utilissimum.-— 
Plin, N. H. X. 54. 

D 4 



40 INFRA. [67, 68. 

2, Vulnera recentia conglutinant terreni, adeo ut 
nervos quoque abscisses illitis solidari infra septimum 
diem persuasio sit. — Plin. N. H, xxx. 1 3. 

3. A Calendis Novembris gallinis ova supponere 
nolito, donee bruma conficiatur. In eum diem ter- 
nadena subjicito aestate tota, hieme pauciora, non 
tamen infra novena. — Plin. N. H. xviii. 26. 

Adverbially. 

Literae mihi a L. Domitio a. d. xiii. Kalend. Mart, 
allatse sunt : earum exemplum infra scripsi. — Cic. ad 
Attic, viii. 6. 



41 



CHAPTER XII. Page 69. 



Inter. 

Between, 

1. [Ea caritas] quae est inter natos et parentes, dirimi, 
nisi detestabni scelere non potest. — Cic. de Amic, c. 8. 

2. Fecisti mihi pergratum, quod Serapionis librum ad 
me misisti: ex quo quidem ego, quod inter nos liceat 
dicere, millesimam partem vix intelligo. — Cic. ad Attic, 
ii. 4. 

For INVICEM, one another. 

1 . Valent pueri, studiose discimt, diligenter docentur, 
et nos, et inter se amant. — Cic, ad Q, Fratr, iii. 3. 

2. Quamobrem hoc quidem constat, ut opinor, bonis 
infer bonos quasi necessariam benevolentiam esse. — 
Cic, de Ainic. c. 14. 

3. Vis ergo inter nos, quid possit uterque, vicissim 
Experiamur. Virg, Eel, iii. 28. 

Repeated redundantly. 

1. Nestor componere lites 

Inter Peleidem festinat et inter Atreiden. 

H(yr, Epist, i. 2. 8. 

2. Concio, quse ex imperitissimis constat, tamen judi- 
care volet, quid intersit inter popularem, id est, assen- 



42 INTER. [70—72. 

tatorem et levem civem, et inter constantenij severum, et 
gravem. — Cic, de Amic. c. 25. 

Among or amidst. 

1. Quae est igitur melior in hominum genere natura, 
quam eorum, qui se natos ad homines juvandos, tutandos, 
conservandos arbitrantur? Abiit ad deos Hercules. 
Nunquam abiisset, nisi cum inter homines esset, earn 
sibi viam munivisset. — Cic. Tmc. Qjicest. i. 14. 

2. Cognito repente insperato gaudio expirasse ani- 
mam refert Aristoteles philosophus Polycritam nobilem 
feminam Naxo insula. Philippides quoque comoedia- 
rum poeta haud ignobilis, aetale jam edita, quum in 
certamine poetarum prseter spem vicisset, et laetissime 
gauderet ; inter illud gaudium repente mortuus est. — 
A. Gelling iii. 15. 

During, at, or on. 

1. Si zW^r coenam, in ipsis tuis immanibus illis poculis, 
hoc tibi accidisset, quis non turpe duceret ? — Cic, Phil. 
ii. 25. 

2. Illuseras heri inter scyphos: quod dixeram, con- 
troversiam esse, possetne heres, quodfiirtum antea factum 
esset, furti recte agere. Itaque, etsi domum bene potus 
seroque redieram, tamen id caput, ubi hsec controversia 
est, notavi, et descriptum tibi misi : ut scires, id, quod tu 
neminem sensisse dicebas, Sex. ^lium, M. Manilium, 
M. Brutum sensisse. — Cic. ad Fam. vii. 22. 

3. Quare nolite dubitare, quin huic uni credatis 
omnia, qui inter annos tot unus inventus sit, quem socii 
in urbes suas cum exercitu venisse gaudeant. — Cic. pro 
Leg. Manil. c. 23. 



7^, 73.] ' " INTER. 43 

4. Spes etiam valida solatur compede vinctum : 
Crura sonant ferro ; sed canit inter opus. 

Tihull ii. 6. 25. 

5. Istuc mihi cibus est, quod fabulare : 

Sed, inter rem agundam istam, herae huic respondi. 
quod rogabat. Plant, Cistell. iv. 2. 54. 

After its case. 

Virtutum amicitia adjutrix a natura data est, non 
vitiorum comes : ut, quoniam solitaria non posset virtus 
ad ea, quae summa sunt, per venire, conjuncta et con- 
sociata cum altera perveniret ; quae si quos inter societas 
aut est, aut fuit, aut futura est, eorum est habendus ad 
summum naturae bonum optimus beatissimusque comi- 
tatus. — Cic, de Amic. c. 22. 

Between two substantives. 

1. Regio erat in pritnis Italiae fertilis, Etrusci campi, 
qui Faesulas inter Arretiumque jacent, frumenti ac pe- 
coris et omnium copia rerum opulenti. — Liv. xxii. 3. 

2. Est Judaeam inter Syriamque Carmelus. — Tac. 
Hist, ii. 78. 

3. Tectum inter et laquearia, tres senatores, baud 
minus turpi latebra, quam detestanda fraude, sese abs- 
trudunt ; foraminibus et rimis aurem admovent. — Tac, 
Ann, iv. 69, 



44 



CHAPTER XIII. Page 74. 



Intra. 

Within, signifying time. 

1. Intra decimum diem, quam Pheras venerat, his 
perfectis, Cranonem, profectus cum toto exercitu, primo 
adventu cepit. — Liv. xxxvi. 10. 

2. Qui jubetur intra kalendas pronunciare, is et ante 
kalendas, et ipsis kalendis jure pronunciare potest; 
neque id fit quasi privilegio quodam insitae consuetudinis, 
sed certa rationis observatione : quoniam omne tempus, 
quod kalendarum die includitur intra kalendas esse 
recte dicitur. — A, GelL xii. 1 3. 

Within, signifying place. 

1. Qui regnat intra montem Taurum, non solum in 
monte Tauro regnat, sed in his etiam regionibus quae 
Tauro monte clauduntur. — A, Gell. xii. 13. 

2. Hie utrum tandem sum accusandus, quod doleo ; 
an quod commisi, ut hsec aut non retiiierem, (quod facile 
fuisset, nisi intra parietes meos de mea pernicie consilia 
inirentur) aut certe vivus nunc amitterem ? — Cic. ad 
Attic, iii. 10. 

Within bounds, below, 
1. Sic igitur vivitur : quotidie aliquid legitur, aut scri- 
bitur; dein, ne amicis nihil tribuamus, epulamur una 



75, 76.] INTRA. 45 

lion modo non contra legem, si ulla nunc lex est : sed 
etiam iiitra legem, et quidem aliquanto. — Cic, ad Fam. 
ix. 26. 

2. Ne dicamus omnia clamose, quod insanum est ? 
aut intra loquendi modum, quod motu caret. — Quintil. 
Instit. xi. 3. 

3. Utinam Philotas quoque intra verba peccasset. — 
Q. Curt, vii. 1. 25. 

Adverbially. 

Nihil est tamen certius, quam vasa fictilia facere, quae 
singulas uvas laxe recipiant. ea debent quatuor ansas 
habere, quibus illigata viti dependeant : itemque oper- 
cula eorum sic formari, ut media divisa sint, ut cum su- 
spensa vasa singulas uvas receperint, ex utroque latere 
appositi operculi duae partes coeant, et contegant uvas. 
et haec vasa, et opercula extrinsecus et intra diligenter 
picata esse debebunt. — ColumelL R, R, xii. 43. 



46 



CHAPTER XIV. Page 77. 



JUXTA. 



Near or by the side of, 

1. Juxta genitorem adstat Lavinia virgo. 

Virg, JEn, vii. 72. 

2. Sepultus est [Atticus] je«r/« viam Appiam, ad quin- 
tum lapidem. — Corn. Nep, Attic, sub fin. 

Nea^t to. 

1. Neque ego inficias eo, Patres conscripti, tam spon- 
siones quam feeder a sancta esse apud eos homines, apud 
quos juxta divinas religiones fides humana colitur. — 
Liv, ix. 9. 

2. Juxta deos, in tua manu positum est. — Tac, Hist, 
ii. 76. _ 

Akin to, 

Equestrium sane virium id proprium, cito parare vi- 
ctoriam, cito cedere. Velocitas Jw^^a formidinem, cun- 
ctatio propior constantiae est. — Tac, Germ. c. 30. 

Nea^t after. 

Nigidius Figulus, homo, ut ego arbitror, juxta M. 
Varronem doctissimus, in undecimo commentariorum 
grammaticorum refert versum ex antiquo carmine me- 
moria hercle dignum : — 



78—80.] JUXTA. 47 

" Religentem esse oportet ; religiosum nefas." 
Cujus autem id carmen sit, non scribit. — A, Gell. iv. 9. 

For SECUNDUM, according to. 

Cum anceps proelium esset, lones, ju^ta praeceptmn 
Themistoclis, pugnae se paulatim subtrahere coeperunt. 
— Justin, ii. 12. 

Alike, equally ; adverbially. 

1. Eorum ego vitam mortemquejkr^« sestumo, quon- 
iam de utraque siletur. — Sail. Cat. c. 2. 

2. Ita neque caveri anceps malum, neque a fortissimis 
infirmissimo generi resisti posse : juxta boni malique, 
strenui et imbelles, inulti obtruncati. — Sail. Jug. c. 67. 

As much as or no more than, with cum. 

1. An nescis, quae sit haec res ? Juxta cum igna- 

rissimis. Plant. Pseud, iv. 7. 62. 

2. Juxta eam cura cum mea. Plant. Trin. i. 2. 160. 

Cum omitted. 

Quum multa, succedentes temere moenibus, Romani 
milites acciperent vulnera, neque satis inceptis succe- 
deret, Fabius, omittendam rem parvam ac juxta magnis 
difficilem, abscedendumque inde censebat, quum res 
majores instarent — Liv. xxiv. 1 9. 



48 



CHAPTER XV. Page 81. 



Ob. 



For or on account of, 

1. Si, qui oh aliquod emolumentum suum cupidius ali- 
quid dicere videntur, iis credi non convenit : credo majus 
emolumentum Csepionibus, et Metellis propositum fuisse 
ex Q. Pompeii damnatione, cum studiorum suorum ob- 
trectatorem sustulissent, quam cunctse Galliae ex M. 
Fonteii calamitate. — Cic. pro Font. c. 8. 

2. Etenim si illud est flagitiosum (quod mihi omnium 
rerum turpissimum, maximeque nefarium videtur) ob 
rem judicandam pecuniam accipere, pretio habere ad- 
dictam fidem et religionem : quanto illud flagitiosius, 
improbius, indignius, eum, a quo pecuniam ob absol- 
vendum acceperis, condemnare. — Cic. in Ver7\ ii. 2. 82. 

With RES, signifying to the purpose. 

1. P. Non pudet 

Vanitatis ? D. Minume, dum ob rem. 

Ter. Phar. iii. 2. 40. 

2. Certe ego libertatem, quae mihi a parente tradita 
est, experiar: verum, id frustra an ob rem faciam, in 
vestra manu situm, Quirites. — Sail. Jug, c. 31. 



8^.] ou. 49 

For ANTE, before, 

1. Dominatus est cnim, inquit, Alexandnse. Immo 
vero in superbissimo dominatu fiiit : pertulit ipse cu- 
stodian! : vidit in vinculis familiares suos : mors ob oculos 
saepe versata est : nudus, atque egens ad extremum fugit 
e regno. — Cic. pro Rabir. Post. c. 14. 

2. In tanta improborum multitudine cum res tantas 
gerebam, non mihi mors, non exilium ob oculos versa- 
bantur ? — Cic. pro Sexf. c. 21. 

3. Hiccine est Telamo ille, modo quem gloria ad 

coelum extulit? 
Quem aspectabant? cujus ob os Graii ora obver- 
tebant sua? Cic. Tusc. Qucest. iii. 18. 



50 



CHAPTER XVI. Page 84. 



Penes, 



Penes te, amplius est quam apud te ; nam apud te est 
quod qualiter a te teneatur, fenes te est quod quodam 
modo a te possidetur. — Ulp. Dig, L, tit. 16. leg. 53. 

In the power of or possession of. 

1. Si vitiosum est dicere ornate, pellatur omnino e 
civitate eloquentia. Sin ea non modo eos ornat, penes 
quos est, sed etiam universam rempublicam : cur aut 
discere turpe est, quod scire honestum est : aut, quod 
nosse pulcherrimum est, id non gloriosum docere ? — Cic, 
Orat c. 41. 

2. Me penes est unum vasti custodia mundi. 

Ovid. Fast. 1, l\9. 

3. Hi [servi] centum dies penes accusatorem cum 
fuissent, ab eo ipso accusatore producti sunt. — Cic, pro 
Milo7i. c. 22. 

With^ joined with sum. 

1. Fides ejus rei penes auctores erit. — Sail, Jug, c. 17. 

2. Sic enim intellexi, nihil aliud esse, quod dnbita- 
tionem afFerret ei, penes quern est potestas, nisi quod ve- 
reretur, ne tu illud beneficium omnino non putares. — 
Cic, ad Fam. iv. 7. 



PEXIiS. 51 

'J. Et quum consules nihilo minus adversus continua- 
tionem tribunatus, quam si lex minuendae suae majestatis 
caussa promulgata ferretur, tetendissent, victoria cer- 
taminis penes tribunes ^zV. — Liv, iii, 24. 

4. Quid ? istaec jam penes vos psaltria est P 

Ellam intus. Ter, Adelph, iii. 3. 34. 



r 2 



52 



CHAPTER XVII. Page 86. 



Per. 



Tky^ough, denoting transition. 

— Extremes curris mercator ad Indos, 



, Per mare pauperiem fugiens, per saxa, per ignes. 

Hor. EpisL i. 1. 45. 
2. Ego te, quaecunque rogabo, de te ipso rogabo ; 
neque te ex amplissimi viri dignitate, sed ex tuis 
tenebris extraham; omniaque mea tela sic in te con- 
jicientur, ut nemo per tuum latus (quod soles dicere) 
saucietur. In tuis pulmonibus ac visceribus hserebunt. 

— Cic. in Vatin, c. 5. 

Through or for^ signifying continuation of 
space. 

Hippos Alexander per duo stadia continent! annexuit. 

— Plin.N.H.\.29. 

Through, for, or at, signifying continuation 
of time. 

1. Per totum hoc tempus, subjectior in diem et horam 
Invidiae. Hor, Sat. ii. 6. 47. 

2. Post impetratam studiis meis quietem, quae per 
viginti annos erudiendis juvenibus impenderam, cum a 



87, 88.'] PER, 53 

me quidam familiariter postularent, ut aliquid de ratione 
dicendi componerem, diusum equidem reluctatus; quod 
auctores utriusqiie linguae clarissimos non ignorabam 
multa, quae ad hoc opus pertinerent, diligentissime 
scripta posteris reliquisse. — Qiiintil. Instit. procem. 

3. Mihi videutur caetera studia recta atque honesta, 
per otium concelebrata ab optimis, enituisse : hoc vero 
a plerisque eorum desertum obsolevisse eo tempore, 
quo multo vehementius erat retiiiendum, et studiosius 
adaugendum. — Cie» de Inven. i. 3. 

Through, signifying the instrument. 

1. Post haec diductis maUs, . . . totum eorum palatum 
saiC defricato, . . . ac vini siugulos sextarios pey^ cornu 
faucibus infundito. — Columel. JR. R. vi. 2. 

2. Quis vero opifex, praeter naturam, qua nihil potest 
esse callidius, tantam solertiam persequi potuisset in 
sensibus ? Quae primum oculos membranis tenuissimis 
vestivit et sepsit : quas primum perlucidas fecit, ut per- 
eas cerni posset ; firmas autem, ut continerentur. — Cic. 
de Nat. Dear. ii. 57. 

Through, hy, or under pretence or on account 
of, signifying the cause. 

1. Si Fannius Roscium fraudasse diceretur, utrumque 
ex utriusque persona verisimile videretur, et Fannium 
per malitiam fecisse, et Roscium per imprudentiam de- 
ceptum esse: sic cum Roscius Fannium fraudasse ar- 
guatur, utrumque incredibile est, et Roscium quidquam 
per avaritiam appetisse, et Fannium quidquam per se 
bonitate amisisse. — Cic. pro Qiiint. Rose. Com. c. 7. , 

E 3 



54 PER. [89, 90. 

2. Immo abeat potius malo quovis gentium, 

Quam hie per flagitium ad inopiam redigat patrem. 

Ter, Heaut. v. i. 55. 
S. Si quis, quod spopondit, qua in re verbo se uno 
obligavit, id non facit, maturo judicio, sine ulla religione 
judicis condemnatur. Qui j)er tutelam, aut societatem, 
aut rem mandatam, aut fiducise rationem, fraudavit 
quempiam, in eo, quo delictum majus est, eo pcena est 
tardior. — Cicpro Ccecin. c. 3. 

4. Matris nomen et patris 

Dicebat ipsa : patriam et signa cetera 
Neque scibat, neque per aetatem etiam potis erat, 

Ter, Eun, i. 2. 32, 

Through, hy^ with, or in, signifying the means. 

1. Non dubitavi, inquit, cum vadimonium desertum 
esset, bona proscribere. Quid si nunquam deseruit? 
si ista causa abs te tota per summam fraudem et mali- 
tiam ficta est? si vadimonium omnino tibi cum P. 
Quintio nullum fuit? — Cicpro P. Quint, c. 18. 

2. Germanicum, Druso ortum, octo apud Rhenum 
legionibus imposuit, adscirique per adoptionem a Tiberio 
jussit. — Tac. AnnaL i. 3. 

3. Caesar mihi ignoscit per literas, quod non venerim ; 
seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit. — Cic. ad 
Attic. X. 3. 

4. De quo judicio si velim dicere omnia, multi ap- 
pellandi, laedendique sunt : quod mihi non est necesse. 
Tantum dicam, paucos homines, ut levissime dicam, 
arrogantes, hoc adjutore, Q. Opimium per ludum et 
jocum, fortunis omnibus evertisse. — C/c. in Verr, ii, 
1. 60. 



90, 91.] PER. 55 

By, "with lewoe or permission of, 

1. Ancillas dedo : quolubet cruciatu jo^r me exquire. 

Ter, Hec, v. 2. 7. 

2. Per nos quidem, (hercle) egebit, qui suum prode- 

gerit. Plant, Merc. v. 4. 60. 

3. Quis ignorat, maximam illecebram esse peccandi 
impunitatis spem ? In utro igitur hsec fiiit ? In Milone ? 
qui etiam nunc reus est facti, aut praeclari, aut certe 
necessarii ? an in Clodio ? qui ita judicia, poenamque 
contempserat, ut eum nihil delectaret, quod aut per 
naturam fas esset, aut per leges liceret ? — Cic, pro Mil, 
c, 16. 

By, in supplication or adjuration. 

Obsecravit per fratris sui mortui cinerem, per nomen 
propinquitatis, per ipsius conjugem et liberos, quibus 
propior P. Quintio nemo est, ut aliquando misericor- 
diam caperet. — Cic, pro Qidnt. c. 31. 

Separated from the substantive it governs by 
EGO and Tu, and sometimes also by the article, in 
adjuration. 

1. Per ego te deos oro, ut ne illis animum inducas 

credere, 
Quibus id maxiune utile 'st, ilium esse quam de- 
ter rimum. Ter. And. v. 1. 15. 

2. Per ego te, fili, quaecumque jura liberos jungunt 
parentibus, precor quaesoque, ne ante oculos patois 
facere et pati omnia infanda velis. — Liv, xxiii. 9. 

3. Iliacas per te flammas, Tarpejaque saxa. 

Per patrios, Consul, muros, suspensaque nostrse 
E 4- 



56 PER. [91—93* 

Eventu pugnse natorum pignora, cedas 
Oramus Superis, tempusque ad proelia dextrum 
Opperiare. SiL Ital. v. 82. 

4. Per ego has lacrymas dextramque tuam 

te 

Oro. Virg, JEn. iv. 314. 

5. Per ego te haec genua obtestor, seney 

Quisqiiis es. Plaut. Bud. iii. 2. 13. 

By, in attestation or swearing. 

1. tJbi semel quis pejeraverit, ei credi postea, etiani 
si per plures deos juret, non oportet. — Cic. pro Rah, 
Post c. 13. 

2. Per solis radios, Tarpeiaque fulmina jurat, 
Et Martis frameam, et Cirrhsei spicula vatis ; 
Per calamos venatricis, pharetramque puellae, 
P6'rque tuum, pater ^gaei Neptune, tridentem. 

Juv, Sat. xiii. 78* 

With SE. 

1. [Plerique] amicos, tanquam pecudes, eos potissi- 
mum diligunt, ex quibus sperant se maximum fructum 
esse captures. Ita pulcherrima ilia et maxime naturali 
carent amicitia, per se et propter se expetenda. — Cic. 
de Amic. c. 21. 

2. Nunquam se ille [Scipio] Philo, nunquam Rupilio, 
nunquam Mummio anteposuit, nunquam inferioris 
ordinis amicis. Q. vero Maximum fratrem, egregium 
virum, omnino sibi nequaquam parem, quod is anteibat 
setate, tanquam superiorem colebat; suosque omnes per 
se esse ampliores volebat. — Cic. de Amic. c. 1 9. 

3. Mihi de amicitia cogitanti, maxime illud conside- 



93, 94.] PER. 57 

randum videri solet : num propter imbecillitateni atque 
inopiam desiderata sit amicitia ; ut dandis recipiendisque 
tneritis, quod quisque minus per se ipse posset, id acci- 
peret ab alio, vicissimque redderet ? — Cic. de Amic, 
c. 8. 

4. Quod quseritur ssepe, cur tarn multi sunt Epicurei : 
sunt aliae quoque causae : sed multitudinem hoc maxime 
aiiicit, quod ita putat dici ab illo, recta et honesta qu£E 
sint, ea facere ipsa pe?^ se laetitiam, id est, voluptatem. 
Homines optimi non intelligunt totam rationem everti, 
si ita se res habeat. Nam si concederetur, etiam si ad 
corpus nihil referatur, ista sua sponte et fer se esse 
jucunda; per se esset et virtus, et cognitio rerum, quod 
minime ille vult, expetenda. — Cic. de Fin. i. 7. 

5, Absurdum est dicere, cum homines bestiaeque hoc 
calore teneantur, et propterea moveantur ac sentiant, 
mundum esse sine sensu : qui integro, et puro, et libero, 
eodemque acerrimo et mobilissimo ardore teneatur. 
Praesertim cum is ardor, qui est mundi, non agitatus ab 
alio, neque externo pulsu, sed per se ipse ac sua sponte 
moveatur. — Cic, de Nat. Deor. ii. 11, 

With a neuter adjective. 

I. Talia dum pandit, vicinus parte sinistra 

Per subitum erumpit clamor. SiL Ital. x. 504-, 

2. Hand dum enses stricti, mediumque jacebat 

Tantum ad bella loci, quantum transmittere jactae 
Sufficerent hastae, cum fulgor hebescere coeli 
Per subitum coepit, densaeque sub ire tenebrae. 

SiL Ital.xll 651. 

3. Ceu septem surgens sedatis amnibus altus 

Per tacitum Ganges. Virg. JEn. ix. 30. 



58 PER. [94, 95. 

4. Ductor defixos Itala tellure tenebat 
Intentus vultus, manantesque ora rigabant 
Per taciturn lacrimae. SiL Ital. xvii. 214. 

Intensive. 

1. Per mihi, per, inquam, gratum feceris, si in hoc 
tarn diligens fueris, quam soles in his rebus, quas me 
valde velle arbitraris. — Cic, ad Attic, i. 20. 

2. Crassus vero mihi noster visus est oratoris faculta- 
tem non illius artis terminis, sed ingenii sui finibus, 
immensis pene, describere. Nam et civitatum regenda- 
rum oratori gubernacula sententia sua tradidit : in quo 
per mihi mirum visum est, Scaevola, te hoc illi con- 
cedere ; cum ssepissime tibi senatus breviter impoliteque 
dicenti maximis sit de rebus assensus. — Cic. de Orat. 
i. 49. 

3. Tertio Nonas cum in Laterium fratris venissem, 
accepi literas, et paulum respiravi : quod post has ruinas 
mihi non acciderat. Per enim magni sestimo, tibi firmi- 
tudinem animi nostri, et factum nostrum probari. — Cic. 
ad Attic. X. 1 . 



59 



CHAPTER XVIII. Page 97. 



Pone. 
Behind. 



1. Quievere in castris Celtiberi, quia pugnae copia 
non fiebat : equites tantum in stationem egrediebantur, 
ut parati essent, si quid ab hoste moveretur. Pone 
castra utrique pabulatum et lignatum ibant, neutri alteros 
inpedientes. — Liv, xl. 30. 

2. Vinctae pone tergum manus : laniata veste, foedum 
spectaculum, ducebatur, multis increpantibus, nuUo 
inlacrymante ; deformitas exitus misericordiam abstu- 
lerat. — Tac. Hist. iii. 85. 

3. Pone nos recede. Plant. Pcen. iii. 2. 34. 

Adverbially. 

1. Dextrae se parvus luJus 

Implicuit, sequiturque patrem non passibus asquis. 
Pone subit conjux. Virg. JEii. ii. 723. 

2. Ita totum animal movebatur illud quidem, sed 
immoderate, et fortuitu, ut sex motibus veheretur. 
Nam et ante, et pone, ad laevam, et ad dextram, et 
sursum, et deorsum, modo hue, mode illuc. — Cic, 
Timceus, c. 13. 



60 



CHAPTER XIX. Page 99. 



Post. 



Behind, applied to place. 

1. Repente post lev guxn. equitatus cernitur. — Cces, 
B. G. vii. 88. 

2. Ille ex castris prima vigilia egressus, prope con- 
fecto sub lucem itinere, post montem se occultavit. — 
Cces. B. G. vii. 83. 

3. Tu post carecta latebas. Virg. Eel. iii. 20. 

After, in point of time. 

1. Post mortem, in morte nihil est, quod metuam, 

mali. Plant. Capt. iii. 5. 83. 

2. Abi, stultus ; sero post tempus venis. 

Plant. Capt. iv. 2. 90. 

3. Brundusium veni a. d. xiv. Kal. Maias. Eo die 
pueri tui mihi a te literas reddiderunt: et alii pueri 
post diem tertium ejus diei alias literas attulerunt. — 
Cic. ad Attic, iii. 7. 

4. Etenim, cum pro sua patria pauci post genus 
hominum natum reperti sint, qui nullis prsemiis pro- 
positis, vitam suam hostium telis objecerint : pro aliena 
republica quemquam fore putatis, qui se opponat peri- 
culis, non modo nullo proposito praemio, sed etiam 
fnterdicto ? — Cic. pro Balb. c. 10. 



100, 101.] POST. 61 

5. Quadringentesimo anno, quam urbs Romana con- 
dita erat, quinto tricesimo, quam a Gallis reciperata, 
ablato post undecinium annum a plebe consulatu, patricii 
consules ambo ex interregno magistratum iniere. — Liv. 
vii. 18. 

6. Annum post quintum decimum creati consules 
L. Lucretius Flavus, Ser. Sulpicius Camerinus. — Liv, 
V. 2S. 

Adverbially. 

1. Mitto igitur ad te Trebatium, atque ita mitto, ut 
initio mea sponte, post autem invitatu tuo mittendum 
duxerim. — Cic. ad Fam. vii. 5. 

2. Nunc primum fac istsc lavet : post deinde, 
Quod jussi ei dari bibere .... 

Date. Ter. Andr. iii. 2, S. 

3. Reprehendit eas res, quas idem Caesar anno post, 
et deinceps reliquis aiuiis administr avis set in Gallia. — 
Cic. de CI Orat. c. 60. 

Joined with ea (postea). 

1. Post Cannensem illam calamitatem primum Mar- 
celli ad Nolam praelio, populus se Romanus erexit, 
posteao^Q prosperae res deinceps multse consecutae sxmt. 
— Cic. de Clar. Orat. c. 3. 

2. Postea aliquanto, ipsos quoque tempestas vehe- 
mentius jactare coepit, usque adeo, ut dominus navis, 
cum idem gubernator esset, in scapham confugeret, et 
inde funiculo, qui a puppi religatus scapliam annexam 
trahebat, navim, quoad posset, moderaretur. — Cic. de 
Invent, ii. 51. 



62 POST. [102. 

Joined with quam (postquam). 

Undecimo die postquam a. te discesseram, hoc hteru- 
larum exaravi, egrediens e villa ante lucem — Cic, ad 
Attic, xii. 1. 

Disjoined from quam. 

Nil sane habebam novi, quod post accidisset, quam 
dedissem ad te Philogeni liberto tuo literas. — Cic, ad 
Attic, vi. 3. 

Combined with ea and quam (posteaquam). 

Quod posteaquam dixi, tantus est gemitus factus aspe- 
ctu statuae, et commemoratione, ut illud in curia posi- 
tum monumentum scelerum, non beneficiorum videretur. 
— Cic, in Verr, ii. 2. 4. 62. 

PosTEA elegantly separated from quam by 
the intervention of vero. 

1. Postea vero quam ita et cepi et gessi maxima im- 
peria, ut mihi nihil neque ad honorem, neque ad gloriam 
acquirendum putarem; superiorem quidem nunquam, 
sed parem vobis me speravi esse factum. — - Cic, ad Fam. 
iii. 7. 

2. Postea vero quam profectus es, veHm recordere, 
quae ego de te in senatu egerim, quae in concionibus 
dixerim, quas ad te Uteras miseram. — Cic, ad Fam, v. 2. 



1 



63 



CHAPTER XX. Page 104. 



Prater. 

Except or but, 

1. Amicum ex consularibus neminem tibi esse video, 
jprcEteii' Hortensium et LucuUum: caeteri sunt partim 
obscurius iniqui, partim non dissimulanter irati. — Cic, 
ad Fam. i. 5. 

2. Omnibus sententiis, pr ester unam, .... condemna- 
tus est. — Cic. pro A, Cluent. c. 20. 

3. Neque, pr^eter te, in Alide ullus servus istoc no- 

mine 'st. Plant, Capt, iii. 4. 58. 

Adverbially in appearance, but the accusative 
anderstood. 

1. Atque etiam e Grsecis ipsis diligenter cavendae sunt 
quaedam familiaritates, prceter hominum perpaucorum, 
si qui simt vetere Graecia digni. — Cic, ad Q. Fratr, i. 1.5. 

2. Religionum usquequaque contemtor, prceter unius 
Deae Syriae. — Suet, Neron, 56, 

Besides, 

1. Scipionem ea auctoritate esse, ut non solum libere, 
quae probasset, exponere; sed magna etiam ex parte 
compellere, atque errantem [Pompeiumj regere posset : 



64 PRATER. [105, 106. 

praeesse autem suo nomine exercitui ; ut, ^Tester auctori- 
tatem, vires quoque ad coercendum haberet : quod si 
fecisset, quietem Italiae, pacem provinciarum, salutem 
imperii, uni omnes acceptam relaturos. — Cess, B, Civ* 
iii. 57. 

2. Ceterum hsec, ut in secundis rebus, segniter otio- 
seque gesta. Romanos, prcBter insitam industriam 
animis, fortuna etiam cunctari prohibebat. — Liv, 
xxiii. 14. 

3. Quis porro, prceter periculum horridi et ignoti 
maris, Asia, aut Africa, aut Italia relicta, Germaniam 
peteret ? informem terris, asperam coelo, tristem cultu 
aspectuque, nisi si patria sit. — Tac, Germ. c. 2. 

By the side of or along, 

1. Postero die est prcEter Caralitin paludem agmen 
ductum. — Liv. xxxviii. 1 5. 

2. Transgressis ponte perfecto flumen, prceter ripam 
euntibus Galli Matris Magnae a Pessinunte obcurrere 
cum insignibus suis, vaticinantes fanatico carmine, Deam 
Romanis viam belli et victoriam dare. — Liv. xxxviii. 19. 

3. Fulvius, secunda et quarta legione adortus a Pisis 

Apuanos Ligures, in deditionem acceptos, ad 

septem millia hominum in naves impositos, prceter oram 
Etrusci maris Neapolim transmisit. — Liiv. xl. 41. 

Before or in sight of 

1. Apronius interea coenam, ac pocula poscebat. Servi 
autem ejus, qui et moribus iisdem essent, quibus dominns, 
et eodem genere ac loco nati, prceter oculos Lollii hsec 
omnia ferebant, — Cic, Verr. ii, 3. 25. 



107, 108.] PRATER. 65 

2. Praecipuum pavorem intulit siispensum et nutans 
machinamentum quo repente demisso pneter suorum 
ora, singuli pluresve hostium sublime rapti, verso pon- 
dere intra castr^ efFundebantur. — Tac. Hist. iv. 30. 

Beyond or above, 

1. Nimium ipse est durus prceter sequumque et 

bonum. Ter. Adelph. i. 1. 39* 

2. Cujus [Phalaridis] est prceter casteros nobilitata 
crudelitas. — Cic. de Offic, ii. 7. 

3. Aristides .... nonne ob earn causam expulsus est 
patria, quod prteter modum Justus esset. — Cic, Tusc, 
QucEst, ^,^^, 

4. Plura etiam acciderunt, quam vellem. Nam, 
ut amitteretis exercitum, iiunquam mehercule optavi. 
Illud etiam accidit prceter optatum meum ; sed valde ex 
voluntate. — Cic. in Pison. c. 20. 

5. Quod plerique omnes faciunt adolescentuli, 

Ut animum ad aliquod studium adjungant, aut equos 
Alere, aut canes ad venandum, aut ad philosophos : 
Horum ille nihil egregie prceter cetera 
Studebat, et tamen omnia haec mediocriter. 

Ter. Aiidn i, 1. 28. 

Contrary to, 

1. Ante d. v. Kal. Decemb. tres epistolas a te accepi; 
unam datam a. d. viii. Kal. Novemb. in qua me hortaris, 
ut forti animo mensem Januarium expectemi eaque, 
quae ad spem putas pertinere, de Lentuli studio, de 
Metelli voluntate, de tota Pompeii ratione, perscribis. 
In altera epistola prceter consuetudinem tuam diem non 
adscribis. — Cic. ad Attic, iii. 23, 



GQ PRJETER. [108. 

2. Sed ex his omnibus nihil magis ridetur, quam quod 
est prater expectationem : cujus innumerabilia sunt 
exempla, vel Appii majoris illius, qui in senatu, cum 
ageretur de agris publicis, et de lege Thoria, et preme- 
retur Lucilius ab iis, qui a pecore ejus depasci agros 
publicos dicerent, " Non est," inquit, " Lucilii pecus 
illud : erratis ; " (defendere Lucilium videbatur) " ego 
liberum puto esse : qua lubet, pascitur." 



07 



CHAPTER XXI. Page 109. 



Prope. 

Near, almost at, 

1. Est mihi gratissimum, tanti a te aestimatam con- 
suetudinem vitis, victusque nostri : primum, ut earn 
domum sumeres, ut non modo prope me, sed plane me- 
cum habitare posses : deinde, ut migrare tantopere 
festines. — Cic. ad Fam. vii. 23. 

2. Quemdam volo visere, non tibi notum ; 

Trans Tiberim longe cubat is, pn^ope Caesaris hortos. 

Hot. Sat. i. 9. 17. 

3. Id vero ssgre tolerante milite, prope seditionem 
ventum, cum progressi equites sub ipsa moenia, vagos ex 
Cremonensibus corripiunt. — Tac. Hist. iii. 21. 

Nea7\ about ; applied to time. 

Prope kalendas Sextiles puto me Laodiceae fore : per- 
paucos dies, dum pecunia accipitur, quae mihi ex publica 
permutatione debetur, commorabor. — Cic. ad Fam. iii. 5. 

Adverbially. 

1 . Tute ipse his rebus finem praescripsti, pater. 
Prope adest, cum alieno more vivendum 'st mihi : 
Sine nunc meo me vivere interea modo. 

Ter. And. i. 1. 124. 
F 2 



68 PROPE. [110, 111. 

2. Vehementer te esse sollicitum, et in communibus 
miseriis praecipuo quodam dolore angi, multi ad nos 
quotidie deferunt. Quod quanquam minime miror, et 
meum quodammodo agnosco : doleo tamen, te sapientia 
praeditum prope singular!, non tuis bonis delectari potius, 
quam alienis malis laborare. — Cic, ad Fam, iv. 3. 

3. Circa Herdoneam Romanae legiones et praetor 
Fulvius erant. quo ubi adlatum est, hostes adventare, 
prope est factum, ut injussu praetoris signis convulsis in 
aciem exirent. — Liv> xxv. 21. 

With A, near, or close to. 

1- Turn in Italia bellum tarn prope a Sicilia, tamen 
in Sicilia non fuit. — Cic, in Verr. ii. 5. 2. 

2. [Cato] perniciali odio Carthaginis flagrans, .... 
attulit quodam die in curiam praecocem ex ea provincia 
ficum, ostendensque Patribus, " Interrogo vos," inquit : 
" quando banc pomum demptam putetis ex arbore ? " 
Cum inter omnes recentem esse constaret : " Atqui 
tertium," inquit, " ante diem scitote decerptam Car- 
thagine : tam prope a muris habemus hostem." Sta- 
timque sumptum est Punicum tertium bellum. — PZ/w. 
N.H. XV. 18. 

3. An tu eras consul, cum in Palatio mea domus arde- 
bat, non casu aliquo, sed ignibus injectis, instigante te ? 
Ecquod in hac urbe majus unquam incendium fuit, cui 
non consul subvenerit? At tu illo ipso tempore apud 
socrum tuam prope a meis jsdibus, cujus domum ad 
meam exhauriendam patefeceras, sedebas, non extinctor, 
sed auctor incendii, et ardentes faces furiis Clodianis 
pene ipse consul ministrabas. — - Cic. in Pison. c. 11. 



112.] PROPE. (;9 

With ABESSE. 

Porro ne in corpore quidem valetudinem medici 
probant, quae animi anxietate contingit, parum est aegrum 
non esse, fortem, et laetum, et alacrem volo : prope abest 
ab infirmitate, in quo sola sanitas laudatur. — Cic, Dial, 
de Orat. c. 23. 



70 



CHAPTER XXII. Page 113. 



Propter. 



I 



Near, or by, i. e. by the side of, 

1. In ipYoXvXo propter Platonis statuam consedimus. — - 
Cic, de Clar, Orat. p. 6. 

2. Cum Lacedaemoniis lex esset, ut hostias nisi ad 
sacriiicium quoddam redemptor praebuisset, capitale 
esset; hostias is, qui redemerat, cum sacrificii dies in- 
staret, in urbem ex agro coepit agere. Tum subito 
magnis commotis tempestatibus fluvius Eurotas is, qui 
propter Lacedaemonem fluit, ita magnus et vehemens 
factus est, ut eo traduci victimse nuilo modo possent. — 
Cic, de Invent, c. 31. 

3. Vulcani item Gomplures : primus Caelo natus, ex 
quo Minerva Apollinem eum, cujus in tutela Athenas 
antiqui historici esse voluerunt: secundus Nile natus, 
Phthas, ut ^gyptii appellant, quemcustodem esse ^gypti 
volunt: tertius ex tertio Jove et Junone, qui Lemni 
fabricae traditur praefuisse: quartus Menalio natus, qui 
tenuit insulas propter Siciliam, quae Vulcaniae nomina- 
bantur. — Cic, de Nat, Deor, iii. 22. 

4. Ubi Artotrogus ? 

Arto. Hie est: Stat ^rop^er virum 

Fortem, atque fortunatum, et forma regia ; 
Tum bellatorem. Plant, Mil Glor, i, 9, 



114, 115.] PROPTER. 71 

Oil account of, for, i. e. for the sake of , or by 

j'eason of 

1 . Nolito commoveri, si audieris me regredi, si forte 

Caesar ad me veniet Nam neque castra, propter 

aimi tempus et militum animos, facere possum : neque 
ex omnibus oppidis contrahere copias expedit. — Cic. 
ad Attic, viii. 12. 

2. Tu solus aperta non videbis, qui propter acumen 
occultissima perspicis ? tu non intelliges, te querelis quo- 
tidianis nihil proficere ? tu non intelliges duplicari solli- 
citudines, quas elevare tua te prudentia postulat ? — 
Cic. Fam. v. 14-. 

3. Audivi equidem ista de majoribus natu, sed nun- 
quam sum adductus, ut crederem ; eamque suspicionem 
jpropter banc causam credo fuisse, quod Fannius in 
mediocribus oratoribus habitus esset. — Cic. de Clar, 
Orat. c. 26. 

4. De Tirone video tibi curae esse: quern quidem 
ego, etsi mirabiles utilitates mihi prsebet, cum valet, in 
omni genere vel negotiorum, vel studiorum meorum, 
tamen propter humanitatem, et modestiam malo salvum, 
quam propter usum meum. — Cic, ad Attic, vii. 5. 

Adverbially. 

1. Prseterito hac recta platea sursus : ubi eo veneris, 
Clivos deorsum vorsum est; hac te praecipitato ; 

postea 
Est ad hanc manum sacellum r ibi angiportum 
propter est. Ter. Adelph. iv. 2. S5. 

2. Videbit, conloquetur ; aderit una in unis aedibus : 

Cibum nonnunquam capiet cum ea: interdum 

propter dormiet. Ter. Em. ii. 3. 76. 

F 4 



72 



CHAPTER XXIII. Page 116. 



I 



Secundum. 



After, next to, 

1. Deos placatos pietas efficiet, et sanctitas : proxime 
autem, et secundum deos, homines hominibus maxime 
utiles esse possunt. — Cic, de Offic, ii. 3. 

2. In hac solitudine careo omnium colloquio ; cumque 
mane me in silvam abstrusi densam et asperam, non 
exeo inde ante vesperum. Secundum te, nihil est mihi 
amicius solitudine. — Cic. ad Attic, xii. 15. 

3. In actione secundum vocem vultus valet. Is autem 
oculis gubernatur. — Cic, de Or at, iii. 69. 

4. Secundum ea quaero, servarisne in eo fidem ? num 
quando tibi moram attulerit, quo minus concilium ad- 
vocares, legemque ferres, quod eo die scires de caelo 
esse servatum ? — Cic, in Vatin, c. 6. 

Near or behind. 

1. Circiter hora decima noctis P. Postumius, famili- 
aris ejus, ad me venit, et mihi nuntiavit, M. Marcellumy 
collegam nostrum, post ccenae tempus, a P. Magio Chi» 
lone, familiari ejus, pugione percussum esse, et duo vul- 
nera accepisse, unum in stomacho, alterum in capite 
secundum aurem: sperare tamen eum vivere posse.—- 
Cic. Tarn, iv, 12. 



117 — 1^9.] SECUNDUM. 73 

2. Pro, Dii immortales ! Quid illuc est, Sceparnio, 
Hominum secundum litus ? Plant. Rud, i. 2. 60. 

3. Saltibus in vacuis pascant, et plena secundum 
Flumina. Virg, Georg. iii. 143. 

According to. 

1. Gavium istum, quern repentinum speculatorem 
fuisse dicis, ostendam, in latumias Syracusis a te esse 
conjectum: neque id solum ex Uteris ostendam Syra- 
cusanorum : ne possis dicere, me, quia sit aliquis in 
liter is Gavins, hoc finger e, et eligere nomen, ut hunc 
ilium esse possim dicere : sed secundum arbitrium tuum 
testes dabo, qui istum ipsum Syracusis abs te in latu- 
mias conjectum esse dicant. — Cic. in Verr, ii. 5. 63. 

2. Isti te ignorabant ; postquam eis mores 

ostendi tuos : 
Et conlaudavi secundum facta et virtutes tuas, 
Impetravi. Ter. Eun. v. 8. 60. 

3. Omnia vero, quae secundum naturam limit, sunt 
habenda in bonis. Quid est autem tam secundum natu- 
ram, quam senibus emori ? quod idem contingit adole- 
scentibus, adversante et repugnante natura. — Cic, de 
Se7iect, c. 19. 

In favour of, 

1. Subito ille [Clodius] in concionem ascendit, quam 
Appius ei dedit. Nuntiat jam populo pontifices secun- 
dum se decrevisse ; me autem vi conari in possessionem 
venire. Hortatur, ut se et Appium sequantur, et suam 
libertatem ut defendant. — Cic. ad Attic, iv. 2. 

2. Causa Buthrotiorum delata est ad consules. De- 
cretum CcEsaris recitatum est, et multi prseterea libelli 



74" SECUNDUM. [119. 

Caesaris prolati. Consules de consilii sententia decre- 
verunt secundum Buthrotios ; Plancum dederunt. — 
Cic. ad Attic, xvi. 18. 

S. Vulgata victoria, post principia belli secundum Fla- 
vianos, duae legiones, .... cum Vedio Aquila, legato, 
Patavium alacres veniunt. — Tac. Hist. iii. 7. 

4. Iste postero die mane, cum multo maturius, quam 
unquam antea, surrexisset, judices citari jubet. Ubi 
comperit Heraclium non adesse, cogere incipit eos, ut 
absentem Heraclium condemnarent. Illi eum com- 
monefaciunt, ut si ei videatur, utatur instituto suo, nee 
cogat ante horam decimam de absente secundum pree- 
sentem judicare. Impetrant. — Cic. in Verr. ii. 2. 1 7. 



75 



CHAPTER XXV. Page 121. 



Supra, 



Above, higher than, over, 

1. Infra nihil est, nisi mortale et caducum, praeter 
animos generi hominum, munere deorum datos. Supra 
limam sunt aeterna omnia. — Cic. Somn. ScijJ. c. 4. 

2. Eadem ratione mare, cum supra terram sit, medium 
tamen terrae locum expetens, congiobatur undique 
sequabiliter, neque redundat unquam, neque effunditur. 
Cic. de Nat. Deor. ii. 45. 

3. Ego . . . helium geram . . . cum regno, et imperiis 
extraordinariis, et dominatione, et potentia, quae supra 
leges se esse velit. — Cic. ad Brut. c. 1 7. 

4. Mihi caeruleus supra caput astitit imher, 

Noctem hyememque ferens. Virg. jEn. iii. 194, 

Supra caput, exceedingly. 

Ecce sup^a caput homo levis ac sordidus, sed tamen 
equestri censu, Catienus ; etiam is lenietur. — Cic. ad 
Quint. Fratr. i. 2. 

Beyond. 

1 . Illis ira modum supra est, laesaeque venenum 
Morsibus inspirant. Virg. Georg, iv. 2S6. 

2. Quartus autem est gradus et altissimus eorum qui 



7^ SUPRA. [122, 123. 

natura boni sapientesque gignuntur : quibus a principio 
innascitur ratio recta constansque, quae supra hominem 
putanda est, deoque tribuenda. — Cic. de Nat. Deor, ii. 
\^, 
3. Gloria quern supra vires et vestit et ungit, 
Quern tenet argenti sitis importuna famesque, 
Quern paupertatis pudor et fuga, dives amicus 
Ssepe decern vitiis instructior odit et horret. 

Hor. Epist, \, 18* 22. 

More than, 

1. Qui Musas amat impares, 

Ternos ter cyathos attonitus petet 
Vates. Tres prohibet supra 

Kixarum metuens tangere Gratia. 

Hor, Od/iiu 19. 13. 

2. Karthaginiensium sociorumque caesa eo die supra 
millia viginti : par ferme numerus captus est, cum signis 
militaribus centum triginta tribus, elephantis undecim, — 
Liv, XXX. 35. 

Adverbially. 

1. Ac mihi quidem veteres illi, majus quiddam ani- 
mo complexi, plus multo etiam vidisse videntur, quam 
quantum nostrorum ingeniorum acies intueri potest: qui 
omnia haec, quae supra et subter, unum esse, et una vi, 
atque una consensione naturae constricta esse dixerunt. — 
Cic, de Orat, iii. 5. 

2. — Das nummos ; accipis uvam, 

Pullos, ova, cadum temeti : nempe modo isto 
Paulatim mercaris agrum, fortasse trecentis, 
Aut etiam supra^ nummorum millibus emptum. 

Hor, Epist, ii. 2. 162. 



123.] SUPRA. 77 

3. Pisonis humanitas, virtus, amor in omnes nos tan- 
tus est, ut nihil supra possit. — Cic, Fam, xiv. 1. 

Followed by quam. 

1. [Livium] in concionibus, sup^a quam enarrari 
potest, eloquentem. — Quintil. Instit, x. 1. 101. 

2. Aspera arteria (sic enim a medicis appellatur) 
ostium habeat, adjunctum linguae radicibus, paulo supra 
liiam ad linguam stomachus annectitur. — Cic, de Nat, 
Deor. ii. 54. 



78 



CHAPTER XXVI. Page 124. 



Trans. 



Over, across, beyond, 

1 . Coelum non animum mutant qui trans mare currutit. 

Hot. Epist.i. 11. 780. 

2. Si fortunatum species et gratia praestat ; 
Mercemur servum qui dictet nomina, laevum 
Qui fodiat latus, et cogat trans pondera dextram 
Porrigere. Hor, Epist, i. 6. 49. 

3. Illas ducit amor trans Gargara, tran^(\\\e sonantera 
Ascanium : superant montes, et flumina tranant. 

Virg. Georg. iii. 269. 

4. Marcone Crasso putas utile tuisse, tum cum maxi- 
mis opibus fortunisque florebat, scire, sibi, interfecto 
Public filio, exercituque deleto, trans Euphratem cum 
ignominia et dedecore esse pereundum ? — Cic^ de Div. 
ii. 9. 

5. [Clodius], cum ab equite Romano splendidissimo 
et forti viro, T. Pacavio, non impetrasset, ut insulam in 
lacu Prelio venderet, repente lintribus in eam insulam 
materiam, calcem, caementa atque arenam convexit, do- 
minoque trans ripam inspectante non dubitavit sedifiicium 
extruere in alieno. — Cic, pro Milon, c, 27. 



79 



CHAPTER XXVII. Page 127. 



Versus or Versum. 

Towards, 

1. Initio belli civilis cum Brundusium versus ires ad 
Cassarem, venisti ad me in Formianum. — Cic. Fam. 
xi. 27. 

2. Bello Punico secundo, nonne C. Flaminius consul 
iterum, neglexit signa rerum fiiturarum magna cum 
clade reipublicae? Qui exercitu lustrato, cum Arretium 
versus castra movisset, et contra Annibalem iegiones du- 
ceret : et ipse, et equus ejus ante signum Jovis Statoris 
sine causa repente concidit, nee eam rem habuit religioni, 
objecto signo, ut peritis videbatur, ne committer et proe- 
lium. — Cic. de Div. i. 35. 

With AD or IN. 

1 . [Numa] adcitus, sicut Romulus augurato urbe con- 
denda regnum adeptus est, de se quoque Deos consuli 
jussit : inde ab augure (cui deinde, honoris ergo, publi- 
cum id perpetuumque sacerdotium fuit) deductus in 
arcem, in lapide ad meridiem versus consedit. Augur 
ad laevam ejus, capite velato, sedem cepit, dextra manu 
baculum sine nodo aduncum tenens, quem lituum ad- 
pellaverunt. inde ubi, prospectu in urbem agrumque 



80 VERSUS, VERSUM. [1^9, 130. 

capto, Deos precatus, regiones ab oriente ad occasum 
determinavit ; dextras ad meridiem partes, Isevas ad se- 
ptentrionem esse dixit. Signum contra, quo longissime 
conspectum oculi ferebant, animo finivit. Tum, lituo in 
laevam manum translato, dextra in caput Numae imposita, 
precatus est ita : "Jupiter pater, si est fas, hunc Numam 
Pompilium, cujus ego caput teneo, regem Romae esse, 
uti tu signa nobis certa adclarassis inter eos fines, quos 
feci." Tum peregit verbis auspicia, quss mitti vellet. 
quibus missis, declaratus rex Numa de templo descendit. 

— Liv. i. 19. 

2. Postquam Antonius cum exercitu adventabat, Ca- 
tilina per montis iter facere, ad Urbem modo, modo in 
Galiiam versus castra movere. — Sail. Cat, c. 56, 

3. Interim Metellus cum acerrume rem gereret, cla- 
morem hostilem ab tergo accepit : dein, convorso equo, 
animadvortit, fugam ad se vorsum fieri : quag res indica- 
bat popularis esse. — Sail, Jug, c. 58. 

With QUOQUO or sursum. 

1. [Vercingetorix] rex ab suis appellatur : dimittit 
quoquoversus legationes : obtestatur ut in fide maneant. 

— Cces, B, Gall, vii. 4^. 

2. Eadem ratio est horum, quae sunt orationis lumina, 
et quodammodo insignia : cum aut duplicantur, iteran- 
turque verba, aut breviter commutata ponuntur, aut ab 
eodem verbo ducitur saepius oratio, aut in idem conji- 
citur, aut in utrumque, aut adjungitur idem iteratum, 
aut idem ad extremum refertur : aut continenter unum 
verbum non in eadem sententia ponitur : aut cum simi- 
liter vel cadunt verba, vel desinunt : aut multis modis 
contrariis relata contraria: aut cum gradatim sursum 



130.] VERSUS, VERSUM. 81 

verms reditur: aut cum, demptis conjunctionibus, dis- 
solute plura dicuntur: aut cum aliquid praetereuntes, 
cur id faciamus, ostendimus : aut cum corrigimus 
nosmetipsos, quasi reprehendentes : aut si est aliqua 
exclamatio vel admirationis, vel conquestionis ; aut 
cum ejusdem nominis casus saepius commutatur. — 
Ck. (hat c. 39. 



82 



CHAPTER XXVIII. Pa^e 131. 



Ultra. 



Beyond^ referred to place. \ 

1. Me sylva lupus in Sabina, 

Dum meam canto Lalagen, et ultra 
Terminum curis vagor expeditus, 

Fugit inermem. Hor, Od. i. 22. 9. 

2. Cottae quod tu negas te nosse ; ultra Silianam vil- 
1am est, quam puto tibi notam esse : villula sordida, et 
valde pusilla : nihil agri ; ad aliam rem loci nihil ; satis 
ad eam, quam quaero. — Cic. ad Attic, xii. 27. 

Beyond^ referred to time. 

1. Ultra promissum tempus abesse queror. 

Ov. Epist, Her. ii. 2. 

2. A me [palaestricus] tamen nee ultra pueriles annos 
retinebitur, nee in his ipsis diu. — Quint. Inst. i. 11. 2. 

Beyond, referred to degree. 

1 . Mollis et enervata putanda est Peripateticorum ra- 
tio et oratio, qui perturbari animos necesse esse dicunt : 
sed adhibent modum quendam, quern ultra progredi non 
oporteat. — Cic. Tusc. QucEst. iv. 1 7. 

2. Nihil pejus est iis, qui, paulum aliquid ultra primas 
literas progressi, falsam sibi scientiae persuasionem in- 
duerunt, — Quintil, Instil, i. 1.2. 



135, ISS."] ULTRA. 83 

Adverbially ; applied to space. 

1. Gemm tibi morem, et ea, quae vis, ut potero, ex- 
plicabo : nee tamen quasi Pythius Apollo, certa ut sint 
et fixa, quae dixero : sed ut homunculus unus e multis, 
probabilia conjectura sequens. Ultra enim quo progre- 
diar, quam ut veri videam similia, non habeo, — Czc. 
Tiisc. QudBst, i. 9. 

2. Longum est, quod pluribus verbis, aut sententiis, 
2iltra quam satis est, producitur. — Cic, de Invent, i. 18. 

Adverbially ; applied to time. 

1. Ea demum vox ita animos accendit, atque, reno- 
vato clamore, velut alii repente facti, tanta vi se in hostem 
intuiei'unt, ut sustineri ultra, non possent. — Liv. xxiv. 
16. 

2. His consuiibus Fidenae obsessae, Crustumeria capta, 
Prseneste ab Latinis ad Romanes descivit. nee ultra 
bellum Latinum, gliscens jam per aliquot annos, dilatum. 
— Liv. ii. 19, 

Adverbially ; applied to degree. 

1. Brutus noster misit ad me orationem suam, habi- 
tam in concione Capitolina ; petivitque a me, ut earn nee 
ambitiose corrigerem ante, quam ederet. Est autem 
oratio scripta elegantissime sententiis, verbis, ut nihil 
possit ultra. — Cic. ad Attic, xv. 1. 

2. Contenti esse debebitis, si probabilia dicentur. 
^quum est enim meminisse, et me, qui disseram, 
hominem esse : et vos, qui judicatis : ut si probabilia 
dicentur, nil ultra requiratis, — Cic, de Univ. c. 3. 



G '2 



84 



CHAPTER XXIX. Page 134. 



Usque. 
As far as, 

1 . Mic. Is venit ut secum avehat : 

Nam habitat Mileti. ^s. Hem, virginem ut 

secum avehat? 
Mic. Sic est. ^s. Miletum usque obsecro ? 

Ter. Adel. iv. 5. 19. 

2. Appius noster, cum me adventare videret, profectus 
est Tarsum usque Laodicea. — Cic. ad Attic, v. 1 7. 

Adverbially ; even, as far as, very, till, 

1, Sa. Numquam vidi iniquius 

Certationem comparatam, quam hodie quae inter 

nos fuit : 
Ego vapulando, ille verberando, usque ambo defessi 

sumus. 
Sy. Tua culpa. Sa. Quid facerem? Sy. Adule- 

scenti morem gestum oportuit. 
Sa. Quid potui melius, qui hodie ^i usque os prsebui? 

Ter. Adel ii. 2. 3. 

Adverbially ; all hit, almost, 

Dem. Quid tibiest? 

Sy. Rogitas? Ctesipho me pugnis miserum, et 

istarn psaltriam 
Usque occidit. Ter. Adel. iv. 2. 1 8. 



135, 136.] USQUE. 85 

Adverbially ; continually/, always. 

1. Mihi quidem usque ciirae erit quid agas, dum, quid 
egeris, sciero. — Cic. Fnm. xii. 19. 

2. Exsul eram ; requiesque mihi, non fama petita est : 

Mens intenta suis ne foret usque mails. 

Ovid, Trist. iv. 1.3. 

Adverbially ; doubled. 

Allatres licet usque nos et usque^ 
Et gamiitibus improbis lacessas ; 
Certum est banc tibi pernegare famam, 
Olim quam petis in meis libellis. 

Martial, v. 60. 1. 
With AD. 

1. Si sensero hodie quicquam in his te nuptiis 
Fallaciae conari, quo fiant minus ; 

Aut velie in ea re ostendi, qnam sis callidus : 
Verberibus csesum te in pistrinum, Dave, dedam 
usque ad necem. Ter. Andr. i. 2. 25. 

2. De Quinto fratre nuntii nobis tristes, nee varii, 
venerant ex ante diem Non. Jun. usque ad prid. Kal. 
Sept. — Cic. Attic, iii. 1 7. 

With A. 

1. Hi sunt homines, quos nuper senatu^ in hostium 
numero habendos censuit. Hoc illi navigio ad omnes 
populi Romani hostes, usque ah Dianio, quod in Hispa- 
nia est, ad Sinopen, quae in Ponto est, navigaverunt. — 
Cic. Verr. ii. 1. 34-. 

2. Vetus opinio est, jam iisqiie ah heroicis ducta tem- 
poribus, eaque et populi Romani et omnium gentium 
firmata consensu, versari quandam inter homines divina- 

G 3 



86 USQUE. [137, 138. 

tionem, id est, praesensionem et scientiani rerum 

futurarum. — Cic, de Div. i. 1. 

With vanous prepositions. 

1. Libra die soionique pares ubi fecerit horasj 

Et medium luci atque umbris jam dividet orbem i 
Exercete, viri, tauros, serite hordea campis, 
Usque sub extremum brumae intractabilis imbrem. 

Virg. Georg. i. 208. 

2, - — — - Heus jubete istos loras 
Exire, quos jussi, ocius. Procede tu hue. 
Ex Ethiopia est usque haec. 

Ter. Eun. iii. 2. 16, 
5. Romae consules praetor esque usque ante diem quin- 
turn Kalendas Maias Latinse tenuerunt. — Lw.xxv, 12. 

4. Memorandum de panthera tradit Demetrius Phy- 
sicus : jacentem in media via hominis desiderio, repente 
apparuisse patri cujusdam Philini, assectatoris sapientiae : 
ilium pavore ccepisse regredi, feram vero circumvolutari 
non dubie blandientem, seseque conflictantem moerore, 
qui etiam in panthera intelligi posset, Feta erat, catulis 
procul in foveam delapsis. Primum ergo, miserationis 
fuit non expavescere: proximum, ei curam intendere; 
sequutusque, qua trahebat vestem unguium levi injectu, 
ut causam doloris intellexit, simulque salutis suae merce- 
dem, exemit catulos r eaque cum iigf prosequente, usqzie 
extra solitudines deductus. — Plin. N. If, viii. 1 7. 

5. Non tamen mque in hoc, judices, valet, ut non de- 
derim beneficium. — Quintil. Declam. 301. 

6. Tollitur ab atriis Liciniis, atque a praeconum con- 
sessu in Galliam Naevius, et trans Alpes usque transfer- 
tur. — Cic, pro Quint, c. S. 



138, 139.] USQUE. 87 

With ADEOj so xiery fai\ so great y, 

1. Nonequidem in video: miror magis: undiqiie totis 
Usque adeo tui'batur agris. Virg. Eel. i. 1 J . 

2. Cur me enicas ? hoc audi, numquam destitit 
Instare, ut dicerem me ducturum patri ; 
Suadere, orare, usque adeo donee perpuKt. 

Ter. Andr. iv. I. 36. 

With DUM, as long as. 

1. Fateatur, id, quod negari non potest, se privatum 
hominem, praedonum duces vivos atque incolumes domi 
suae, posteaquam Romam redierit, usque dum per me II- 
cuerit, tenuisse. — Cic. Verr. ii. 1. 5. 

2. TJsque dum ille vitam illam colet 

Inopem, carens patria ob meas injurias, 
Interea usque Hli de me supphcium dabo, 
Laborans, quaerens, parcens, iUi serviens. 

Ter. Heaut. i. 1. 84. 

With QUAQUE, on every side, i. e. altogether, 
entirely, 

1 . Quagro deinceps, num, hodiernus dies qui sit, igno- 
res. Nescis heri quartum in Circo diem ludorum Ro- 
manorum fuisse? te ipsum autem ad popuhim tuHsse, 
ut quintus praeterea dies Cassari tribueretur ? Cur non 
sumus praetextati ? cur honorem Cassari tua lege datum 
deseri patimur? an suppUcationes addendo diem con- 
taminari passus es ; pulvinaria noluisti ? Aut undique 
religionem toUe, aut usquequaque conserva. — Cic. Phi- 
lipp. ii. 43. 

2. Nohte usquequaque eadem quaerere. In metu 
belli, furandi qui locus potest esse ? — Cic. Verr. ii. 5. 5. 

G 4 



88 USQUE. [139, UO. 

With Eo, so far y to such a degree. 

1. Ego autem usque eo sum enervatus, ut hoc otio, quo 
nunc tabescimus, malim hrvpavvsia-Qui, quam cum optima 
spe dimicare. — Cic, Attic, ii. 14. 

2. Nee enim nunc de nobis, sed de re dicimus: in 
quo tantum abest, ut nostra miremur, ut usque eo diffi- 
ciles, ac morosi simus, ut nobis non satisfaciat ipse De- 
mosthenes. — Cic. Orator, c. 29. 

After QUO, to *what extreme^ how far, how long. 

1. Quousque tandem abutere, Catilina, patientia nostra? 
— Cic. Cat. i. 1. 

2; Pansam bene loqui credo : semper enim conjunctum 
esse cum Hirtio scio: amicissimum Bruto et Cassio 
puto, si expediet ; sed quando illos videbit ? inimicum 
Antonio: quando, aut cur? quotisque ludemur? — Cic^ 
Attic. XV. 22. 



89 



CHAPTER XXX. Page 141 



A, Ab, Abs. 

By. 

1. Neque enim Alexander ille gratiae causa ab Apelle 
potissimum pingi, et a Lysippo fingi volebat. — Cic, Fam, 
V. 12. 

2. Sus rostro si humi A literam impresserit; num 
propterea suspicari poteris, Andromacham Ennii ab ea 
posse describi. — Cic, de Div. i. 1 3. 

Froniy signifying the source from which an 
action begins. 

1. Si quidem nihil sit prsestabilius viro, quam peri- 
culis patriam liberare : beatos esse, quibiis ea res honori 
fuerit a suis civibus. — Cic. pro Milon. c. SB. 

2. [Panaetius requirit] Juppiterne cornicem a laeva, 
corvum a dextra canere jussisset. — Cic. de Div. i. 7. 

3. Quam palmam utinam dii immortales tibi, Scipio, 
reservent, ut avi reliquias persequare ! cujus a morte 
hie tertius et tricesimus est annus. — Cic. de Senect. c. 6. 

From, signifying place and modes of place. 

1. Credo te, . . , binas [literas] meas . . , accepisse, 
Unas a Pindenisso capto, alteras a Laodicea. — Cic. ad 
Attic, vi. 1. 



90 A, AB, ABS. [143, 144. 

2, Verti igitiir me a Minturnis Arpinum versus. — 
Cic. ad Attic, xvi. 10. 

3. Gratissimum, quod polliceris Ciceroni nihil defu- 
turum : de quo mirabilia Messalla ; qui, Lanuvio rediens 
ah illis, venit ad me. — Cic. ad Attic, xv. 1 7. 

At^ signifying distance. 
At hostes, postea quam ex nocturno fremitu vigiliisque 
de profectione eorum senserunt, collocatis insidiis bi- 
partite in silvis, opportune atque occulto loco, a mil- 
libus passuum circiter ii Romanprum adventum ex- 
spectabant. — Czc. B, Gall. v. 32. 

With PROPE. 

1. Syriam et quatuor legiones obtinebat Licinius 
Mucianus, vir secundis adversisque juxta famosus. In- 
signes amicitias juvenis ambitiose coluerat : mox, attritis 
opibus, lubrico statu, suspecta etiam Claudii iracundia, 
in secretum Asise repositus, tam prope ah exule fuit, 
quam postea a principe. — Tac. Hist. i. 10. 

2. Commodum non mediocre populi Romani est; 
tantum civium Romanorum numerum, tam prope ah 
domo, tam bonis, fructuosisque rebus detineri. — Cic. 
Verr. ii. 2, 3. 

With PROPE and absdm. 
Neque Romae quidquam auditur novi : nee in his 
locis, quae a Brundusio absunt propius, quam tu, biduum, 
aut triduum. — Cic. ad Attic, viii, 14. 

With AD, to denote the beginning and end of 
motion. 

Si quis deus mihi largiatur, ut ex hac setate repu- 
erascam, et in cunis vagiam, valde recusem : nee vero 



145, 146.] A, AB, ABS. 91 

velim, quasi decurso spatio, ad carceres a cake revocaric 

— Cic, de Senect. c. 23. 

With a pronoun or proper name, to denote the 
place or owner. 

1. Quin dicis unde 'st clare. 'M.. A nobis. D. Attate: 
Mirum vero, inpudenter mulier si facit 
Meretrix. Ch. Ab Andria est haec, quantum in- 

tellego. Ta\ Andr. iv. 4. 15. 

2. Sed Mysis ab ea egreditur. at ego hinc me ad 

forum, ut 
Conveniam Pamphilum, ne de hac re pater inpru- 
dentem opprimat. Ter, Andr. i. 3. 21. 

From, on, or on the side of, referred to vicinity. 

1. Jam Quiritium fidem implorante Valerio a curiae 
limine, L. Cornelius complexus Appium, . . . diremit 
certamen. — Liv, iii. 41. 

2. Ita ex omnibus partibus, ab fronte, ab latere, ab 
tergo, trucidantur Hispani Liguresque : et ad Gallos jam 
caedes pervenerat. — Liv. xxvii. 48. 

3. Principes utrimque pugnam ciebant; ab Sabinis 
Mettus Cur tins, ab Romanis Hostus Hostilius. -—Liv. i. 
13. 

On the side of or for. 

1. Gradus illi Aurelii, tum novi, quasi pro Cheatro 
illi judicio sedificati videbantur: quos ubi accusator 
concitatis hominibus complerat, non modo dieendi ab 
reo, sed ne surgendi quidem potestas erat. — Cic. pro 
Cluent. c. 34. 

2. [M. Caelins] quamdiu auctoritati meae paruit, talis 



92 A, AB, ABS. [146, 147, 

tribunus plebis fuit, ut nemo contra civium perditorum 
popularem, turbulentamque dementiam, a senatu, et a 
bonorum causa steterit constantius. — -Cic. de Clar. Orat. 
c. 79. 

3. Commune est, quod nihilo magis ab adversariis, 
quam a nobis facit. — Cic. de Invent., i. 48, 

4. Tk. Scelerum caput ! 

Ut tute es, item omneis censes esse ? perjuri caput ! 
Gr. Omnia istsec ego facile patior, dum hie a me 

sentiat. Plant. Rud. iv. 4. 54. 

Of or belonging to, expressing classes, sectSj 
or nations. 

1. Quid enim dicant et quid sentiant ii, qui sunt ab 
ea disciplina, nemo mediocriter quidem doctu signorat. 
• — Cic. Tusc. Qua^st. ii. 3. 

2. Nostri illi a Platone, et Aristotele, moderati ho- 
mines, et temperati, aiunt, apud sapientem valere ali- 
quando gratiam, — - Cic. pro Muren. c. 29. 

3. Turnus Herdonius ah Aricia ferociter in absentem 
Tarquinium erat invectus. — Liv. i. 50. 

4. Te quoque, magna Pales, et te memorande canemus, 
Pastor ah Amphryso. Virg, Georg. iii. 1. 

Of or belonging to, signifying office. 

1 . Libertorum prsecipue suspexit Posiden spadonem, 
.... et Arpocran, cui lectica per urbem vehendi, spe- 
ctaculaque publice edendi, jus tribuit : ac super hos, 
Polybium a studiis, qui ssepe inter duos consules ambu- 
labat: sed, ante omnes, Narcissum ab epistolis, et Pal- 
lantem a rationihus. — Suet. Claud, c. 28. 



148, 149.] A, AB, ABS. 93 

2. Philemoneni, a manu servum, qui necem suam per 
venenum inimicis promiserat, noii gravius, quam sim- 
plici morte, puniit. — Suet. Jul. Cces. c. 74-. 

From, of, through, or out of, signifying the 
motive or cause. 

1. Hasc quam prudenter tibi scribam, nescio : sed 
illud certe scio, me ab singulari amore ac benevolentia, 
quaecunque scribo, tibi scribere. — Cic. ad Attic, ix. 6. 

2. Oppidum victores permissu consul is diripiunt; iioii 
tarn ah ira, nee ab odio, quam ut miles, coercitus in tot 
receptis ex potestate hostium urbibus, aliquo tandem 
loco fructum victoriaj sentiret. — Liv. xxxvi. 24. 

On account of in consequence of 

Ibi eum, incomposito agmine negligentius ah re bene 
gesta euntem, adorti ^qui, terrore injecto, in proximos 
compulere tumulos. — Liv. v. 28. 

In respect of in point of as to, with, or in, 

1. Excrucior, mea Ijymnasium; male mihi est; 

male maceror ; 

Doleo ab animo ; doleo ab oculis ; doleo ab aegri- 
tudine. Plant. Cist. i. 1. 61. 

2. Ego quidem praecipuum metum, quod ad te attine- 
bat, habui ; qui scirem quam paratus ab exercitu esses, 
ne quod hie tumultus dignitati tuas periculum afFerret. 
Nam de vita, si paratior ab exercitu esses, timuissem. — 
Cic. ad Fam. viii. 10. 

3. Est nonnulla in iis [Catone et Lysia] etiam inter 
ipsos similitude. Acuti sunt, elegantes, faceti, breves. 



94 A, AB, ABS. [150, 151. 

Sed ille Graecus ah omni laude felicior. — Cic. de Clar. 
Orate. 16. 

4. Sumus enim flagitiose imparati cum a militibus, 
turn a pecunia : quam quidem omnem, non modo priva- 
tam, quae in urbe est, sed etiam publicam, quae in aerario 
est, illi [Caesari] reliquimus. — Cic. ad Attic, vii. 15. 

5. Haec Crassi cum edita oratio est, quam te saepe le- 
gisse certo scio, quatuor et triginta turn habebat annos, 
totidemque annis mihi aetate praestabat. His enim 
consulibus earn legem suasit, quibus nati sumus, 
cum ipse esset Q. Caepione consule natus et C. Laelio, 
triennio ipso minor, quam Antonius. Quod idcirco 
posui, ut dicendi Latine prima maturitas in qua aetate 
extitisset, posset notari; et intelligeretur jam ad summum 
pene esse perductam, ut eo nihil ferme quisquam addere 
posset, nisi qui a philosophia, a jure civili, ab historia 
fuisset instructior. — Cic. de Clar. Orat. c. 43. 

From^ i. e. away from, or out of the power of. 

1. Tarentini [pugnabant], ut, recuperata urbe ah 
Romanis post centesimum prope annum, arCem etiam 
liberarent. — Liv. xxvi. 39. 

2. Gortynii templum magna cura custodiunt, non tam 
a caeteris quam ah Hannibale, ne quid ille inscientibus 
his tolleret, secumque asportaret. — Corn. Nep. Hannib. 
c. 9. 

From, as referred to time. 

1. Marcus iEmilius Avianus ah ineunte adolescentia 
me observavit, semperque dilexit, — Cic. ad Fam. xiii. 
21. 

2, Me Capitolinus convictore usus amicoque 

A puero est. Hor, Sat. i. 4. 9Q, 



^ 



151, 152.] A, AB, ABS. 95 

After. 

1. De Acutiliano autem negotio quod mihi mandaras, 
ut primum a tuo digressu Romam veni, confeceram. — 
Cic. ad Attic, i. 5. 

2. Scipionis classis XL die a securi navigavit. — Plin. 
N. H. xvi. S9. 

3. Fortunate puer, tu nunc eris alter ab illo. 

Virg. Ed. V. 49. 

4. A Veneris facie non est prior ulla, tuaque. 

Ovid, Epist, Her. xviii. 69. 

Ae^, from, hy. 

1. Reliquum est ut officiis certemus inter nos; quibus 
agquo animo vel vincam te, vel vincar ahs te. — Cic. ad 
Earn. vii. 31. 

2. Ut abii ahs te, fit forte obviam 

Mihi Phormio. Ter. Phorm. iv. 3. 12. 

3. Abs quivis homine, cum est opus, beneficium acci- 

pere gaudeas : 
Verum enimvero id demum juvat, si quern aequom 
'st facere, is benefacit. Ter. Adelph. ii. 3. 1. 



96 



CHAPTER XXXT. Page 15,8, 



Absque. 
Without, 



1 . Est quaedam argumentatio, in qua propositio non 
indiget approbatione ; et quaedam in qua nihil valet 
absque approbatione. — Cic. de Invent, i. 36. 

2. Non modo, si mihi tantum esset otii, quantum est 
tibi, verum etiam, si tarn breves epistolas velim mittere, 
quam tu soles facere, te superarem, et in scripto multo 
essem crebrior, quam tu ; sed ad summas, atque incredi- 
biles occupationes meas accedit, quod niillam a me episto- 
1am ad te sino absque argumento ac sententia pervenire. 
— Cic. ad Attic, i. 1 9. 

But for, with the pronouns and the verb 
SUM, SI understood 

1. Eheu me miserum: cum mihi paveo, turn Antipho 

me excruciat animi : 
Ejus me miseret : ei nunc timeo : is nunc me reti- 

net : nam absque eo esset, 
Recte ego mihi vidissem. Ter. Phorm. i. 4. 10. 

2. FIoc diis dignum 'st, semper mendicis mo- 

desti sint 



154.] ABSQUE. 97 

Fidus fuisti [Neptune] : infidum esse iterant : nam, 

absque foret te^ (sat scio) in alto 
Distraxissent .... satellites tui me. 

PlauL Trin, iv. J. 12 

3. Hei mihi ! istasc ilium perdidit assentatio. 

Nam, absque ie esset, ego ilium haberem rectum ad 
ingenium bonum. Plant. BaccJi. in. 3. 7. 



98 



CHAPTER XXXII. Page 155. 



Coram. 



Before^ in the presence of, 

1. Non recito cuiquam, nisi amicis, idque coactus : 
Non ubivisj coramsQ quibuslibet. 

Hor. SaL i. 4. 74. 

2. Cantabit vacuus coram latrone viator. 

Juv. Sat. X. 22. 

After its case. 

1. Solum veneni crimen visus est diluisse ; quod ne 
accusatores quidem satis iirmabant, " in convivio Ger- 
manici, cum super eum Piso discumberet, infectos 
manibus ejus cibos" arguentes : quippe absurdum vide- 
batur, inter aliena servitia, et tot adstantium visu, ipso 
Germanico coram^ id ausum. — Tac. Ann, iii. 14. 

2. Erepto Druso, preces ad vos converto, diisque et 
patria coram obtestor, Augusti pronepotes, clarissimis 
majoribus genitos suscipite, regite : vestram meamque 
vicem explete. — Tac, Ann. iv. 10. 

Adverbially. 

1. Ipsos induxi loquentes, ne, " inquam," et, " in- 
quit," ssepius interponeretur : atque ut, tanquam a 



156.] CORAM. 99 

praesentibus, coram haberi sermo videretur. — Cic. de 
Amic. c. 1. 

2. Sed haec coram : nam multi sermonis sunt — Cic. 
ad Attic, vii. 3. 

3. Sine me expurgem, atque ilium hue coram adducam. 

Ter. Andr. v. 3. 29. 



H 2 



100 



CHAPTER XXXIII. Page 157. 



Cum. 

With, signifying society. 

1. Quod pro Cornificio me abhinc amplius annis 
XXV. spopondisse dicit Flavius ; etsi reus locuples est, et 
Apuleius praediator liberalis ; tamen velim des operam, 
ut investiges ex consponsorum tabulis, sitne ita. Mihi 
ante enim ^dilitatem meam nihil erat cum Cornificio. — 
Cic. ad Attic, xii. 17. 

2. Vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis. ■— Cic, 
ad Attic, viii. 2. 

3. Praefecti regis Persiae, legatos miserunt Athenas 
questum, quod Chabrias adversum regem bellum gereret 
cum ^gyptiis. — Corn, Nep. Chahr, c. 3. 

With, signifying presence. 

1. Bellum scripturus sum, quod populus Romanus 
cum Jugurtha, rege Numidarum, gessit, — Sall^ Jug, c. 5. 

2. Amo verecundiam, vel potius libertatem loquendi. 
Atqui hoc Zenoni placuit, homini mehercule acuto, etsi 
Academiae nostras cum eo magna rixa est. — Cic, adFam. 
ix. 22. 



159, 160.] CUM. 101 

With, signifying accompaniment. 

1 . Si et ferro interfectus ille, et tu inimicus ejus cum 
gladio cruento comprehensus es in illo ipso loco, et 

nemo praeter te ibi visus est ; quid est, quod de fa- 

cinore dubitare possimus ? — Cic, de Or at. ii. 40. 

2. Cum enim [Isocrates] videret, oratores cum severi- 
tate audiri, poetas autem cum voluptate: tum dicitur 
numeros secutus, quibus etiam in oratione uteremur, cum 
jucunditatis causa, tum ut varietas occurreret satietati. — 
Cic. Orat. c. 52. 

3. Semper equidem magno cum metu incipio dicere. — 
Cic. pro Cluent. c. 18. 

4. Etsi persapienter, et quodam modo tacite, dat ipsa 
lex potestatem defendendi; quae non modo hominem 
occidi, sed esse cum telo hominis occidendi causa vetat : 
ut, cum causa, non telum quaereretur, qui sui defendendi 
causa telo esset usus, non hominis occidendi causa ha- 
buisse telum judicaretur. — Cic. pro Milon. c. 4. 

With, rendered by at, in, and, and redundant. 

1. Cum audivisset filius [Manlii], negotium exhiberi 
patri: accurrisse Romam, et cum prima luce Pomponii 
domum venisse dicitur. — Cic. de Offic. iii. 32. 

2. Tu sic ordinem senatorium despexisti : sic ad inju- 
rias, libidinesque tuas omnia coaequasti: sic habuisti 
statutum cum animo, ac deliberatum, omnes qui habita- 
rent in Sicilia, aut, qui Siciliam, te praetore, attigissent, 
judices rejicere. — Cic. Verr. ii. 3.41. 

3. Remo cum fratre Quirinus, 

Jura dabunt. Vii-g. JEn. i. 292. 

4. Castra expugnata sunt, atque ipse dux cum aliquot 
principibus capiuntur. — Liv. xxi. 60. 

H 3 



102 CUM. [160—16^, 

5. Ilia cum Lauso de Numitore sati. 

Oi:id. Fast. iv. 54. 

6. Magna cum cura ego ilium curari volo. 

Plaut. Mencech. v. 4. 14. 

7. Vinnius Valens meruit in praetorio Divi Au^usti 
centurio, vehicula cum culeis onusta, donee exinani- 
rentur, sustinere solitus. — Plin, N. H. vii. 20. 

After its case, with eo. 

1. Dicam de hoc ornithone, quod fructus causa faciunt, 
unde nonnuUis sujnuntur pingues turdi. Igitur testudo 
(ut peristylum tectum tegulis, aut rete) fit magna, in 
qua . millia aliquot turdorum, ac merularum includere 
possint. Quidam cum eo adjiciunt praeterea aves alias 
quoque, quae pingues veneunt care, ut milliariae, ac co- 
turnices. — Var. R. R. iii. 5. 

2. Plane te intelligere volui, mihi non excidisse illud, 
quod tu ad me quibusdam Uteris scripsisses; si nihil 
aliud de hac provincia, nisi illius [Bruti] benevolentiam, 
deportassem, mihi id satis esse. Sit sane ; quoniam ita 
tu vis : sed tamen cum eo credo, quod sine peccato meo 
fiat. — Cic. ad Attic, vi. 1. 

3. Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus 
permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent. — Liv, 
viii. 15. 



103 



CHAPTER XXXIV. Page 164. 



De. 



From, of, out of, on, 

1. Me pinguem et nitidum bene curata cute vises, 
Cum ridere voles, Epicuri de grege porcum. 

Hot, Epist. iv, 15. 

2. Sed eccum Syrum ire video : hinc scibo jam, ubi 

siet. 
Atque hercle hie de grege illo est : si me senserit 
Eum quaeritare, numquam dicet carnufex. 

Ter, Ad, iii. 3. 8. 

3. C. Albanius proximus est vicinus; is do jugerum 
de M. Pilio emit, ut mea memoria est, H-S cxv. 
Omnia scilicet nunc minoris. — Cic. ad Attic, xiii. 31. 

4. Quod in epistola tua scriptum erat, me jam arbi- 
trari designatum esse; scito, nihil tam exercitum esse 
nunc Komae, quam candidatos, omnibus iniquitatibus ; 
nee quando futura sint comitia sciri. Verum haec audies 
de Philadelpho. — Cic. ad Attic, i. 1 1 . 

Of, from ; omitted in English. 

Postea Messalla consul in Senatu de Pompeio qucjesivit, 
quid de religione, et de promulgata rogatione sentiret. 
— Cic. ad Attic, i, 14. 

H 4 



104 DE. [165—. 167- 

Of,Jromy out of, idiomatically. 

1. Solent hoc boni imperatores facere, cum prgelium 
eommittunt, ut in eo loco, quo fugam hostium fore arbi- 
trentur, milites collocent : in quos, si qui ex acie fugerint, 
de improviso incidant. — Cic, pro Rose. Amertn. c. 52. 

2. De Attica nunc demum mihi est exploratum : itaque 
ei de integro gratulare. — Cic. ad Attic, xiii. 51. 

3. lUae quidem injuria^, quae nocendi causa de indu- 
stria inferuntur, saepe a metu proficiscuntur ; cum is, qui 
nocere alteri cogitat, timet ne, nisi id fecerit, ipse aliquo 
afficiatur incommodo» — Cie. de Offic. i. 7. 

From, out of, periphrastically. 

1 . Adversus eum terrorem dictator C. Marcius Ruti- 
lus primus de plebe dictus, magistrum equitum item de 
plebe C. Plautium dixit. — Liv. vii. 1 7. 

2. Facile igitur hie noster (non enim declamatorem 
aliquem de ludo, aut rabulam de foro, sed doctissimum 
et perfectissimum quaerimus) quoniam loci certi tradun- 
tur, percurret omnes ; utetur aptis generatim. — Cic. 
Or at. c. 15. 

From, out of, with the pronouns possessive. 

1 . Cum exponendam do illi, de diglto anulum 

Detraho : et eum dico ut una cam puella expo- 

neret ; 
Si moreretur, ne expers partis esset de nostris bonis. 

Ter. Heaut. iv. 1. 37. 

2. Hie [Thrasybulus] enim quum Phylen confugisset 
(quod est castellum in Attica munitissimum), non plus 
habuit secum quam triginta de suis. — Corn. Nep. Thra- 
syb. c, 2. 



167, 168.] DE. 105 

Of or belonging to, at the exjpense of, with an 
ablative of the pronouns possessive. 

1 . At tua praecepta : de meo nihil his novum apposivi. 

Plant. Mil. Glorios. iii. 3. 31, 

2. Tuum filium dedisti adoptandum mihi : 

Is mens est factus : si quid peccatj Demea, 
Mihi peccat : ego illi maximam partem feram. 
Obsonat, potat, olet unguenta ; de meo. 

Ter. Adelph i. 2. 34, 

3. Ut decerneret senatus, ut stipendium miles de pu- 
blico acciperet, quum ante id tempus de sito quisque functus 
eo munere esset. — Liv. iv. 59. 

4. Ut primum Buthrotium agrura proscriptum vidi- 
mus, commotus Atticus libellum composuit. Eum mihi 
dedit, ut darem Caesari : eram enim coenaturus apud 
eum illo die. Eum libellum Caesari dedi: probavit 
causam ; rescripsit Attico, aequa eum postulare : admo- 
nuit tamen, ut pecuniam reliquam Buthrotii ad diem 
solverent. Atticus, qui civitatem conservatam cuperetj 
pecuniam numeravit de suo. — Cic. ad Attic, xvi. 17. 

Fi'om, of put for a. 

1. Ego tua gi'atulatione commotus, quod ad me pridem 
scripseras velle te bene evenire, quod de Crasso domum 
emissem; emi earn ipsam domum xxxv, aliquanto post 
tuam gratulationem. — Cic. ad Fam. v. 6. 

2. Pa. Ah nescis quantis in malis verser 

miser ; 

Quantasque hie suis consiliis mihi confecit sollici- 

tudines 
Meus carnufex. Ch. Quid istuc tam mirum, dc 

te si exemplum capit? Ter. Andr. iv. L 25. 



106 DE. [169, 170 

From, at, or by, for a, applied to time. 

1 . Ut jugulent homines, surgunt de nocte latrones. 

Hor. EpisL i. 2. 32. 

2. Quod nisi crebris subsidiis, ac totius diei labore, 
milites fuissent defessi, omnes hostium copiae deleri po- 
tuissent. De media nocte missus equitatus novissimum 
agmen consequitur. — Cdes. deB. Gall, vii. 88. 

3. — Mihi quserenti convivam dictus here illic 

JDe medio potare die. . Hor. Sat. ii. 8. 2. 

4. Coeperunt epulari de die, et convivium non ex ... . 
militari disciplina esse; sed, ut in civitate atque etiam 
domo luxuriosa, omnibus voluptatum inlecebris instru- 
ctum. — Liv. xxiii. 8. ' 

From or after, signifying continuation of time. 

Interim Capitolinus exercitus, stationibus vigiUisque 
fessus, . . . diem de die prospectans, ecquod auxilium ab 
dictatore adpareret ; postremo spe quoque jam, non 
solum cibo, deficiente, et, quum stationes procederent, 
prope obruentibus infirmum corpus armis, vel dedi, vel 
redimi se, quacumque pactione possent, jussit. — Liv. 
V. 48. 

From or of, signifying descent. 

1 . Turn de castello descendunt : in fundum profici- 
scuntur : videtur temere commissum. — Czc. p^o Ccecin. 
c.7. 

2. Heg. Quo de genere natu 'st iilic Philocrates ? 

Ph. Polyplusio; 
Quod genus illic est unum pollens atque honora- 
tissumum. Plant. Capt. ii. 2. 27. 



3 70, 171. J DE» 107 

Of, about, concerning, respecting, as to. 

1. Helvetii, omnium rerum inopia adducti, legates de 
deditione ad eum misermit. — Cccs. de B. Gall. i. 27. 

2. Nee vero habeo quenquam antiquiorem, cujus qui- 
dem scripta proferenda putem, nisi quern Appii C^ci 
oratio hasc ipsa de Pyrrho, et nonnuUae mortuorum lau- 
dationes forte delectant. — Cic. de Clar. Or at, c. 1 6. 

3. Tu tamen de Curtio ad me rescribe certius, et, num 
quis in ejus locum paretur ; et, quid de P. Clodio fiat. — - 
Cic, ad Attic, ii. 5. 

4. Illud me non prseterit, cujusmodicunque mater sit^ 
tamen in judicio filii de turpitudine parentis dici vix opor- 
tere. — Cic. pro Cluent. c. 6. 

5. Sentio, judices, vos pro vestra humanitate, his 
tantis sceleribus breviter a me demonstratis, vehementer 
esse commotos. Quo tandem igitur animo fuisse illos 
arbitramini, quibus his de rebus non modo audiendum 
fuit, verum etiam judicandum? Vos auditis de eo, in 
quem judices non estis : de eo, quem non videtis : de 
eo, quem odisse jam non potestis: de eo, qui et na- 
turae, et legibus satisfecit : quem leges exilio, natura 
morte multavit: auditis non ab inimico: auditis sine 
testibus : auditis, cum ea, quae copiosissime dici pos- 
sunt, breviter a me strictimque dicuntur. Illi audiebant 
de eo, de quo jurati sententias ferre debebant : de eo, 
cujus praesentis nefarium et consceleratum vultum in- 
tuebantur : de eo, quem oderant propter audaciam : de 
eo, quem omni supplicio dignum esse ducebant : audie- 
bant ab accusatoribus : audiebant verba multorum te~ 
stium : audiebant, cum unaquaque de re a P. Canutio? 



108 DE. ["17^, 173. 

homine eloquentissimo, graviter et diu diceretur. — Cic. 
pro Cluent. c. 10. 

6. De domo et Curionis oratione, ut scribis, ita est. — 
Cic, ad Attic, iii. 20. 

By or according to, expressing a rule or 
opinion. 

1. Quid sentis igitur ? inquis. Nihil scilicet, nisi tZ^ 
sententia tua. — Cic. ad Attic, vii. 5. 

2. Imperatores ad id bellum de omnium populorum 
sententia lecti Attius Tullus et C. Marcius exsul Ro- 
manus. — Liv, ii. 39. 

3. , Mollius, et solito matrum de more, locuta est. 

Virg, jEn, vii. 357. 

Between the adjective and substantive. 

1. Si judicatum aliquod inferetur, quoniam id ex his 
locis maxime firmatur; laude eorum, qui judicarunt; 
similitudine ejus rei, qua de agitur, ad eam rem, qua de 
judicatum est; commemorando non modo non esse re- 
prehensum judicium, sed ad omnibus approbatum ; et 
demonstrando, difficilius, et majus fuisse id judicatum, 
quod afFeratur, quam id, quod instet. — Cic, de Invent. 
i. 44. 

2. Erant autem et verborum et sententiarum ilia lu- 
mina, quae vocant Grseci (T-xriy.oLTOL, quibus tanquam 
insignibus in ornatu distinguebatur omnis oratio. Qua 
de re agitur autem illud, quod multis locis in juriscon- 
sultorum includitur formulis, et ubi esset, videbat. Ac- 
cedebat ordo rerum plenus artis, actio liberalis, totumque 
dicendi placidum, et sanum genus. — Cic. de CI. Orat. 
c. 79. 



1 



17^'] DE. 109 

S. Illud quidem certe factum est, quod lex jubebat, ut 
apud duas civitates, Laodicensem et Apameensem, quae 
nobis maximae videbantur, quoniam ita necesse erat, 
rationes confectas et consolidatas depone remus. Itaque 
huic loco primum respondeo, me quanquam justis de 
causis rationes deferre properarim, tamen te expecta- 
turum fuisse, nisi in provincia relictas rationes pro latis 
haberem. — Cic. ad Fam, v. 20. 



110 



CHAPTER XXXV. Page 175. 



E, Ex. 

Difference between a and e. 

Cum de vi interdicitur, [majores nostri] duo genera 
causarum esse intelligebant, ad quae interdictum pert!- 
neret: unum, si qui 6'jr loco, in quo esset : alterum, si 
ab eo loco, quo veniret, vi dejectus esset .... Id adeo, 
si placet, considerate. Si qui meam familiam de meo 
fundo dejecerit, ex eo me loco dejecerit. Si qui mihi 
prsesto fuerit .... extra meum fundum, et me introire 
prohibuerit: non ex eo, sed ah eo loco me dejecerit. 
Ad hsec duo genera rerum, unum verbum, quod satis 
declararet utrasque res, invenerunt : ut, sive ex fiindo, 
sive a fundo dejectus essem, uno, atque eodem 
interdicto restituerer, Unde vi. Hoc verbum, Unde, 
utrumque declarat : et ex quo loco, et a quo loco. 
Unde dejectus est Cinna? ex urbe. Unde dejecisti? 
ah urbe. Unde dejecti Galli? a Capitolio. Unde qui 
cum Graccho fiierunt ? ex Capitolio. - — Cic. pro Cacin. 
c. 30. 

From, for A. 
1 . Postquam audivi illico 

Ex meo servo, ill am esse captivam, continuo argen- 
tum dedi, 

Ut emeretur. Plant, Epid. iv, 2. 36. 



176—178.] E, EX. Ill 

2. Cum te ex adolescentia tua in amicitiam et fidem 
meam contulisses, semper te non modo tuendum mihi, 
sed etiam augendum atque ornandum putavi. — Cic. ad 
Fam. vii. 17. 

S. Ex Ethiopia est usque hasc. Ter. Eun. iii. 2. 18. 

4. Nam, ni impetro, 

Regem perdidi: ex amore tantum 'st homini in- 
cendium. Plant. Asin. v. 2. 68. 

From, to express transition, differing from a. 

1. A parvulo ut semper tibi 

Apud me justa et clemens fuerit servitus, 
Scis. feci ex servo ut esses libertus mihi, 
Propterea quod servibas liberaliter. 

Ter. Andr. i. 1. 8. 

2. Est adhuc, id quos vos omnes admirari video, non 
Verres, sed Q. Mucins. Quid enim facere potuit ele- 
gantius ad hominum existimationem ? sequins ad levan- 
dam mulieris calamitatem? vehementius ad qnsestoris 
libidinem coercendam ? Summe liaec omnia mihi viden- 
tur esse laudanda. Sed repente e vestigio, ex homine, 
tanquam aUquo Circaeo poculo, factus est Verres. Redit 
ad se, atque ad mores suos. Nam ex ilia pecunia ma- 
gnam partem ad se vertit : mulieri reddidit quantulum 
visum est. — Cic. in Ccecil. c. 1 7. 

3. Confecit prior iter Caesar ; atque ex magnis rupibus 
nactus planiciem, in hac contra hostem aciem instruit. 
— C(Es. B. Civ. i. 70. 

Signifying diminution, rendered in English by 
adjectives in ish, 

1 . Simile his et nomine et frutice cardamomum, se- 



112 E, EX. [178, 179. 

mine oblongo. Metitur eodem modo et in Arabia. 
Quatuor ejus genera : viridissimum ac pingue, acutis an- 
gulis contumax fricanti, quod maxime laudatur : proxi- 
mum e rufo candicans : tertium brevius atque nigrius. 
Pejus tamen varium et facile tritu, odorisque parvi. — 
Plin.N, Hist, xil 13. 

2. Delphicam [laurum] asquali colore, viridiorem, 
maximis baccis atque e viridi rubentihus. Hac victores 
Delphis coronari, et triumphantes Rom^e. — Plin, N, 
Hist. XV. 30. 

3. Hemerocalles pallidum e viridi et molle folium 
habet, radice odorata atque bulbosa. — Plin. N. Hist. 
xxi.2,1. 

4. Sequens probatio, ut [melj sit odoratum, et ex 
didci acre^ glutinosum, perlucidum. — Plin. N. Hist. 
xi. 15. 

From, after. 

1. Vidi ego saepe histriones atque comoedos, cum ex 
aliquo graviore actu personam deposuissent, flentes ad- 
huc egredi. — Qidntil. Instil, vi. 2. 

2. Quid ? amat ? 

An in astu venit? aliud ex alio malum, 

Ter. Eunuch, v. 5. 16. 

After, from the time that, 

1. Ego, cum sperarem aliquando ad vestrum consilium, 
auctoritatemque rempublicam esse revocatam, manendum 
mihi statuebam, quasi in vigilia quadam consular!, ac se- 
natoria. Nee vero usquam discedebam, nee a republica 
dejiciebam oculos, ex eo die, quo in 8edem Telluris con- 
vocati sumus. — Cic. Philipp, i, 1. 



ISO, 181.1 E, EX. 113 

2. A. Cornelius et Q. Servilins qusestores M. Volscio, 
quod falsus haud dubie testis in Cssonem exstitisset, 
diem dixerant. multis enim emanabat indiciis, neque fra- 
trem Volscii, ex quo semel fuit seger, umquam non modo 
visum in publico, sed ne adsurrexisse quidem ex morbo, 
multorumque tabe mensium mortuum ; nee his tempori- 
bus, in quae testis crimen conjecisset, Csesonem Romas 
visum. — Ljiv. iii. 24. 

3. Scribere prasterea jussi septem millia peditum so- 
ciorum ac Latini nominis, et quadringentos equites ; et 
mittere ad M. Marcellum in Galliam, cui ex consul atu 
prorogatum imperium erat. — JLiv. xl. 1 . 

4. Diem ex die exspectabam, ut statuerem quid esset 
faciendum. — Cic, ad Attic, viii. 15. 



According to, 

1. Non enim falsum jurare, perjurare est: sed, quod 
ex animi tui sententia juraris, sicut verbis concipitur 
more nostro, id non facere, perjurium est. — Cic, de 
Offlc, iii. 29. 

2. Ridicule etiam illud L. Porcius Nasica censori Ca- 
toni, cum ille, " Ex tui animi sententia tu uxorem 
habes?" "Non, hercule," inquit, " ejr animi mei sen- 
tentia." — Cic, de Orat, ii. 64. 

3. Sicilia tota, si una voce loqueretur, hoc diceret: 
Quod auri, quod argenti, quod ornamentorum in meis 
urbibus, sedibus, delubris fuit; quod in unaquaque re 
beneficio senatus, populique Romani juris habui, id mihi 
tu, C. Verres, eripuisti, atque abstulisti : quo nomine 
abs te sestertium millies ex lege repeto. — Cic, in CceciL 
c. 5. 



114 E, EX. [181, 182. 

4. Oratori minimum est de arte loqui ; . . . . multo 
maximum ex arte dicere. — Cic, de Lwerit. i. 6. 

5. Quoniam enim natura suis omnibus expleri partibus 
vult, hunc statum corporis per se ipsum expetit, qui est 
maxime e natura. — Cic. de Fin, v. 1 7. 



To the benefit of, for, i. e,for the good of 

1. De ea re ita censeo : "Cum Q. Caenionis Bruti 
proconsulis opera, consilio, industria, et virtute, difficil- 
limo reipublicse tempore, provincia Macedonia, Illyri- 
cum, cuncta Grsecia, legiones, exercitus, equitatus, in 
consulum, senatus, populique Romani potestate sint : id 
Q. Csepionem Brutum, proconsulem, bene, et e repu- 
blica, et pro sua, majorumque suorum dignitate, consue- 
tudineque reipublicae bene gerendae fecisse, eamque rem 
senatui, populoque Romano gratam esse, et fore. — Cic, 
Philipp, X. 10. 

2. Scripsi etiam ad Camillum, ad Lamiam : eoque 
magis, quod non confidebam Romse te esse. Summa 
erit haec ; statues, ut ex jfide, fama, reque mea videbitur. 
— Cic. ad Attic, v. 8. 



From, owing to, of in consequence of express- 
ing the cause ; or from, by, expressing the 
agent. 

1. Summum bonum esse herse deputabam hunc Pam- 
philum, 
Amicum, tutorem, virum in quovis loco 
Paratum : verum ex eo nunc misera quern capit 
Laborem ? Ter. Andr, iv. 3. 2. 



183, 184.] E, EXo lU 

2. Ex ea re quid fiat, vide. Ter. Andr. ii. 3, IL 

3. Laborat e dolore : atque ej: hoc misera soUicita est, 

diem 
Quia olim in hunc sunt constitutae nuptiae. 

Te}\ Andr. i. 5. 33. 

4. M. Ceparius, cum mihi in sjlva Gallinaria ob- 
viam venisset, quaesissemque quid ageres, dixit te in 
lecto esse, quod ex pedibus laborares, — Cic, ad FavL 
ix, 23. 

5. — Pro supreme Juppiter ! 

Minime miror, qui insanire occipiunt ex injuria. 

Ten Adel. ii. 1. 42. 

6. Sanus non est ex amore. Plant. Merc, ii, 3. 106. 

7. Gravida e Pamphilo est Ter. Atidr. i. 3. II. 

8. Nos hie te ad mensem Januarium expectamus, ex 
quodam rumore, an ex Uteris tuis ad alios missis ? — Cic. 
ad Attic, i. 3. 

From or on. 

1. Jamque omnibus satis comparatis ad trajicienduni, 
terrebant ex adverso hostes, omnem ripam equites viri- 
que obtinentes. — Liv. xxi. 27. 

2. Pugnare [primos] ex equo Thessalos, qui Centauri 
appellati sunt, habitantes secundum Pelium montem. — 
Plin. N. Hist. vii. 56. 

3. Constituitur in foro Laodicege spectaculum acerbum, 
et miserum, et grave toti Asiae provinciae ; grandis natu 
parens adductus ad supplicium; ex altera parte filius: 
ille, quod padicitiam liberorum; hie, quod vitam patris, 
famamque sororis defenderat. Flebat uterque, non de 
suo supplicio, sed pater de iiiii morte, de patris filius. — ■ 
Cic. in Verr, ii. i, 30. 

\ 2 



116 E, EX. [184,185. 

4. Si novum foediis secum facere velient, convenire 
prius de conditionibus debere : et, si in animum indu- 
cerent, ut ea: aequo foedus fieret, et se visurum, quid sibi 
faciundum esset, et illos credere reipublicae consuituros. 
— Liv. xlii. 25. 

5. At ego hoc ex contrario contendo. Levior esset 
auctoritas Cluvii, si diceret juratus, quam nunc est, cum 
dicit injuratus. — Cic. pro Q. Rose, c. 16. 

With an adjective and sometimes even with a sub- 
stantive, adverbially. 

1. Sunt his alii multum dispares, simplices et aperti: 
qui nihil ex occulto, nihil ex imidiis agendum putant, 
veritatis cultores, fraudis inimici. — Cic. de Offic, i. 30. 

2. Hannibal ingentibus copiis peditum equitumque 
castra obpugnavit, et ex parte cepit. — Liv. xxvi. 1 3. 

3. Ex insperato repente misistis nobis P. hunc Sci- 
pionem : quem, fortunatissimi omnium Saguntinorum 
videmur, quia consulem declaratum videmus. — luiv. 
xxviii. 39. 

4. Ego, quia sciebam acta Bassi rescissa, datumque a 
senatu jus omnibus, de quibus ille aliquid constituisset, 
ex Integra agendi duntaxat per biennium; interrogavi 
hunc, quem relegaverat, an adiisset, docuissetque pro- 
consulem, Negavit. — Plin. Epist. x. 64. 

5. Solis defectiones, itemque lunae, prsedicuntur in 
multos annos ab lis, qui siderum cursus et motus nu- 
meris persequuntur. Ea enim praedicunt, quae naturae 
necessitas perfectura est. Vident ex constantissimo 
motu lunae, quando ilia e regione solis facta incurrat in 
umbram terrse, quae est meta noctis, ut earn obscurari 
necesse sit. '— Cic. de Div, ii. 6. 



186, 187.] E, EX. 117 

From, i. e. out of, from among ^ in. 

1. Hoc signum noctu clam istius servi ex illo reliijio- 
sissimo, atque antiquissimo fano sustulerunt. — Cic, ir& 
Verr. ii. 4. 45. 

2. Quod si exemeris ex natura rerum benevolentiae 
vinctionem ; nee domus uUa, nee urbs stare poterit. — 
Cic. de Amic. c. 7. 

3. Ecce tibi alter, effiisa jam maxima praeda, quam 
ex fortunis publicanorum, ex agris urbibusque sociorum 
exhauserat, . . . . se ipsum, fasces suos, exercitum populi 
Romani, numen interdictumque deoriim immortalium, 
responsa sacerdotum, auctoritatem senatus, jussa populi, 
nomen ac dignitatem imperii, regi ^gyptio vendidit. — 
Cic. in Pison, c. 21. 

4. Viderunt ii, qui hsec machinabantur, si vobis ex 
omni populo deligendi potestas esset data, qu^cunque 
res esset, in qua fides, integritas, virtus, auctoritas 
quaereretur, vos eam sine dubitatione ad Cn. Pompeium 
principem deiaturos. — Cic. de Leg. Agrar. ii. 9. 

5. Non tarn ista me sapientise, quam modo Fannius 
commemoravit, fama delectat, falsa prassertim, quam 
quod amicitige nostrse memoriam spero sempiternam fore. 
Idque mihi eo magis est cordi, quod ex omnibus seculis 
vix tria, aut quatuor nominantur paria amicorum ; quo 
in genere sperare videor Scipionis et Lselii amicitiam, 
notam posteritati fore. — Cic. de Amic. c. 4. 

6. Ea res, ut est Helvetiis per indicium enunciata, 
moribus suis Orgetorigem ex vinculis canssam dicere 
coegerunt. — Cces, de B, Gall, i. 4. 



I 3 



118 E, EX. [187, 188. 

From or of, signifying the materials of or out of 
which a thing is made. 

1. Rex ita discessit, ut et istum copiose ornatum, et 
se honorifice acceptum arbitraretur. Vocat ad coenam 
deiiide ipse prsetorem : exponit suas copias omnes^ 
miiltum argentum, non pauca etiam pocula ejc auro^ 
quae, ut mos est regius, et maxime in Syria, gemmis 
erant distincta clarissimis, Erat etiam vas vinarium ear 
una gemma pergrandi, trulla excavataj maniibrio aureo. 
Cic. in Verr. ii. 4. 27. 

2. Cams fuit Africano superiori noster Ennius. Ita- 
que etiam in sepulcro Scipionum putatur is esse con- 
stitutus e marmore. — Cic. pro Archia^ c. 9. 

Periphrastically, especially after nouns partitive. 

1. At beneficio sum usus tuo. . . . Sed quo beneficio? 
quod me Brundusii non occideris? Quern ipse victor, 
qui tibi, ut tute gloriari solebas, detulerat ea; latronibus 
suis principatum, salvum esse voluisset, .... eum tu 
occideres ? — Cic. Philipp. ii. 3. 

2. Hannibal, quum, quid optimum foret hosti, cer- 
neret, vix ullam spem habebat, temere atque inprovide 
quidquam consules acturos. quum alterius ingenium, 
fama prius, deinde re cognitum, percitum ac ferox sciret 
esse, ferociusque factum prospero cum prsedatoribus 
suis certamine crederet; adesse gerendae rei fortunam 
baud diffidebat. cujus ne quod prsetermitteret tempus, 
sollicitus intentusque erat, dum tiro hostium esset miles, 
dum meliorem ex ducibus inutilem vulnus faceret, dum 
Gallorum animi vigerent. — Liv. xxi, 5d» 



189.] E, EX. 119 

Omitted in English. 

1. Roges me, quid aut quale sit deus; auctore utar 
Simonide: de quo cum qusesivisset hoc idem tyrannus 
Hiero, deHberandi causa sibi unum diem postulavit. 
Cum idem ex eo postridie quaereret, biduum petivit. 
Cum saspius duplicaret numerum dierum, admiransque 
Hiero requireret, cur ita faceret: Quia, quanto, inquit, 
diutius considero, tanto mihi res videtm- obscurior. — 
Cic. de Nat. Deor. i. 22. 

2. Invitat Canius postridie familiares suos. Venit ipse 
mature. Scalmum nullum videt. Quaerit ex proximo 
vicino, num feriae quasdam piscatorum essent, quod eos 
nullos videret. Nullas, (quod sciam) inquit ille : sed 
hie piscari nulH solent; itaque heri mirabar, quid acci- 
disset. — Cic. de Offic. iii. 14. 



I 4^ 



120 



CHAPTER XXX VL Page 192. 



Palam. 



Before, in presence of, 

1. [Manlius], centurionem, nobilem militaribus factis,, 
judicatum pecuniag quum duci vidisset, medio foro cum 
caterva sua adcurrit, et manum injecit: vociferatusque 
de superbia Patrum, ac crudelitate foeneratorum, et 
miseriis plebis, virtutibus ejus viri fortunaque ; " Turn 
vero ego," inquit, " nequidquam hac dextra Capitolium 
arcemque servaverim, si civem commilitonemque meum, 
tamquam Gallis victoribus captum, in servitutem ac 
vincula duci videam." Inde rem creditori palam populo 
solvit, libraque et aere liberatum emittit. — Liv. vi. 14. 

2. Marte palam simulat Vulcanum imitata, decebat ; 

Multaque cum forma gratia mista fuit. 

Ovid, Art, Am, ii. 569. 

Openly^ publicly ; adverbially. 

1. Non enim ab iisdem accusatur M. Caelius, a quibus 
oppugnatur. Palam in eum tela jaciuntur, clam sub- 
ministrantur. — Cic, jiro Ccel, c. 9. 

2. Ego consulem esse putem, qui senatum esse in 
republica non putavit? et sine eo consilio consulem 
numerem, sine quo Romae ne reges quidem esse potue- 
runt ? Etenim ilia jam omitto : cum servorum delectu? 



193, 194.] PALAM. 121 

haberetur in foro; arma in templum Castoris luce et 
'palam comportarentur ; id autem templum, sublato aditu, 
revulsis gradibus, a conjuratorum reliquiis atque a Cati- 
linae prsevaricatore quondam, turn ultore, armis teneretur. 
— Cic, in Pison, c. 10. 

Plain, public, 

1. Pisces quidem auditus nee membra habent, nee 
foramina: audire tamen eos palam est: ut patet, cum 
plausu congregari feros ad cibum assuetudine in quibus- 
dam vivariis spectetur. — Plin, N. Hist. x. 70. 

2. Verum heus tu, hac lege tibi meam adstringo fidem : 
Quas vera audivi, taceo et contineo optime : 

Sin falsum audierim ac fictum, continuo palam 'st : 
Plenus rimarum sum, hac atque iliac perpluo. 

Ter, Eun, i. 2. 22. 



im 



CHAPTER XXXVII. Page 195, 



Pr^. 



±$e/ore, in point of situation. 

Herculem in ea loca, Geryone iiiteremto, boves mira 
specie abegisse memorant, ac prope Tiberim fluvium, 
qua, prce se armentum agens, nando trajecerat, loco 
herbido, ui quiete et pabulo Iseto reficeret boves, et 
ipsum fessum via procubuisse. ^ — IjIV. i. 7- 

Pr^e se ferre or gerere, to profess or avow, 
to declare, to have the appearance of. 

1. Ego me in hac omni causa facile intelligebani 
pugnandi cupidis hominibus non satisfacere. Primum 
enim prce one tuli, me nihil malle quam pacem ; non quin 
eadem timerem, quae illi : sed ea bello civili levidra 
ducebam. — Cic. ad Attic, viii. 11. 

2. Quamobrem fateor, atque etiam, T. Labiene, pro- 
fiteor, et prcje mefero, te ex ilia crudeli, importuna, non 
tribunitia actione, sed regia, meo consilio, virtute, aucto- 
ritate esse depulsum. — • Cic. pro JRab. c. 5. 

3. Est porro quiddam, . . . quod et sua vi, et dignitate 
nos inductos ducit, et prce se quandam gerit utilitatem, 
quo magis expetatur ; ut amicitia, bona existimatio, — 
Cic. de Invent, ii. 52. 



196—198.] PR^. 123 

In comparison of, 

1. Tui te consilii pcenitet: et nos, qui domi sumus, 
tibi bead videmur : at contra nobis, non tu quidem 
vacuus molestiis, sed ^r<^ nobis beatus« — Cic, ad Fam, 
iv. 4. 

2. Romam in montibus positam, et convallibus, coena- 
culis sublatam atque suspensam, non optimis viis, angu- 
stissimis semitis, prce sua Capua, pianissimo in loco 
explicata, .... irridebunt atque contemnent, Agros 
vero, Vaticanum, et Pupinium, cum suis optimis atque 
uberibus campis conferendos scilicet non putabunt. 
Oppidorum autem finitimorum illam copiam cum hac 
per risum, ac per jocum contendent : Labicos, Fidenas, 
CoUatiam, ipsum hercle Lanuvium, Ariciam, Tusculum, 
cum Calibus, Teano, Neapoli, Puteolis, Cumis, Pom- 
peiis, Nuceria comparabunt. — Cic, Rull. c. 35. 

Fo7^ or through, i. e. by reason of. 

1. Ignosce, obsecro te : non possum prcje fletu et 
dolore diutius in hoc loco commorari. — Cic. ad Attic, 
xi. 7. 

2. Quid ille duxLeonidas dicit? " Pergite animoforti, 
Lacedaemonii : hodie apud inferos fortasse ccenabimus." 
Fiiit haec gens fortis, dum Lycurgi leges vigebant. E 
quibus unus, cum Perses hostis in colloquio dixisset 
glorians, " Solem prce jaculorum multitudine et sagit- 
tarum non videbitis : " "In umbra," inquit, " igitur 
pugnabimus." — Cic. Tusc. QucEst. i. 42. 

3. PrcE gaudio, ita me di ament, ubi sim nescio : 

Ita timui. Ter, Heaut, ii. 3. 67. 

4. Credo ut fit, misera prce amore exclusit hunc fbras. 

Ter. Eun. i. 2. 18. 



124 PRiE. [198, 199. 

5. Equidem me ad velitationem exerceo : 
Nam omnia corusca jprce tremore fabulor. 

Plant, End, ii. 6. 4.1. 

Adverbially, with quam and ut, in comparison. 

1. Sati 'n' parva res est voluptatum in vita, 
Atque in setate agunda, 

Pra quam quod molestum est ? 

Plant. Amphit, ii. 2. 1. 

2. Hie vero est, qui si occeperit [amare], 
Ludum jocumque dicas fuisse ilium alteram, 
Prceut hujus rabies quae dabit. 

Ter. Eun. ii. 3. 8. 

3. Sos. Peril ! Merc. Parum etiam, jprceut 

futurum 'st, praedicas. 

PlauL Amphit, i. 1.218. 

4. Postea istam ipsam sententiam in Catonis oratione, 
quam dixit Numantise apud equites, positam legimus : 
quae etsi laxioribus paulo longioribusque verbis com- 
prehensa est, prcsquam illud Graecum quod diximus; 
quoniam tamen priore tempore, antiquiorque est, ve- 
nerabilior videri debet. Verba ex oratione haec sunt: 
" Cogitate cum animis vestris, si quid vos per laborem 
recte feceritis ; labor ille a vobis cito recedet, bene fa- 
ctum a vobis, dum vivitis, non abscedet. Sed siqua per 
voluptatem nequiter feceritis; voluptas cito abibit, ne- 
quiter factum illud apud vos semper manebit." — A.GelU 
xvi. 1. 



125 



CHAPTER XXXVIII. Page 201. 



Pro. 

For, i. e. in exchange or return for, or on 
account of. 

1. Nonne, ubi mi dixti cupere te ex Ethiopia 
Ancillulam, relictis rebus omnibus 
QuEesivi ? porro eunuchum dixti velle te, 
Quia solas utuntur his reginae : repperi. 
Heri minas pro ambobus viginti dedi. 

Ter. Eun, i. 2. 85. 

2. Ego pol tQpro istis dictis et factis, scelus, 
Ulciscar ; ut ne inpune nos inluseris. 

Ter. Eun. v. 4. 19. 

For, i. e. instead of 

1 . Ch. Quid tum postea ? 

Pa. Pro illo te deducam. Ter. Eun. ii. 3. 79. 

2. Qui primum, qua veneris cum laureatis tuis licto- 
ribus, quis scit ? quos tum Maeandros, dum omnes 
solitudines persequeris, quae diverticula flexionesque 
quaesisti ? quod te municipium vidit ? quis amicus invi- 
tavit ? quis hospes adspexit ? nonne tibi nox erat pro die ? 
non solitudo pro frequentia ? caupona pro oppido ? non 
ut redire ex Macedonia nobilis imperator, sed ut mor- 
tuus infamis referri videretur ? — Cic. in Pison. c. 22. 



126 PRO. [202, 203, 

3. Gravis est modus in ornatu orationis, et ssepe su- 
mendus : ex quo genere hsec sunt, Martem belli esse 
communem ; Cererem pro frugibus ; Liberum appellare 
pro vino ; Neptunum pro mari ; curiam ^ro senatu ; 
campum pro comitiis ; togam pro pace ; arma ac tela pro 
bello. — Cic, de Orat. iii. 42. 

4. Cato ille noster, qui mihi unus est pro centum mil- 
libus. — Cic. ad Attic, ii. 5. 

For, as, i. e. equivalent to, 

1. -Ego hunc majorem adoptavi mihi: 

Eduxi a parvulo, habiii, amavi^ro meo. 

Ter, Adel. i. 1. 22. 

2. . Pompeium pro certo habemus per Illyricum profi- 
cisci in Galliam. — Cic. ad Attic, x. 6. 

3. Ita studiosus est hujus prseclarae existimationis, ut 
putetur in hisce rebus intelligens esse, ut nuper (videte 
hominis amentiam) posteaquam est comperendinatus, 
cum jam p7'o damnato, mortuoque esset, ludis Circensi- 
bus mane apud L. Sisennam^ virum primarium, cum 
essent triclinia strata, argentumque expositum in aedibus ; 
„ . . . accesserit ad argentum : contemplari unumquod- 
que otiose, et considerare coeperit. — Cic, in Verr, ii. 
4. 15. 

4. Non dubito, quin, quod me valde velle putes, in 
€o tu me ipsum cupiditate vincas. Itaque istuc jam pro 
facto habeo. — Cic. ad Attic, xii. 1. 

For, i. e. to the advantage of, in favour of 
1. Quare hoc, quod complector tantam scientiam 
vimque doctrinse, non modo non jjro me, sed contra me 
est potius (non enim, quid ego, sed quid orator possit, 
disputo). — Cic, de Orat, iii, 20. 



mi, 205.] PRO. 127 

2. Adherbalem dolis vitae sua insidiatum: quod ubi 
comperisset, sceleri obviam isse: populum Romanmn 
neque recte neque ^?'0 bono facturum, si ab jure gentium 
sese prohibuerint. — Sal. Jug. c 22. 

3. Quae antea, pro illis erant, in contrarium conversa 
sunt. — Q. Curt. iv. 14<. 

For, i. e. in defence of, 

1. Tunc admiscere huic generi orationis vehementi 
atque atroci genus illud altermn, de quo ante disputavi, 
lenitatis et mansuetudinis coepi ; me pro meo sodali, qui 
milii in liberum loco more majorum esse deberet, et pro 
mea omni fama prope, fortunisque decernere. — Cic. de 
Oral. ii. 49. 

2. Phyllida mitte milii, mens est natalis, lola. 
Cum faciam vitula pro frugibus, ipse venito. 

Virg. Ed. iii. 76. 

In proportion or according to. 

1. Praetores Q. Pompeius Rufus Capuam, Q. Me- 
tellus Celer in agrum Picenum [missi]; iisque per- 
missum, uti pro tempore atque periculo, exercitum 
compararent. — Sail. Cat. c. 29. 

2. Cum, in Isara flumine uno die ponte effecto, exer- 
citum traduxissem, pro magnitudine rei celeritatem ad- 
hibens, quod petierat per literas ipse, ut maturarem 
venire : presto mihi fuit stator ejus cum Uteris, quibus 
ne venirem denuntiabat; se posse per se conficere ne- 
gotium ; interea ad Isaram expectarem. — Cic. ad Fam. 
X. 21. 



1^8 PRO. [^05—207. 

3. Duo talenta pro re nostra ego esse decrevi satis : 
Sed ita dictu est opus, si me vis salvum esse et rem 

et filium, 
Me mea omnia bona doti dixisse illi. 

Ter. Heaut, v. 1. 67. 

4. Quae cum ita sint, Judices, .... vos, pro mea 
summa etvobis cognita in rempublicam diligentia, moneo, 
pro auctoritate consulari hortor, pro magnitudine peri- 
culi obtestor, ut otio, ut paei, ut saluti, ut vitae vestrae, et 
casterorum civium, consulatis. — Cic. pro Muren. c. 40. 

5. Postea quam mihi renuntiatum est de obitu Tulliae, 
filiae tuae, sane quam pro eo, ac debui, graviter moleste- 
que tuli. — Cic. ad Fam, iv. 5. 

6. Diem tuum ego quoque ex epistola quadam tua, 
quam incipiente febricula scripseras, mihi notaveram ; 
et animadverteram, posse, pro re nata, te non incom- 
mode ad me in Albanum venire iii Nonas Jan. — Cic, 
ad Attic, vii. 8. 

7. Ad coenam tempore venit Canius: opipare a Pythio 
apparatum convivium : cymbarum ante oculos multitudo. 
Pro se quisque quod ceperat, afFerebat: ante pedes 
Pythii pisces abjiciebantur. — Cic. de Qffic, iii. 1 4. 

Before or on, referred to place. 

1. Numidae, saepe antea vineis Romanorum subvorsis, 
item incensis, non castelli mcenibus sese tutabantur ; sed 
pro muro dies noctisque agitare. — Sail. Jug. c. 94. 

2. Caesar Alexandria se recepit, felix, ut sibi quidem 
videbatur : mea autem sententia, si quis reipublicae sit 
infelix, felix esse non potest. Hasta posita pro aede 
Jovis Statoris, bona Cn. Pompeii (miserum me ! con- 



^207, 208.] PRO. 1^9 

sumptis enim lacrymis, tamen infixus ammo h^eret 
tlolor) bona, inquam, Cn. Pompeii Magni, voci acerbis- 
simae subjecta praeconis. — Cic. Philipp. ii. 26. 

3. Nupei' in Pr^nestino recessu vespertina ambula- 
tione solus ambulans considerabam ; qualis quantaque 
esset particularum quarumdam in oratione Latina va- 
rietas. quod genus est praepositio, pro. Aliter enim 
dici videbam, pontifices pro collegio decrevisse ; aliter, 
quempiam testem introductum pro testimonio dixisse : 
aliter M. Catonem in Originum quarto, prselium factum 
depugnatumque pro castris, scripsisse : et item in 
quinto, urbis, insulasque omnis agro j^'^'o Illyrio esse : 
aliter etiam dici, p7'0 asde Castoris : aliter, pro rostris : 
aliter, pro tribunali : aliter, pro concione : atque aliter, 
tribunum plebis pro potestate intercessisse. Sed has 
omnis dictiones, qui aut omnino similes et pares, aut 
usquequaque diversas existimaret, errare arbitrabar. 
nam varietatem istam ejusdem quidem fontis et capitis, 
non ejusdem tamen esse finis putabam. — A. Gell. xi. 3. 

4. Hac re pro suggestu pronunciata, eodem die cum 
legionibus in Senones proficiscitur. — C^s, B, Gall, 
vi. 3. 

5. Quid enim si praecipias imperatori, quoties aciem 
instruct, dirigat frontem, cornua utrimque promoveat, 
equites pro cornibus locet ? Erit haec quidem rectissima 
fortasse ratio, quoties licebit : sed mutabitur natura loci. 
— QiiintiL Imtit, ii. 1 4. 



130 



CHAPTER XXXIX. Page 210. 



vSlNE. 



Signifies privation, or being without a thing. 

1. — Simui ac duraverit aetas 

Membra animumque tuum, nabis sine cortice. 

Hor. Sat. I 4. 119. 

2. Non fit sine periclo facinus magnum et commemo- 

rabile. Ter. Heaut. ii. 3. 73. 

3. Homo sine re, sine fide, sine spe, sine sede, sine 
fortunis. — Cic. pro Ccel, c. 32. 

4. Sed ego ne cum ista quidem arte pugno. Sit sane 
tanta, quantam tu illam esse vis : etenim sine contro- 
versia et magna est, et late patet, et ad multos pertinet, 
et summo in honore semper fiiit, et clarissimi cives ei 
studio etiam hodie praesunt : sed vide, Crasse, ne, dum 
novo et alieno ornatu velis ornare juris civilis scientiam, 
suo quoque earn concesso et tradito spolies, atque 
denudes. — Cic. de Or at. i. 55. 



131 



CHAPTER XL. Page 211. 



Clam, and its diminutive Clanculum, 

Secretin/, unknown to^ with an accusative. 

1. Miser amicam mihi paravi, animi causa, pretio, 
Ratus clam patrem meum posse habere. 

Is rescivit, et vidit, et perdidit me. 

FlauL Merc. ij. 3. 7. 

2. Ut mihi 

Bona multa faciam, clam meam uxorem ! 

Plant, Cas. ii. 8. 31. 

f^. Alii clanculum 

Patres quae faciunt, quae fert adulescentia, 
Ea ne me celet, consuefeci fihum. 

Ter. AdeL i. 1. 27. 

With an ablative case. 
i . Emta est amica clam uxore mea et fiHo. 

Plant, Merc. iii. 2. 2. 
2. Uxor viro si clam domo egressa 'st foras, 
Viro fit causa; exigitur matrimonio. 

Plant. Merc. iv. 6. 5. 

Adverbially. 

1 . Multa palam domum suam auferebat : plura clam 
de medio removebat : non pauca suis adjutoribus large 
effiiseque donabat : reliqua, constituta auctione, ven- 
debat. — Cic. pro Rose. Amer. c. 8. 

2. Neque cessavit ex eo insidias struere fi-atri clam 
palamque. — Suet, Domit, c. 2. 

K 2 



13^ 



CHAPTER XLI. Page 213. 



In, 



To or unto, for ad, with an accusative case. 

1. Pecuniamque, ac dona, quels soils corrumpantur, 
majora apud RomaDOS : et nemlnem adeo in arma 
proi3um, ut non idem pretium quietls, quani perlculi, 
malit. — Tac, Hist. Iv. 76. 

2. Nostrl lastarl, nonnulll etlam tlmere ; quod in 
eum locum res fortunaeque omnium deducerentur, ut, 
quidquld post horam casus trlbulsset, in dublo pone- 
retur. — HiH. Bel. Hisp. c. 29. 

3. Tertio nonas cum in Laterium fratrls venissem, 
accepi llteras, et paulum respiravl. — Cic. ad Attic, x. 1 . 

Into, with an accusative case. 

1. Forte inter Padum vlamqae, patent! campo, duae 
leglones congressse sunt : pro Vitellio unaetviceslma, 
cul cognomen Rapacl, vetere gloria insignls : e parte 
Othonls, prima Adjatrlx, non ante in aclem deducta, 
sed ferox, et novl decorls avlda. — Tac. Hist. ii. 43. 

2. Tu vero, Caecill, quid potes? quo tempore, aut 
qua in re non modo specimen caeteris allquod dedlsti, 
sed tute tul periculum feclsti ? In mentem tlbi non venit, 
quid negotii sit causam publicam sustinere ? — Cic* in 
Ccecil. c. 8. 



^215, 216.] IN. 133 

3. Nunc (edepol) demum iti memoriam regredior, 

audisse me, 
Quasi per nebulam, Hegionem patrem meum 
, vocarier. Plaut. Cap. v. 4. 26. 

4. Ire modo ocyus, interdum consistere : in aurem 
Dicere nescio quid puero. Hor. Sat. i. 9. 9. 

5. In nova fert animus mutatas dicere formas 
Corpora. Ovid. Met. i. 1. 

To or unto. 

1. Nee puer Iliaca quisquam degente Latinos 

In tantum spe toilet avos. Virg. ^n. vi. 875. 

2. Turn senatus populusque Romanus ^milium 
Paulum, qui et praetor et consul triumphaverat, virum 
in tantum laudandum, in quantum intelligi virtus potest, 
consulem creavit. — Paterc. i. 9. 

3. Pix Nemeturica in Liguria conficitur. ea deinde ut 
fiat condituris idonea, aqua marina quam longissime a 
littore de pelago sumenda est, atque in dimidiam partem 
decoquenda : quas cum in tantum refrixerit, quantum ne 
contacta corpus urat, partem aliquam ejus, quae satis 
videbitur, praedictae pici immiscemus, et diligenter lignea 
spatha, vel etiam manu peragitabimus, ut siquid inest 
vitii eluatur: deinde patiemur picem considere, et cum 
siderit, aquam eliquabimus : postea bis, aut ter ex reliqua 
parte aquae decoctae tamdiu lavabimus, et subigemus 
eam, donee rutila fiat : tum eliquatam in sole quatuor- 
decim diebus patiemur esse, ut quisquis ex aqua humor 
remansit, assiccetur. noctibus autem vas tegendum erit, 
ne irroretur. Cum hoc modo picem praeparaverimus, et 
vina, cum jam bis deferbuerint, condire voluerimus, in 
musti sextarios octo et quadraginta, cyathos duos picis 
praedictae sic adjiciemus, — Columell, E, R. xii. 24. 

K 3 



134, IN. [217, ^218. 

To or towards, for ad vers us. 

1. Prsedium quum parare cogitabis, .... si poteris, 
sub radice montis siet. hi meridiem spectet, loco salubri, 
operariorum copia siet, bonumque aquarium, oppidum 
validum prope siet, aut mare, aut amnis, qua naves am- 
bulant, aut via bona, celebrisque. Siet in iis agris, qui 
non saepe dominos mutant, qui in his agris prsedia ven- 
diderint, quos pigeat vendidisse. — Cato R, JR. i, 1. 

2. Si nos, id quod maxime debet, nostra patria dele- 
ctat, cujus rei tanta est vis, ac tanta natura, ut Ithacam 
illam in asperrimis saxulis, tanquam nidulum, affixam, 
sapientissimus vir immortalitati anteponeret ; quo amore 
tandem inflammati esse debemus in ejusmodi patriam, 
quae una in omnibus terris domus est virtutis, imperii, 
dignitatis ? — Czc, de Or at. i. 44. 

Against, for contra. 

1. Equos dehinc, orsus a suis, legatorum tribuno- 
rumque, nulla ambitione, fortissimo cuique bellatori 
tradit, ut hi, mox pedes, in hostem invaderent. — Tac. 
Ann. i. 67. 

2. Si quid in te peccavi, ac potius, quoniam peccavi, 
ignosce. In me enim ipsum peccavi violentius. — Cic. 
ad Attic, iii. 15. 

3. [Oratorem conquirimus qui possit] languentem, 
labentemque populum aut ad decus excitare, aut ab 
errore deducere, aut inflammare in improbos, aut incita- 
tum in bonos mitigare. — Cic. Or at. i. 46. 

Into, i. e. in the form or manner of, according to, 

for SECUNDUM. 

L Portus ab Eoo fluctu curvatur in arcum. 

Virg. ASn. iii. 533, 



218— .220.] IN. 136 

2. Teucros vocat alta in templa sacerdos. 

Excisum Euboicae latus ingens rupis ifi antrum. 

Vz}-g. jEn. vL 41. 

3. Diversi Volsci, liinc consulem ac legiones sustinere, 
altera fronte instare Tempanio atque equitibus. qui 
quum saepe conati nequissent perrumpere ad suos, tu- 
mulo quodam occupato, in orbem se tutabantur, nequa- 
quam inulti. — Liv. iv. 39. 

4. Forte sacer Cybele Chloreus, oiimque sacerdos, 
Insignis longe Phrygiis fulgebat in armis : 
Spumantemque agitabat equum, quern pellis ahenis 
In plumam squamis auro conserta tegebat. 

Virg. JEn. xi. 768, 

5. Cur paucis centurionibus, paucioribus tribunis, in 
modum servorum obedirent. — Tac. Ann. i. 1 7. 

6. 1 lie retorto 

Pasonium in morem senior succinctus amictu, 
Multa manu medica Phoebique potentibus herbis 
Nequicquam trepidat. Virg. ^n. xii. 400. 

7. Turn vero in numerum Faunosque ferasque videres 
Ludere. Virg, Ed. vi. 27. 

8. Idus turn Maiae sollemnes ineundis magistratibus 
erant. Initio igitur magistratus primum honoris diem 
denunciatione ingentis terroris insimiem fecere. nam 
quum ita priores servassent, ut unus fasces haberet, et 
hoc insigne regium in orbem, suam cujusque vicem, per 
omnes iret, subito omnes cum duodenis fascibus pro- 
diere. — Liv. iii. SQ. 

9. Sed, dum in hac parte imperii omnia geruntur 
prosperrmie, accepta in Germania clades sub legato M. 
Lollio, homine in omnia pecuniae quam recte faciendi 
cupidiore. — Paterc, ii, 97. 

K 4 



130 IN. pi^20, 221. 

1 0. Inter plures duces virtule et genere praestans, 
nomine Calgacus, apud contractam multitudinem, prae- 
lium poscentem, in hiinc modum locutus fertur. — Tac. 
Agric. c. 29. 

On or upon, for super or ad. 

1. Ke sic quidem potens corporis, rursus in genua 
procumbit. — Q. Curt ix. 5. 

2. Domus ingenti subito mea lapsa ruina 

Concidit, in domini procubuitque caput. 

Ovid, ex Font, i. 9. 13. 

3. Quidam judicatus est parentem occidisse. Ei sta- 
tim, quod eflPugiendi potestas non fuit, lignese soleae hi 
pedes inductee sunt: os autem obvolutum est foUiculo, 
et praeligatum : deinde est in carcerem deductus, ut ibi 
esset tantisper, dum culeus, in quern conjectus in pro- 
fluentem deferretur, compararetur. — Cic. de Inverit. 
ii. 50. 

4. Terra, etsi aliquanto specie diiFert, in universum 
tamen aut sylvis horrida, aut paludibus foeda. — Tac, 
Germ. c. 5. 

5. In utrani partem respondere possumus. — Cic. 
Lucul. c. 32. 

Over, for super. 

1. /w filium quam habebam potestatem, ea usus sum» 
— Cic. de Invent, ii. 1 7. 

2. Omnia, Judices, in hac causa sunt misera, atque in- 
digna : tamen hoc nihil neque acerbius, neque iniquius 
proferri potest : mortis paternae de servis paternis quae- 
stionem habere filio non licet : ne tamdiu quidem domi- 
nus erit in suos, dum ex iis de patris morte quaeratur. — 
Cic. pro Sext. Rose. c. 28. 



221—223.] IN. 137 

For, used for ad, pro, or propter. 

1. Ut desiderat autem laiis, quae negotiis adhibetur, 
probationem ; sic etiam ilia, quae ostentationi compo- 
nitur, habet interim aliquam speciem probationis ; ut qui 
Romulum Martis filium, educatumque a lupa, dicat, in 
argumentum coelestis ortus utatur his, quod, abjectus in 
profluentem, non potuerit exstingui. — Quintil. Instit, 
iii. 7. 

2. In classem cadit omne nemus. Lucan, i. 306. 

3. Puerum inde abiens conspexi Chremi 

Olera et pisciculos minutos ferre in ccenam obolo 

seni. Ter. And?-, ii. 2.31. 

4. Si ill rem 'st utrique ut fiant, accersi jube. 
Sed si ex ea re plus mali 'st quam commodi 
Utrique, id oro te, in commune ut consulas. 
Quasi ilia tua sit, Pamphilique ego sim pater. 

Ter.Andr, iii. 3. 14. 

5. Qui cornipedes iii pocula vulnerat audax 

Massagetes. Claudian. Hufin. i. 311. 

For, signifying distribution of quantity. 

1. Minucius bove aurato extra portam Trigeminam 
est donatus, ne plebe quidem invita, quia frumentum 
Maelianum, assibus in modios aestimatum, plebi divisit» 
— Liv, iv. 16. 

2. Bina bourn vobis Troja generatus Acestes 

Dat numero capita in naves. Virg. j^n, v. 61. 

For, expressive of future time. 

1. Quantum diversitas temporum posset, turn maxime 
cognitum est, cum iisdem, quibus antea cautibus inno» 



138 m. [223, 224. 

centissimus quisque, tunc nocentissimus affigeretur ; 
ciimque insulas omnes, quas moclo senatorum, jam de- 
iatorum turba compleret ; quos quidem, non in prsesens 
tantum, sed in geternum, repressisti, in ilia posnanim iii- 
dagine inclusos. — Pli?i. Paneg, xxxv. ^. 

2. Cephaledi mensis est certus, quo mense sacer- 
dotem maximum creari oporteat. Eiat ejus honoris 
cupidus Artemo quidam, Climachias cognomine, homo 
sane locuples, et domi nobilis : sed is fieri nullo modo 
poterat, si Herodotus quidam adesset. Ei locus ille 
atque honos in ilium annum ita deberi putabatur, ut ne 
Climachias quidem contra diceret. — Cic. in Verr, ii. 2. 52. 

3. Pseud. I hac. Bal. Te sequor. Quin vocas spe- 

' ctatores simul ? Pseud. Hercle, me isti 
Hand solent vocare, neque ergo ego istos. Verum, 

si voltis applaudere, 
Atque approbare hunc gregem et fabulam, in 
crastinum vos vocabo. 

Plant. Pseudol. v. 2. 31. 

4. Currus rogat ille paternos, 

7wque diem alipedum jus et moderamen equorum. 

Ovid. Met. ii. 48. 

5. C. Canius, eques Romanus, dictitabat, se hortulos 
aliquos velle emere, quo invitare amicos, et ubi se ob- 
lectare sine interpellatoribus posset. Quod cum percre- 
buisset, Pythius ei quidam, qui argentariam faceret 
Syracusis, venales quidem se hortos non habere, sed 
licere uti Canio, si vellet, ut suis : et simul ad coenam 
hominem in hortos invitavit in posterum diem. — Cic. de 
Offic. iii. 14. 



2^24—226.] IN. 139 

For until, 

1. Hesteriio foetere mero qui credit Acerram, 
Fallitur : in lucem semper Acerra bibit. 

Martial i. 29. 

2. Ipse jus dixit assidue, et iri noctem nonnunquam. — 
Sueton, Aug. c. 33. 

3. Dilata res est in proximum senatum, cujus ipse 
conspectus augustissimus fuit. Princeps prassidebat, erat 
enim consul: ad hoc, Januarius mensis, cum caetera, turn 
preecipue senatorum frequentia, celeberrimus : praeterea 
causse amplitudo, auctaque dilatione exspectatio et fama, 
insitumque mortalibus studium magna et inusitata no- 
scendi, omnes undique exciverat. — Plin. Episf. ii. 11. 

4. Post solem, plerumque frigida lavabatur : deiiide 
gustabat, dormiebatque minimum. Mox, quasi alio die, 
studebat i?i coense tempus. — P//?z. Epist. iii. 5. 

Bi/, expressive of time. 

1. Cum serperet in urbe infinitum malum, idque ma- 
naret in dies latins: iidemque bustum in foro facerent, 
qui illam insepultam sepulturam eflPecerant : et quotidie 
magis magisque perditi homines, cum sui similibus servis, 
tectis ac templis urbis minarentur: talis animadversio 
fuit Dolabellae, cmn in audaces sceleratosque servos, turn 
in impuros et nefarios liberos; talisque eversio illius 
execratas columnae, ut mirum mihi videatur, tarn valde 
reliquum tempus ab illo uno die dissensisse. — Cic, 
Philipp i. 2. 

2. In hoc discrimen, si juvat, adcingere, ut in singulas 
horas capite dimices tuo ; ferrum hostemque in vestibulo 
habeas regiae. — Liv. ii. 1 2 



140 IN. [e^G— 228. 

3. Vixit inaequalis, clavum ut mutaret in horas. 

Hor. Sat. ii. 7. 10. 

4. In Italia bellum gerimus, in sede ac solo nostro. 
omnia circa plena civium ac sociorum sunt, armis, viris, 
equis, commeatibus juvant, juvabuntque. id jam fidei 
documentum in adversis rebus nostris dederunt. me- 
liores, prudentiores, constantiores nos tempus diesque 
facit. Hannibal contra in aliena, in hostili est terra, 
inter omnia inimica infestaque, procul ab domo, procul 
ab patria. neque illi terra, neque mari est pax ; nuUae 
eum urbes accipiunt, nulla moenia: nihil usquam sui 
videt : ^7^ diem rap to vivit. — Liv. xxii. 40. 

In, implying intimate connection. 

1 . Quid igitur nobis faciendum est ? num argumentis 
utendum i?i re ejusmodi? quaerendum est, credo, Heius 
iste num aes alienum habuerit, num auctionem fecerit: 
si fecit, num tanta difficultas eum rei nummariae tenuerit, 
tanta egestas, tanta vis oppresserit, ut sacrarium suum 
spoliaret, ut deos patrios venderet. At hominem video 
auctionem fecisse nullam : vendidisse, prater fructus 
suos, nihil unquam : non modo in aere alieno nullo, sed 
in suis nummis multis esse, ac semper fuisse. — Cic. in 
Verr. ii. 4. 6. 

2. Sed quoniam acerbum quoque esse hoc genus poenae 
putas : quae, obsecro te, ista acerbitas est, si idem fiat 
in te, quod tute in alio feceris? — A. Gell. xxi. 1. med. 

3. Gum autem pulchritudinis duo genera sint, quorum 
in altero venustas sit, in altero dignitas : venustatem, 
muliebrem ducere debemus ; dignitatem, virilem. — Cic, 
de Qffic, i. 36. 

4. Quae res et paucitatem eorum insigi^era, et multi- 



<>£8, 2^9.] IN. li^i 

tudinem Etruscorum, multiplicatis ifi arto ordinibus, 
faciebat. — Liv. ii. 50. 

5. Scio tibi eum non esse odio. Quam velis eum 
obligare, in tua manu est. — Cic. ad Fam. viii. 6. 

I?i the case of, with respect to, towards, or to, 

1. Ut mihi videris, non recte judicas de Catone. Aut 
enim nemO; quod quidem magis credo, aut, si quisquam, 
ille sapiens fuit. Quomodo enim (ut aliaomittam) mor- 
tem filii tulit ? Memineram Paulum, videram Galium : 
sed lii in pueris ; Cato in perfecto et spectato viro. — Cic. 
de Amic. c. 2. 

2. Ille deus, bene quo Romana potentia nixa est, 

Saepe suo victor lenis in hoste fuit. 

Ovid. Trist. v. 2. 35. 

3. Sint sane, quoniam ita se mores habent, liberales 
ex sociorum fortunis ; sint misericordes in furibus 
eerarii : ne illis sanguinem nostrum largiantur ; et, dum 
paucis sceleratis parcunt, bonos omnes perditum eant. — • 
Sail. Cat. c. 52. 

For DE, concerning, about, of, at. 

1. In quo igitur homines exhorrescunt? quern stupe- 
facti dicentem intuentur ? in quo exclamant ? quem 
deum, ut ita dicam, inter homines putant ? Qui distincte, 
qui explicate, qui abundanter, qui illuminate et rebus, 
et verbis dicunt, et in ipsa oratione quasi quendam nu- 
merum versumque conficiunt; id est, quod dico, ornate. 
— Cic. de Or at. iii. 14. 

2. In Equo Trojano scis esse in extremo, " Sero 
sapiunt." Tu tamen, mi vetule, non sero. Primas illas 
rabiosulas sat fatuas dedisti ; deinde, quod in Britannia 



14^ IN. [229, 230. 

non nimis (^ikoSsMpov te praebuisti, plane non repre- 
hendo. — Cic. ad Fam. vii. 16. 

3. Ridiculum est illud Neronianum vetus in furace 
servo, " Solum esse, cui domi nihil sit nee obsignatum, 
nee occlusum : " quod idem in bono servo dici solet. -— 
Cic. de OraLilei. 

For INTER, among. 

1. Hoc primum sentio, nisi in bonis amicitiam esse 
non posse. — Cic. de Amic, c. 5. 

2. In Britannia nihil esse audio, neque auri, neque 
argenti. Id si ita est, essedum aliquod suadeo capias, 
et ad nos quam primum recurras. Sin autem sine Bri- 
tannia tamen assequi, quod volumus, possumus ; periice 
ut sis in familiaribus Csesaris. — Cic. ad Fam. vii. 7. 

3. Omnia vero, quae secundum naturam fiunt, sunt 
habenda in bonis. Quid est autem tam secundum na- 
turam, quam senibus emori. — Cic. de Senect. c. 1 9. 

Imprimis, especially, particularly, i. e. among the 
first things. 

1. [Eum] nos, etquia tuus, et quia te dignusest filius, 
et quia nos diligit, semperque dilexit, in primis amamus, 
carumque habemus. — Cic. ad Fam. i. 7. 

2. Omnes cupimus, ego in primis, quam primum te 
videre, sed, mi Tiro, valentem. — Cic. ad Fam, xvi. 3. 

On, for SUPER or a. 

1. Ea denique atrocitas fuit proslii, ut interfuisse spe- 
ctaculo deos fama tradiderit : duos in candidis equis ; 
Castorem atque Pollucem nemo dubitavit. — Flor.i, 11. 

2, Nocturna ea dimicatio fuit, et luna in partibus: 



031— 234.] IN. 143 

quippe, quasi commilitans, cum a tergo se hostibus, a 
facie Romanis praebuisset, Pontici per errorem longius 
cadentes umbras suas, quasi hostium corpora, petebant. 
— Flor. iii. 5. 

3. Talibus ^neadae donis dictisque Latini 

Sublimes in equis redeunt. Virg. ^n. vii. 284. 

For CUM, until, 

Hunc rex sapientissimus statum reipublicae imposuit: 
juveiitus, di^dsa per tribus, in equis et armis ut ad subita 
belli excubaret ; consilium reipublicae penes senes esset, 
qui ex auctoritate Patres, ob aetatem Senatus vocabantur. 
—Flor. i. J. 

For EX, out of ox from. 

1. Nihil interim per id omne tempus residuum crude- 
litatis fuit in captivos saevientibus : litare diis sanguinem 
humanum : bibere in ossibus capitum, et cujusquemodi 
ludibrio foedare mortem tam igni quam fumo. — Flor. 
iii. 4. 

2. Quod incommodi tibi in hac re accipies, nisi caves ? 

Ter. Heaut. v. 1. 59. 

3. Ostro lectus Iliaco nitet ; 

' Merumque in auro veteris Assaraci trahunt. 

Senec, Agam. 877. 

1)1, at, or on, i. e. during. 

1. I?i hoc spatio, et i?i iis post aedilitatem annis, et 
praetor primus, et incredibili popular! voluntate sum 
factus.— CVc. de CI. Orat. c. 93. 

2. In cognoscendo tute ipse aderis. 

Tei\ Emu v. 2. 54. 



144 IN. [234, QSo. 

3. Ex ipsa 271 itere hoc, alteree 

Dum narrat, forte audivi. Te7\ Heaut. ii. 3. 30. 

4-. In exitu est jam meus consulatus : nolite mihi sub- 
trahere vicarium meae diligentise: nolite adimere eum, 
cui rempublicam cupio tradere incolumem, ab his tantis 
periculis defendendam. — Cic. pro Muren. c. 37. 

5. Sed quoniam non possunt omnia simul dici, haec i7i 
p7'(jesentia nota esse debebunt. — Cic. de Fin, v. 8. 

Within, 

1. Ferem diebus paucis, quibus haec acta sunt, 
Chrysis vicina haec moritur. Ter. Andr, i. 1. 77. 

2. Credo equidem potesse te, scelus, Massici montis 

uberrumos quatuor 
Fructus ebibere i7i hora una. 

Plant, Pseud, v. 2. 10. 

3. •' hi hora saepe ducentos, 

Ut magnum, versus dictabat, stans pede in uno. 

Hor, Sat, i. 4. 9. 

Periphrastically. 

1. Pampinatio verna in co^ifesso est, ab Idibus Maiis, 
intra dies x. utique antequam florere incipiat. — Plin, 
N, H. xvii. 22. 

2. Adeo moderatio tuendae libertatis, dum aequari 
velle simulando ita se quisque extollit, ut deprimat alium, 
in difficili est. — Liv, iii. 76. 

3. Me quoque juvat, velut ipse i7i parte laboris ac 
periculi fuerim, ad finem belli Punici pervenisse. — Liv. 
xxxi. 1. ^ 

4. Adeo n' videmur vobis esse idonei, 

In quibus sic inludatis ? Ter, A7idr. iv 5, 18. 



145 



CHAPTER XLII. Page 233. 



Sub. 

Undei\ with rai accusative, referred to place. 

i. Igitur castris, uti diximus, ante moenia Hieroso- 
lymorum positis, instructas legiones ostentavit. Judaei 
sub ipsos muros struxere aciem, rebus secundis longius 
ausuri; et, si pellerentur, parato perfugio. • — Tac. Hist. 
V. 10, 11. 

2. Haerent parietibus scalae, postesque sub ipsos 
Nituntur gradibus : clypeosque ad tela sinistris 
Protecti objiciunt, prensant fastigia dextris. 

Virg. JEn. ii. 442. 
3. Geminos invises suh caput Arcti, — Cic. de Nat. 
Deor. ii. 43. 

Under^ on, or beneath., with an ablative, expres- 
sive of place or circumstance. 

1. Arma sub adversa posuit radiantia quercu. 

Virg. ^71. \dii. 616, 

2. Sylla, cum Hispanos et Gallos donaret, credo, hunc 
petentem repudiasset: quern nos in concione vidimus, 
cum ei libellum malus poeta de populo subjecisset, quod 
epigramma in eum fecisset tantummodo alternis versibus 
longiusculis, statim ex iis rebus, quas tunc vendebat, 
jubere ei praemium tribui siib ea conditione, ne quid 
postea scriberet. — Cic. j^ro Arch. c. 1 



146 SUB. [239—241. 

S. Manet sub Jove frigido 

Venator, tenerae conjugis immemor. 

Hor. Od. i. 1.25. 

4. Agelli est hie sub urbe paulum quod locitas foras. 

Te7\ AdeL v. 8. 26. 

5. Ciassemque sub ipsa 

Antandro, et Phrygias molimur montibus Idae. 

Vzrg, jEn, iii. 5. 

6. Adjunxi haec, in loco eligendo, flumen oppositum 
ut haberem, in quo mora tran situs esset : Vocontii sub 
manu ut essent, per quorum loca mihi fideliter pateret 
iter. — Cic.ad. Fam. x. 23. 

Under, signifying the pretext or cause. 

1. Si etiam nunc sub umbra foederis aequi, servitutem 
pati possumus, quid abest, quin, proditis Sidicinis, non 
Romanorum solum, sed Samnitium quoque dicto parea- 
mus. — Liv. viii. 4. 

2. Postquam exhalantem sub acerbo vulnere vitam 
Deploravit Atyn ; quos ille tetenderat, arcus 
Arripit : et, " Mecum tibi sint certamina," dixit. ' 

Ovid, Met. V. 62. 
S. Querens, inter caetera, fraudatum se justo triumpho, 
cum ipse pauIo ante, ne quid de honoribus suis ageretur, 
etiam sub mortis poena denuntiasset. — Suet, Calig, 48. 

On, about, or at, in point of time. 

1. Pompeius sub noctem naves solvit. — Cces, B, Civ, 
I. 28. 

2. Sub equestris finem certaminis coorta est peditum 
pugna. — Liv, xxii. 47. 



^41, 242.] SUB. 147 

3. Agricolam laudat juris legumque peritus. 
Sub galli cantum consultor ubi ostia pulsat. 

Hor. Sat. i. 1. 9. 

4. Sub adventum praetoris Romani Poenus agro No- 
lano excessitj et ad mare proxime Neapolim descendit, 
cupidus maritimi oppidi potiundi, quo cursus navibus 
tutus ex Africa esset. — Liv. xxiii. 1 5. 

5. Libra die somnique pares ubi fecerit horas, 

Et medium luci atque umbris jam dividet orbem : 
Exercete, viri, tauros, serite hordea campis, 
Usque sub extremum brumae intractabilis imbrem. 

Virg. Georg. i. 208. 

After or upon. 

1. Nihil post hominum memoriam gloriosius, niiiil 
gratius, ne tempore quidem ipso opportunius accidere 
\ddi quam tuas, Plance, literas. Reddit^e sunt enim fre- 
quenti senatu Cornuto, cum is frigidas sane et incon- 
stantes recitasset literas Lepidi. Sub eas statim recitatag 
sunt tuae, non sine magnijs quidem clamoribus. — Cic. ad 
Fam. x. 16. 

2. Cum senatus habitus esset ad Apollinis, a. d. xi. 
Kal. Sext. et referretur de stipendio Cn. Pompeii, 
mentio facta est de legione ea, quam expensam tulit C. 
Caesari Pompeius, quo numero esset, quo appeteretur : 
cum ex Gallia coactus esset dicere Pompeius se legionem 
abducturum, sed non statim 5m& mentionem, etconvicium 
obtrectatorum. — Cic. ad Tarn, viii, 4. 

About or towards, 
1. Sub exitu vitas, signa quaedam, nee obscura, poe- 
nitentis et de matrimonio Agrippinas, deque Neronis 
adoptione, dederat. — Suet. Claud, c. 43. 

L 2 



148 SUB. [243. 

2. Majestatis quoque, et adulteriorum, incestiqae cum 
sorore Lepida, suh excessu Tiberii reus, mutatione tem- 
porum evasit ; decessitque Pyrgis morbo aquae intercu- 
tis, sublato filio Nerone ex Agrippina, Germanico 
genita. — Suet. Nero, c. 5. 

3. Cornua mares habent, solique animalium omnibus 
annis stato veris tempore amittunt : ideo sub ipsa die 
quam raaxime invia petunt. — Plin, Nat. Hist. viii. 32. 



1 



149 



CHAPTER XLIII. Page 245. 



SUBTER. 

Under, heneatli, with an accusative. 

1 . Alpheum fama est hue, Ehdis amnem, 

Occukas egisse vias subter mare ; qui nunc 

Ore, Arethusa, tuo Sicuhs confunditur undis. 

Virg, JEn. iii. 694. 

2. Deinde subter niediam fere regionem Sol obtinet, 
dux. et princeps, et moderator huninum rehquorum. — 
Cic.So'inn. Scip. c.4. 

3. Plato triplicem finxit animam; cujus principatum, 
id est, rationem, in capite, sicut in arce, posuit : et duas 
partes separare voluit, iram et cupiditatem, quas locis 
disclusit ; iram in pectore, cupiditatem subter praecordia 
locavit. — Cic. Tusc. Qiicest. i. 1 0. 

Under, beneath, with an ablative. 

1. Saxa quoque infesto voh^ebant pondere, si qua 
Possent tectam aciem perrumpere: cum tamen 

omnes 
Ferre hbet subter densa testudine casus. 

Virg, ^n. ix. 512. 

2. Mei nuper Lethaeo gurgite fratris 

PaUidulum manans alluit unda pedem ; 

Troia Rhoeteo quern subter- htore tellus 
Ereptuni nostris obterit ex ccuHs. 

Catull. ixv, 5. 
I ? 



150 SUBTER. [246. 

Adverbially. 

Mihi quidem veteres illi, majus quiddam animo com- 
plexi, plus multo etiam vidisse videntur, quam quantum 
nostrorum ingeniorum acies intueri potest: qui omnia 
haBC, quae supra et subter, unum esse, et una vi, atque 
una consensione naturae constricta esse dixerunt. — 
Cic, de Orat, iii, 5. 



151 



CHAPTER XLIV. Page 248. 



Super. 



Upon, above, with an aGcusative. 

1. [Demetrius] sepulcris novis finivit modum: nam 
mper terras tumulum noluit quid statui, nisi columellam 
tribus cubitis ne altiorem, aut mensam, aut labellum : 
et huic procurationi certum magistratum praefecerat. — 
Cic, de Leg, ii. 26. 

2. Nomentanus erat super ipsum, Porcius infra, 
Ridiculus totas simul absorbere placentas. 

Hor, Sat. ii. 23. 

3. [Alexandrum] venerantibus Persis ; Polypercon, 
qui cubabat super regem, unum ex iis mento contingen- 
tem humum per ludibrium coepit hortari, ut vehemen- 
tius id quateret ad terram ; elicuitque iram Alexandri, 
quam olim animo capere non poterat. — Q. Curt, viii. 3. 

Above, i. e. more than. 

Eodem amio Ruminalem arborem in comitio, quae 
super octingentos et quadraginta ante annos Remi Romu- 
lique infantiam texerat, mortuis ramalibus et arescente 
trunco deminutam, prodigii loco habitum est, donee in 
novos fcetus reviresceret. — Tac, Ann, xiii. 58. 



L 4 



15^2 SUPER?. [249—^51. 

Beyond, with an accusative. 

1. Lastum ea victoria Vespasianum, cunctis super vot»' 
fluentibus, Cremonensis prselii nuntius in ^gypto adse- 
quitur. — Tctc. Hist. iii. 48^ 

2. — Super et Garamantas et Indos 

Proferet imperiunT. Virg. -Mn, vi. 794^ 

3. Famosissima super cseteras fuit coena data ei [Vi- 
lellio], .... in qua duo miliia lectissimorum pisciunij 
septem avium, apposita traduntur. Hanc quoque exsu- 
peravit ipse dedicatione patinse, quani, ob immensam 
magnitudinem, Gl3^eum Minervse dictitabat. — Sueton, 
VitelL vi. 794. 

Besides, 

1. Turn quoque male pugnatum est, et Janiculura 
hostes occupavere : o]3sessaque urbs foret, super bellum 
annona premente, (transierant enim Etrusci Tiberim) 
ni Horatius consul ex Volscis esset revocatus : adeoque 
id bellum ipsis institit mcenibus, ut primo pugnatum 
ad Spei sit, iterum ad portam Collinam, — Liv. ii. 51. 

2. Pestilentia incesserat pari clade in Romanos- 
Pcenosque : nisi quod Punicum exercitum super morbum' 
etiam fames adfecit. — Liv, xxviii. 46. 

3. Quid turn profeci, mecum facientia jura 

Si tamen attentas ? quereris super hoc etiam, quod 
Expectata tibi non mittam carmina mendax. 

Hot. Episl. ii. 2. 23, 

TJjpon or in addition to, 

1, Exprimere non possum, quam jucundum sit mihi 
quod Satiirninus noster summas tibi apud me gratias aliis 
mper alias epistoHs agit. —-Plin. Ep, vii, 8, 



251, 252.] SUPER. 11)3 

2. Ita alio mpe?^ aliud scelere quam haud dubie in- 
duciae ruptae essent, Laslius Fulviusque ab Roma cum 
legatis Karthaginiensibus supervenerunt. quibus Scipio, 
" Etsi non induciarum modo fides a Karthaginiensibus, 
sed jus etiam gentium in legatis violatum esset ; tamen se 
nihil, nee institutis populi Romani, nee suis moribus in- 
dignum, in iis facturum esse." — Lriv, xxx. 25. 

Over. 

Super alta vectus Atys celeri rate maria, 
Phrygium nemus citato cupide pede tetigitj 
Adiitque opaca silvis redimita loca deae. 

Catull. Ixiii. 1. 

Above, i. e. upon, with an ablative. 

1. Hie tamen hanc mecum poteris requiescere nocteni 
Fronde super viridL Virg. EcL i. 80. 

2. Inde ubi venere ad fauces graveolentis Averni ; 
Toilunt se celeres, liquidumque per aera lapsse, 
Sedibus optatis gemina super arbor e sidunt. 

Virg. JEn, vi. 16. 

About or concerning, with an ablative. 

1 . Hac super re scribam ad te Rhegio. — Cic, ad 
Attic, xvi. 6. 

2. Quid factitasti mandatis super ? 

Plaut. Bacch. ii. 2. IS^ 

3. Si tu melius quippiam speras, quod et plura audis^ 
et interes consiliis ; scribas ad me velim, simulque co- 
gites, quid agendum nobis sit super legatione votiva. — 
Cic. ad Attic. xi\-. 22. 



154 SUPER. [252, 255. 

4. '■ Juxta rem mecum tenes 

Super Euclionis filia. Plant AuL iv. 7. 1/ 

For the sake o/J on account of. 

Si nulla accendit tantarum gloria rerum, 
Nee super ipse sua molitur laude laborem : 
Ascanio-ne pater Romanas invidetarces? 

Virg, JEn, iv. 232. 

Adverbially. 

1. Satis superque me benignitas tua 

Ditavit. Hor. Epod. i. 31. 

2. Ille tamen confitetur plus se peter e, quam debea- 
tur : sed satis superqu£ habere dicit, quod sibi ab arbitro 
tribuatur. — Cic. pro Q. Rose, c. 4?. 

3. Marcellus etiam adverso rumore esse, super quam 
quod primo male pugnaverat, quia, vagante per Italiam 
Hannibale, media sestate Venusiam in tecta milites 
abduxisset. — Zm xxvii. 20. 



155 



CHAPTER XLV. Page 255. 



Tenus. 



Up to, as far as, with an ablative. 

1. Lateri capulo tenus abdidit ensem. 

Virg. jEn, ii. 55S. 

2. Antiochus Magnus Hie, rex Asige, cum, posteaquam 
a Scipione devictus, Tauro tenus regnare jussus esset, 
omnemque banc Asiam, quae est nunc nostra provincia, 
amisisset, dicere est solitus, benigne sibi a populo Ro- 
mano esse factum, quod nimis magna procuratione libe- 
ratus modicis regni terminis uteretur. — Cic. -pro Deiot, 
c. 13. 

3. Medium ferme diei erat : et ad id, quod sua sponte 
cedente in mare aestu trahebatur aqua, acer etiam Se- 
ptentrio ortus inclinatum stagnum eodem, quo sestus, 
ferebat, et adeo nudaverat vada, ut alibi umbilico tenus 
aqua esset, alibi genua vix super aret. — Liv. xxvi. 45. 

4. Si nimium alicui fatigato pene febris est, huic 
abunde est, loco tepido demittere se inguinibus tenus in 
aquam calidam. — Cels. i. 3. 

Hactenus, thus far, 

1. Hactenus existimo nostram consolationem recte 
adhibitam esse, quoad certior ab homine amicissimo 



156 TENUS. [257, ^58. 

fieres iis de rebus, quibus levari possent molestiie tuse. 
— Cic. ad Tarn. iv. 3. 

2. Longum est enim nunc me explicare, qua ratione 
aut confirmare, aut infirmare testes, tabulas, quaestiones 
oporteat. Hsec sunt omnia ingenii vel mediocris, exer- 
citationis autem maximse : artem quideni, et prgecepta 
duntaxat hacteniis requirunt, ut certis dicendi luminibus 
ornentur. — Cic. de Or at. ii. 27. 

3. Hac Trojana tenus fuerit fortuna secuta. 

Virg. JEn. vi. 62. 

Eatenus, so far as, 

. 1. Quorum ego orationes si, ut spero, ita expressero, 
virtutibus utens illorum omnibus, id est, sententiis, et ea- 
rum figuris, et rerum ordine, verba persequens eatenus, 
ut ea non abhorreant a more nostro, .... erit regula, 
ad quam eorum dirigantur orationes, qui Attice volunt 
dicere. — - Cic. de opt. gen. Orat. c. 7. 

2. Dandum aliquid comoedo quoque, dum eatenus, 
qua pronuntiaridi scientiam futurus orator desiderat. — 
Quint. Instit. i. 1 1 . 

3. Quaestor em habes, non tuo judicio delectum, sed 
eum, quem sors dedit, Hunc oportet et sua sponte esse 
moderatum, et tiiis institutis ac praeceptis obtemperare. 
Quorum si quis forte esset sordidior, ferres eaterius, quoad 
per se negligeret eas leges, quibus est adstrictus: non 
ut ea potestate, quam tu ad dignitatem permisisses, ad 
qussstum uteretur, — Cic. ad Q. Frat. i. 1. 3. 



258, ^59.] TENUS. 157 

QuATENUS, how far, as Jar as, inasmuch as, or 
since, 

1. Quamobrem id primum videamus, si placet, qua- 
tenus amor in amicitia progredi debeat. Num, si Corio- 
lanus habuit amicos, ferre contra patriam arma illi cum 
Coriolano debuere ? — Cic. de Amic. c. 1 1. 

2. Cum sententia prima Bibuli pronuntiata esset, ut 
tres legati regem reducerent : secunda Hortensii, ut tu 
sine exercitu reduceres : tertia Volcatii, ut Pompeius 
reduceret : postulatum est, ut Bibuli sententia di- 
videretur. Quatenus de religione dicebat, cuique rei 
jam obsisti non poterat, Bibulo assensum est : de tribus 
legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia. — Cic. Fam. i. 2. 

3. Surrentina vafer qui miscet faece Falerna 
Vina, columbino limum bene colligit ovo : 
Qiiatenus ima petit volvens aliena vitellus. 

Hor. Sat. i\. 55, 

Vrotknv^, farther on, in the same course^ &c. 

1. Annibalem, cum cepisset Saguntum, visum esse in 
somnis a Jove in deorum concilium vocari : quo cum ve- 
nisset. Jovem imperasse, ut Italiae bellum inferret, du- 
cemque ei unum e concilio datum: quo ilium utentem, 
cum exercitu progredi coepisse : tum ei ducem ilium prae- 
cepisse, ne respiceret : ilium autem id diutius facere non 
potuisse, elatumque cupiditate respexisse : tum visam 
beluam vastam et immanem, circumplicatam serpenti- 
bus, quacunque incederet, omnia arbusta, virgulta, tecta 
pervertere : et eum admiratum qusesisse de deo, quodnam 
illud esset tale monstrum : et deum respondisse, vasti- 
tatem esse Italiae ; praecepisseque, ut pergeret protinus : 



158 TENUS. [260. 

quid retro atque a tergo fieret, ne laboraret. — Cic, de 
Div. i. 24. 

2. Protinus aerii mellis coelestia dona 

Exequar. Virg. Georg, iv. 1. 

3. Quin protinus omnia 

Perlegerent oculis : ni jam praemissus Achates 
AfForet. Virg. JEn, vi. 33. 

4. Dedi literas ad te Philogono, liberto tuo, quas 
credo tibi postea redditas esse : in quibus idem te hortor 
et rogo, quod pueri tibi verbis meis nuntiarunt, ut Ro- 
mam protinus pergas et properes. — Cic. ad Q. Fratr. 
i. 3. 

Ten US, with a genitive. 

1. Crurum tenm a mento palearia pendent. 

Virg. Georg. iii. 58. 

2. [Myron fuisse] videtur numerosior in arte, quam 
Polycletus, et in symmetria diligentior : et ipse tamen 
corporum tenus curiosus, animi sensus non expressisse. 
— Plin. N. Hist, xxxiv. 5. 

3. . Pueris absinthia tetra medentes 

Cum dare conantur, prius oras pocula circum 
Contingunt mellis dulci flavoque liquore, 

Ut puerorum setas improvida ludificetur 
Labrorum tenus. Lucret. i. 935. 

THE iSND. 



London : 

Printed by A. & R. Spottiswoode, 

New-Street-Square. 



J-B%'3g 



l-IBRAf^ 




